NewzIntel.com

    • Checkout Page
    • Contact Us
    • Default Redirect Page
    • Frontpage
    • Home-2
    • Home-3
    • Lost Password
    • Member Login
    • Member LogOut
    • Member TOS Page
    • My Account
    • NewzIntel Alert Control-Panel
    • NewzIntel Latest Reports
    • Post Views Counter
    • Privacy Policy
    • Public Individual Page
    • Register
    • Subscription Plan
    • Thank You Page

Category: housing

  • MIL-OSI Economics: Transcript of World Economic Outlook October 2024 Press Briefing

    Source: International Monetary Fund

    October 22, 2024

    Speakers:
    Pierre‑Olivier Gourinchas, Director, Research Department, IMF
    Petya Koeva Brooks, Deputy Director, Research Department, IMF
    Jean‑Marc Natal, Division Chief, Research Department, IMF

    Moderator:
    Jose Luis De Haro, Communications Officer, IMF

    Mr. De Haro: OK. I think we can start. First of all, welcome, everyone. Good morning for those who are joining, as online. I am Jose Luis De Haro with the Communications Department here at the IMF. And once again, we are gathered here today for the release of our new World Economic Outlook, titled Policy Pivot Raising Threats. I hope that by this time, all of you have had access to a copy of the flagship. If not, I would encourage you to go to IMF.org. There, you’re going to find the document, but also, you’re going to find Pierre‑Olivier’s blog, the underlying data for the charts, videos, and other assets that I think are going to be very, very helpful for your reporting. And what’s best, that to discuss all the details of the World Economic Outlook that, to be joined here today by Pierre‑Olivier Gourinchas, the Economic Counsellor Chief Economist and the Director of the Research Department. Next to him are Petya Koeva Brooks. She is the Deputy Director of the Research Department. And also with us, Jean‑Marc Natal, the Division Chief at the Research Department. We are going to start with some opening remarks from Pierre‑Olivier, and then we will proceed to take your questions. I want to remind everyone that this press conference is on the record and that we will also be taking questions online.

    With no further ado, Pierre‑Olivier, the floor is yours.

    Mr. Gourinchas: Thank you, Jose, and good morning, everyone. Let me start with the good news. The battle against inflation is almost won. After peaking at 9.4 percent year on year in the third quarter of 2022, we now project headline inflation will fall to 3.5 percent by the end of next year, and in most countries, inflation is now hovering close to central bank targets.

    Now, inflation came down while the global economy remained resilient. Growth is projected to hold steady at 3.2 percent in 2024 and 2025. The United States is expected to cool down, while other advanced economies will rebound. Performance in emerging Asia remains robust, despite the slight downward revision for China to 4.8 percent in 2024. Low‑income countries have seen their growth revised downwards, some of it because of conflicts and climate shocks.

    Now, the decline in inflation without a global recession is a major achievement. Much of that disinflation can be attributed to the unwinding of the unique combination of supply and demand shocks that caused the inflation in the first place, together with improvements in labor supply due to immigration in many advanced countries. But monetary policy played a decisive role, keeping inflation expectations anchored.

    Now, despite the good news, on inflation, risks are now tilted to the downside. This downside risks include an escalation in regional conflicts, especially in the Middle East, which could cause serious risks for commodity markets. Policy shifts toward undesirable trade and industrial policies could also significantly lower output, a sharp reduction in migration into advanced economies, which can unwind some of the supply gains that helped ease inflation in recent quarters. This could trigger an abrupt tightening of global financial conditions that would further depress output. And together, these represent about a 1.6 percent of global output in 2026.

    Now, to mitigate these downside risks and to strengthen growth, policymakers now need to shift gears and implement a policy triple pivot.

    The first pivot on monetary policy is already underway. The decline in inflation paved the way for monetary easing across major central banks. This will support activity at a time when labor markets are showing signs of cooling, with rising unemployment rates. So far, however, this rise has been gradual and does not point to an imminent slowdown. Lower interest rates in major economies will also ease the pressure on emerging market economies. However, vigilance remains key. Inflation in services remains too elevated, almost double prepandemic levels, and a few emerging market economies are seeing rising price pressures, calling for higher policy rates. Furthermore, we have now entered a world dominated by supply shocks, from climate, health, and geopolitical tensions. And this makes the job of central banks harder.

    The second pivot is on fiscal policy. It is urgent to stabilize debt dynamics and rebuild much‑needed fiscal buffers. For the United States and China, current fiscal plans do not stabilize debt dynamics. For other countries, despite early improvements, there are increasing signs of slippage. The path is narrow. Delaying consolidation increases the risk of disorderly adjustments, while an excessively abrupt turn toward fiscal tightening could hurt economic activity. Success requires implementing, where necessary, and without delay, a sustained and credible multi‑year fiscal adjustment.

    The third pivot and the hardest is toward growth‑enhancing reform. This is the only way we can address many of the challenges we face. Many countries are implementing industrial and trade policy measures to protect domestic workers and industries. These measures can sometimes boost investment and activity in the short run, but they often lead to retaliation and ultimately fail to deliver sustained improvements in standards of living. They should be avoided when not carefully addressing well‑identified market failures or narrowly defined national security concerns.

    Economic growth must come, instead, from ambitious domestic reforms that boost innovation, increase human capital, improve competition and resource allocation. Growth‑enhancing reforms often face significant social resistance. Our report shows that information strategies can help improve support, but they only go so far. Building trust between governments and citizens and inclusion of proper compensation measures are essential features.

    Building trust is an important lesson that should also resonate when thinking about ways to further improve international cooperation to address common challenges in the year that we celebrate the 80th anniversary of the Bretton Woods Institutions. Thank you.

    Mr. De Haro: Thank you, Pierre‑Olivier. Before we open the floor for your questions, let’s remind some ground rules. First of all, if you have any question that it is related to a country program or a country negotiation, I would recommend not to formulate that question here. Basically, those questions can be formulated in the different regional press briefings that are going to happen later this week.

    Also, if you want to ask a question, just raise your hand, wait until I call you. Identify yourself and the outlet that you represent. And let’s try to keep it to just one question. I know that there are going to be many, many questions. We might not be able to take all of you. So please be patient. There are going to be many other opportunities to ask questions throughout the week.

    Let me start—how I am going to start. I am going to start in the center. A couple of questions here. Then I am going to go to my right, and then I am going to go there. I am going to start in the first row, the lady with the white jacket, thank you.

    QUESTION: Thank you, Jose, for taking my question. I am Moaling Xiong from Xinhua News Agency. I want to ask about the geopolitical tensions that was mentioned in the report. It says there are rising geopolitical tensions. So far, the impact has been limited. But further intensification of geopolitical rifts could weigh on trade, investment, and beyond. I wonder whether Pierre‑Olivier, could you talk a little bit about what are the economic impacts of growing geopolitical tensions? Thank you.

    Mr. Gourinchas: Thank you. This is, of course, a very important question. This is something that we are very concerned about, the rising geoeconomic fragmentation, trade tensions between countries, measures that are disrupting trade, disrupting cross‑border investment. This is something that we have looked at in our World Economic Outlook report. In Chapter 1, we have a box that evaluates the impact of various adverse measures, measures that could be taken by policymakers or various of shocks that would impact output. And when we look at the impact that rising trade tensions could have, there are two dimensions of this. One is, of course, you are increasing tariffs, for instance, between different blocs. That would disrupt trade. That will misallocate resources. That will weigh down on economic activity. But there is also an associated layer that comes from the uncertainty that increases related to future trade policy. And that will also depress investment, depress economic activity and consumption. When we put these two together, what we find is, we find an impact on world output that is on the order of about 0.5 percent of output levels in 2026. So it’s a quite sizable effect of both an increase in tariffs between different countries and an increase in trade policy uncertainty.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. I’m going to continue here in the center. We’re going to go to the gentleman on the third row. Yep. There. There, third row, there. Third row. Thank you.

    QUESTION: Hi. Thanks very much for taking my question. I just want to ask about the inflation side of the WEO. You mentioned just now inflation, you know, the battle is almost won. I am just wondering, there’s sort of a divergence between the advanced economies and emerging markets and developing economies. When do you expect inflation to sort of fall toward that 2 percent target in emerging markets and developing economies? Thanks.

    Mr. Gourinchas: Yes. So inflation, the progress on inflation has been more pronounced for advanced economies, and now we expect advanced economies to be back to their target sometime in 2025 for most of them. For emerging markets and developing economies, there is more variation, and we see an increase in dispersion of inflation, so a lot of countries have made a lot of progress. You look, for instance, at emerging Asia. There are inflation levels very similar to advanced economies for a number of them. You look at other regions—in the Middle East, for instance, or sub‑Saharan Africa—and you have countries that still have double‑digital inflation rates and will maybe take more time to converge back. So we see an increased divergence that reflects some of the shocks that are specific to some of these regions. Of course, conflict or climate‑related shocks can have an impact on inflation, and that’s what we’re seeing in these two regions I mentioned.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. Now I’m going to move to my right. The first row here, the lady with the red suit.

    QUESTION: Hello. This is Norah from Asharq Business with Bloomberg from Dubai.

    Pierre, you mentioned that the geopolitical tensions could account for 0.5 percent of output if things kind of get out of hand. To what extent is this a very optimistic number here? Because we’re talking about tensions not only in the Middle East. You have things going down in the Taiwan Strait. We have the Russian‑Ukraine war still ongoing. And there is a very big risk that shipping lines, straits might get disrupted. And this would affect very substantially the price of oil and other commodities. To what extent this would affect output—again, global output and inflation levels? Would inflation be a big risk again if major commodities prices increased substantially?

    Mr. Gourinchas: Yes. So you are absolutely right. The scenario I was referring to earlier is a scenario where we have increased trade disruptions, tariffs, and trade policy uncertainty. But one can think also about geopolitical tensions impacting commodity market or shipping. Now, this is not something that we looked at in this report. That’s something that we had looked at in our April report. And in April, when we looked at the potential for escalation in conflicts in the Middle East, the impact it could have on oil prices or on shipping costs, we found that this would very much be in the nature of adverse supply shock. It would negatively impact output, and it would increase inflation pressures. Now, the numbers we had when we did that exercise back in April, they’re still very relevant for the environment we’re in now. And that was one of the layers I showed today, is that it would reduce output by another about 0.4 percent by 2026 and would increase inflation by something on the order of 0.7 percent higher inflation in 2025. So this is something that is very much on top of the other tensions that I mentioned. This is why we are living in this world where there are multiple layers of risk that could be compounding each other.

    Mr. De Haro: I’m going to stay here. First row, here. Thank you.

    QUESTION: Thank you. My name is Simon Ateba. I am with Today News Africa Washington, D.C. I would like you to talk a little bit more about the situation in Africa. I know two years ago it was about COVID and then Ukraine. What do you see now? And what are some of the recommendations for sub‑Saharan Africa? Thank you.

    Mr. Gourinchas: So sub‑Saharan African region is one that is seeing growth rates that are fairly steady this year, compared to last year, at about 3.6 percent, and then expected to increase to about 4.2 percent next year. So we’re seeing some pickup in growth from this year to next year. But now, this is certainly a region that’s been adversely impacted by weather shocks and, in some cases, conflict. So the growth remains subdued and somewhat uneven, and that’s certainly something that we are concerned about.

    Let me turn it over to my colleague Jean‑Marc Natal to add some color.

    Mr. Natal: I would be happy to. Do you hear me? OK.

    So yes, so there has been over the last year, year and a half, there has been some progress in the region. You saw, you know, inflation stabilizing in some countries going down even. And reaching close—level close to the target. But half of them is still at distance, large distance from the target. And a third of them are still having double‑digital inflation.

    In terms of growth, as Pierre‑Olivier mentioned, it’s quite uneven, but it remains too low. The other issue is debt in the region. Obviously, it is still high. It has not increased. It has stopped increasing, and in some countries already starting to consolidate. But it’s still too high. And the debt service is correspondingly still high in the region. So the challenges are still there. There has been some progress. So in terms of the recommendation, in countries where inflation is very high, you would recommend, you know, tight monetary policy and in some cases, when possible, helped by consolidation on the fiscal side.

    It’s complicated. In many countries, you know, there are trade‑offs, and, you know, consolidating fiscal is difficult when you also have to provide for relief, like in Nigeria, for example, due to the flooding. So targeting the support to the poor and the vulnerable is part of the package when you consolidate. I will stop here.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. I am moving to my left. I am going to go to the gentleman in the first row.

    QUESTION: Thank you very much. Joel Hills from ITV News. We know that the chancellor in the United Kingdom is planning on changing the fiscal rule on debt to allow for—to borrow more for investment. Pierre‑Olivier, do you support this idea? And what, in your view, are the risks? And should the U.K. government continue to target a fall in debt of some description or a rise in public sector net worth?

    Mr. De Haro: Pierre‑Olivier, before you answer, are there any other questions on the U.K. in the room? I am going to take just two more from this group of U.K. reporters on my right that they are very eager. Just two questions more. We do not want to overwhelm—

    QUESTION: Alex Brummer from the Daily Mail in London. Again, around the chancellor’s upcoming budget. In your opening remarks, you referred to the possibility of abrupt changes in fiscal policy, disrupting what might happen to economies. U.K., according to your forecast, is in a quite good place in terms of growth heading upward. Do you fear that too strong a change in direction in fiscal policy in the U.K. could affect future growth?

    Mr. De Haro: Just one more question.

    QUESTION: Mehreen Khan from The Times. You mentioned that there are some countries at risk of fiscal slippage because governments have promised to do their consolidation have struggled to execute. Is the U.K. in that group? Also, the IMF has previously recommended that countries are under fiscal strain should—can keep sort of investment flowing if they do shift to measures like public sector net worth. Is that still a recommendation that you stand by in particular relevance for the U.K.?

    Mr. De Haro: And to give Pierre‑Olivier a little bit of time, I just want to remind everyone that we will have regional press briefings later this week, and some of these questions can be brought to all heads of departments that are going to be talking later on in the week. Pierre‑Olivier?

    Mr. Gourinchas: First, I will make three quick remarks. We are going to wait and see at the end of this month, on October 30, the details of the budget that will be announced by the U.K. government. And at that point, we’ll be able to evaluate and see the detail of the measures and how they will impact the U.K. economy.

    The broader question, I think, is relevant for many countries, not just the U.K. And it goes to the second pivot I mentioned, this narrow path in terms of fiscal consolidation. I think when countries have elevated debt levels, when interest rates are high, when growth is OK but not great, there is a risk that things could escalate or get out of control quickly. And so there is a need to bring debt levels down, stabilize them when they are not stabilized and rebuild fiscal buffers. That is true for many countries around the world. And if you are not doing that—and that is getting to the question that was asked by the gentleman on the right here—if you’re not doing that, that’s when you find yourself potentially later on at the mercy of market pressures that will force an adjustment that is uncontrolled to a large extent. At which point you have very few degrees of freedom, so you do not want to get in that position. And I think the effort to stabilize public debt has to be seen in that context.

    Now, the other side of the narrow path is, of course, if you try to do too much too quickly, you might have an adverse impact on growth. And you have to be careful there because we do have important—most countries have important needs when it comes to spending, whether it’s about central services, what we think about healthcare, or if we think about public investment and climate transition. So we need to protect also the type of spending that can be good for growth. So finding ways—and this is something that our colleagues in the Fiscal Monitor report emphasize, finding ways to consolidate by reducing expenditures where it’s needed. Maybe raising revenues. Often, it’s a combination of both but doing so in a way that is least impactful on growth. It’s country by country. There is no general formula. But that’s kind of the nature of the exercise.

    That pivot, that second pivot is absolutely essential. At the point we’re at again precisely because we’re in a world in which there will be more shocks and countries need to be prepared and need to have some room on the fiscal side to be able to build that.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. Last question on this side. Then I will go online, and then I will go around the room again. The gentleman in the second row.

    QUESTION: Thanks, Jose. Pierre‑Olivier, a question on Argentina. The IMF is maintaining its projections for the country for next year, improving GDP and inflation, 45 percent at the end of the year. Oh, yes. Sorry. Alam Md Hasanul from International.

    A question on Argentina. The IMF is maintaining its projections for next year, but I wanted to see if you could give us a little bit more detail on, where do you see the economy going. And if it’s accurate to say at this point that the worst of the crisis is in the past? Thanks.

    Mr. De Haro: We have received other questions regarding Argentina online from Lilliana Franco. Basically, she wants to know what’s behind our expectations for inflation for 2025. And I think that there are other Argentine reporters in the room. I see them in the back. Please, if somebody can get them the mic and we can get all the questions on Argentina and then move on to other regions. There. There. Those two, please. Try to keep it short.

    QUESTION: Hi. Patricia Valli from El Cronista. You mentioned the need to keep going with the reforms. And the government in Argentina is implementing a series of reforms. What’s the take of the IMF in terms of these? And if they are perhaps hurting the most vulnerable due to the increase of poverty numbers in Argentina in the past report?

    QUESTION: Hello. Juan Manuel Barca from Clarín Newspaper. I want to know if you raised your employment projection compared to the April—compared to the July forecast.

    Mr. Gourinchas: Yes. So let me first state at the outset that our projections for Argentina have not been updated since July, and the reason for this is because there are ongoing program discussions between the authorities and the Fund. And so while that process is going on, we did not update the projections for the October round.

    Now, to come to the question that was asked on the left. There are two things that are relevant for Argentina, two main things. One is what’s happening on the inflation side. Here, I think the progress has been very substantial. We are now seeing month‑on‑month inflation in Argentina close to 3.5 percent, and this is down from about 25 percent month on month back in December of last year. So very, very significant decline in the inflation rate. So that’s something to acknowledge. And the hope is, of course, that the measures in place will continue to improve the situation on that front.

    On the growth front, what we are saying is that activity has contracted substantially in the first half of the year, but there are signs that it’s starting to gradually recover. Now how much again, I cannot give you an update because we do not have it as of now. But there are signs that there is a recovery in real wages and in private credit and activity.

    Now, of course, this has been difficult for the Argentine economy, the decline in growth of that nature. And that’s something that, again, we are engaged in discussions with the authorities on the best way forward. I cannot comment more than that.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. Now I am going to get a question from our colleagues on WebEx. I think that Weier is there.

    QUESTION: I have a question on China. Given China’s recent implementation of various stimulus measures, such as support for the real estate—real sector and interest rate reductions and other economic incentives, we’ve already seen a major boost in its capital market. So how do you assess the potential impact of these developments on China’s economic recovery and growth perspective?

    Also, how the external effects, such as the Federal Reserve’s easing monetary path, will play a role here. Thank you.

    Mr. De Haro: Before you answer on the Federal Reserve, there’s other questions on China of a similar nature. Recent stimulus announced by the Governor and its effects.

    Mr. Gourinchas: OK. So China, as I mentioned in my opening remarks, we have a slight downward revision for its 2024 growth, compared to our July projections to 4.8 percent. And that’s a revision that’s coming largely due to a weaker second quarter of the year. And that weaker second quarter of the year is reflecting continued decline in confidence in the household and corporate sector and also the continued problems in the property sector in China.

    Now, this is something that, of course, is a top priority to address for the Chinese authorities. And we’ve seen a number of measures that have been announced since the end of last month. First measures, monetary and financial measures announced by the People’s Bank of China, and then some fiscal measures that were announced a few weeks ago.

    These measures in general go in the right direction, from our perspective. They are trying to improve the situation in the property sector. They’re trying to, for instance, lowering borrowing rates or trying to improve the balance sheet of the property developers.

    In our view, in our assessment, the measures announced at the end of last month by the PBOC, although they go in the right direction, are not sufficient to lift growth in a substantially material way. And that’s why our forecast is still at about 4.8 percent for 2024 and is unchanged for next year, at 4.5 percent.

    The new, more recent measures announced a few weeks ago by the Ministry of Finance are not incorporated in our forecast. We are waiting to see the details. I should mention, however, that since then, there has also been a release of the Q3 growth for China, and this has also been a little bit on the disappointing side. So I would say that what we’re seeing in terms of where the Chinese economy might be going is a little bit of a downward revision coming from the Q3 forecast and then potentially some measures that will help lift the economy going forward.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. So we have an additional question online. Basically, it comes from a reporter in Israel who wants to know how the current conflict is affecting the region and the global economy. Also, if there’s any other questions regarding the ongoing conflict, we can go here in the first row, please.

    QUESTION: Hi. Amir Goumma from Asharq with Bloomberg. With the GCC countries increasingly focusing and diversifying their economies away from oil now, how the IMF sees the progress and how you assess that with geopolitical tensions that may affect the attraction of the investment?

    Mr. Gourinchas: OK. So on the impact of the conflict in the Middle East on the countries in the region, and more broadly, let me ask my colleague Petya Koeva Brooks to come in.

    Ms. Koeva Brooks: Sure. Indeed, the conflict has inflicted a heavy toll on the region, and our hearts go to all who have been affected by it. We are monitoring the situation very closely. And what we could say at this stage is apart from the enormous uncertainty that we see is that the fallout has been the hardest in the countries in the region, at the epicenter of the conflict. We’ve seen significant declines in output in West Bank, in Gaza. Lebanon has also been hard hit. Now, we’ve also seen impact in the—on the economy in Israel, although there, I think the—so far at least, the impact has been smaller.

    Now, beyond that, there has also been an impact on commodity prices, on oil prices. We’ve seen quite a lot of volatility, though, as other factors have also come in, such as the concerns about global demand kind of have pushed prices in the opposite direction.

    Now, beyond that, when it comes to specific countries in the GCC region, when it comes to, for instance, Saudi Arabia, we’ve seen there, actually the non‑oil output has done very well, and we do have a small downward revision in the overall growth rate, but that is pretty much because of the voluntary oil cuts that have now been extended through November. Let me stop here. Thank you.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. We are coming here to the center of the room. I’m going to go way back. The gentleman in the blue shirt that I think is the third row from the back. Yep. There. He has—there, there, there. A little bit. Can you stand up? Yep. Perfect. And then I will go with you, with the lady.

    QUESTION: Thank you for doing this. Your alternative scenario about the trade war does not seem so far from reality. Indeed, especially if Trump wins the elections. So could you augment about that? Thank you.

    Mr. De Haro: We have a couple of questions similar to that nature.

    Mr. Gourinchas: Yes. So, I mean, of course, I will first preface by saying we are not commenting on elections or potential platforms here at the IMF. What we are seeing and when we’re looking at the world economy goes beyond what might be happening in a single country. This is why the scenario that we are looking at in Box 1.2 of our World Economic Outlook is one that focuses on, if you want, an escalation of trade tensions between different regions—whether the U.S., the European Union, or China. And the numbers I quoted earlier are reflecting our model estimates of the cumulative impact of this increase in tensions. So I think that this is something that we are very concerned about. We’ve seen a very sharp increase in a number of trade‑distorting measures implemented by countries since 2019, roughly. They’ve gone from 1,000 to 3,000, so tripling of trade‑distorting measures implemented by countries, and 2019 was not a low point. That was already something that was above what we were seeing in the 2010s. So there is definitely, you know, a direction of travel here that we are very concerned about because a lot of these trade‑distorting measures could reflect decisions by countries that are self‑centered but could be ultimately harmful not just to the global economy, but this is the benefits of doing a scenario analysis like the one we did. They are also hurtful for the countries that want to implement them, as well, because the impact on global trade also makes the residents of a country poorer.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. I’m going to take a question from WebEx and then I’m going to go to you. I think that we have a question on the U.S. Please go ahead.

    QUESTION: My question would be regarding the U.S. resilience toward inflation shock. I remember talks about this during the April meetings and the April report. And I wanted to ask you whether you’re still committed to this forecast of the U.S. resiliency, and whether we can still see the risk of recession in the U.S. since recent talks about the unemployment data, it has not always come to the expectations of what the bond market or the stock exchange thinks.

    So is the U.S. still as resilient as you saw it in April this year?

    Mr. Gourinchas: Yes. So, I mean, the news on the U.S. is good in a sense. We have had an upgrade in growth forecasts for 2024 and 2025. The historical numbers have also been revised, so even upgraded 2023, that is already sort of behind us. But the numbers came in, and they were stronger than what was realized. And that strong growth performance has been happening in a context of a continued disinflation. There have been some bumps in the road. The disinflation may not have been proceeding, especially earlier in the year, as quickly as was projected, but lately it has been quite substantial.

    So what accounts for this is two things that are really important there. One is, there is strong productivity growth that we see when we look at the U.S. That’s somewhat unlike other advanced economies, in fact. When we look around the world. And the second is also a very significant role that immigration has played, the increase in foreign‑born workers in the U.S. that have been integrated fairly quickly into the labor force. Now, the increase in unemployment that we’ve seen recently—I just showed it in my opening remarks—reflects to a large extent the fact that you have this increase in foreign‑born workers. And it takes—they have been integrated quickly in the labor force, but still there was an influx of them or there was an influx of them, and it’s taken a little bit of time to absorb them. And that’s what is reflected in the increased unemployment rate. So the labor market picture remains one that is fairly, fairly robust, even though it has cooled off but from very, very tight levels. Growth is solid. So I think the answer to the question that was posed, I think a risk of a recession in the U.S. in the absence of a very sharp shock would be somewhat diminished.

    Now, that is really what paved the way when you think about what the Federal Reserve is doing, seeing this inflation coming down a lot but noticing the increase in unemployment, pivoting away from just fighting inflation, that fight is almost done, and now being more concerned about, maybe what might be happening going forward with the labor market and wanting to make sure that that cooling off of the labor market does not turn into something that is more negative.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. The clock here says that I have seven minutes that I can push a little bit, but we go there. Then we will go to this side. And come back here and maybe end around here.

    QUESTION: Thank you very much. My name is Hope Moses‑Ashike from Business Day Nigeria. So I am right here in this room, in April, you projected the Nigeria economy to grow by 3.3 percent, and you cited improved oil sector, security, and then agriculture. So I want to understand, what has changed since then in terms of Nigeria’s growth and the factors you mentioned? Thank you.

    Mr. Gourinchas: Thank you. Jean‑Marc, do you want to comment on Nigeria?

    Mr. Natal: Yes. Rightly so. We revised growth for Nigeria in 2024 by .2 down. And, you know, things are volatile, I suppose, because the reason for the revision is precisely issues in agriculture related to flooding. And also issues in the production of oil related to security issues, and also maintenance issues that have pushed down the production of oil. So these two factors have played a role.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. We go to this side. I’m going to go to the front row, the lady with the white jacket. Thank you.

    QUESTION: Thank you. So this is still a follow‑up question since you just answered on Nigeria. What’s the IMF’s projection for the social impacts on full subsidy removal, especially when you—full subsidy removal and forex unification in terms of poverty, inequality, and food insecurity? And also, can give us your medium‑term projections for Nigeria’s growth? Thank you.

    Mr. Gourinchas: So I am afraid on this one I will have to go back and check because I do not have the number ready on the impact of the removal of the fuel subsidies specifically that you asked about. I do not know if my colleagues—

    Mr. De Haro: And I would encourage you to formulate this question in the press briefing for the regional outlook for the African Department. Probably there, you will get your answer, but reach out to us bilaterally and then we will get you the question.

    We are going to stay—we’re going to go to the gentleman in the back. Yep.

    QUESTION: Thanks very much. Andy Robinson of La Vanguardia, Barcelona, Spain. There seems to be a strange sort of divergence in the euro zone economy in which Spain—you have revised upwards Spain’s GDP growth forecast a whole point, percentage point, whilst Germany is languishing. Could I ask you, is Spain’s performance sustainable? And Germany’s in a recession?

    Also, one other question. You seem in your box on inflation and wage share and profit share, wage share you seem to be suggesting if there’s any danger of increasing inflation in the future, it’s more an excessive profit share than exactly wage? Could you tell me if that’s a correct interpretation? Thanks.

    Mr. Gourinchas: Yes. So just a few words on the euro area in general. And then I will let my colleague Petya come in on Spain. We do see some divergence across the different countries of the euro area. And one of the drivers is how reliant they are on manufacturing, as one of the key sectors in domestic production. And what you are seeing is, there is a general weakness in manufacturing and that’s heating countries like Germany. While countries that are maybe a bit more reliant on services, including tourism—and Spain is one of them—are seeing a better performance.

    Now, on the second part of your question, and I will turn it over to Petya, on the profit share and wages. We’re seeing now wage growth that is in excess of inflation. And sometimes people say, well, that’s a problem because that means, you know, maybe that cannot be sustained and therefore there will be more inflation. Well, not quite. That’s not the view we have here at the Fund. A lot of the increase in wages in excess of inflation right now—so that’s an improvement in real wages in standards of living—is reflecting a catchup phenomenon. It’s after years during which inflation was higher than wage inflation, wage increase. So real wages are catching up. They are covering lost ground.

    Now, during those years when inflation was higher than wages, profit margins somewhere were higher in the economy. And that is the profit margin that is being eroded back. So it’s not that we’re squeezing profits inordinately right now. It’s just they’re coming back more toward their historical level as real wages are catching up, and that’s not necessarily a concern in terms of inflation dynamics going forward. With this, let me turn it over to Petya.

    Ms. Koeva Brooks: Thank you. Indeed Spain does stand out as one of the countries with a substantial upward revision for this year. We’re now projecting growth to be 2.9, after last year, when it was 2.7. So what’s behind this revision is the positive surprises that we’ve already seen, especially in the second quarter, as well as some of the revisions to the back data.

    And then when we look at the composition of these surprises, again, it was net exports and the receipts from tourism that were a substantial contributor. But also, private consumption and investment also played a role, which may imply that some of the impact of the national recovery plan and the EU funds that are being used could—we could already be seeing the impact of that. And then when we move forward, we are expecting a slowdown in growth next year, but, again, if these—if this investment continues, of course, that would be a very positive factor behind the recovery. Thanks.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. I have time for just one question because literally, we have 15 seconds. So I’m going to go with the gentleman here.

    QUESTION: Thank you. Barry Wood, Hong Kong Radio. Mr. Gourinchas, in April you said likely we will see one rate cut in the United States. We’ve seen it. The data, as you just said, is very good. Would further rate cuts be counterproductive?

    Mr. Gourinchas: Well, in our projections, of course, we need to make some assumptions about what central banks, and this round of projection is no exception. So in our projections just released today, we’re assuming that there will be two more rate cuts by the Fed in 2024 and then four additional rate cuts in 2025. And that would bring the policy rate towards the terminal rate that is around 2.75, 3. Why do we see the additional rate cuts? Well, in part it’s the progress on inflation. And then as I mentioned earlier, as an answer to an earlier question, the fact that we’re seeing the labor markets cooling and therefore the concern for the Fed is now to make sure that that last part of the disinflation process is not one that is going to hit activity. In the Chapter 2 of our report, we describe how that last mile could be somewhat more costly because, as the supply constraints have eased and moved away, it becomes harder to bring down inflation in that last mile without hurting economic activity, so it’s important to also adjust the policy rate path in a direction of a little bit more easing, as the economy is smooth landing.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. As in life, all good things have to come to an end. But before that, I want to thank you all, on behalf of Pierre‑Olivier, Petya, and Jean‑Marc. Also, on behalf of the Communications Department and a couple of reminders for all of you, the Global Financial Stability Report press briefing is going to happen in this same room at around 10:15 a.m. Tomorrow morning, you have the press briefing for the Fiscal Monitor, and later on in the week, you will have the Managing Director’s press briefing and all the regional press briefings that we’ve been talking about. I want to encourage you to go to IMF.org, download the flagships, the World Economic Outlook, and if you have any questions, comments, feedback, everything to media at IMF.org. So have a great day.

    IMF Communications Department
    MEDIA RELATIONS

    PRESS OFFICER:

    Phone: +1 202 623-7100Email: MEDIA@IMF.org

    @IMFSpokesperson

    MIL OSI Economics –

    January 24, 2025
  • MIL-OSI: Peapack-Gladstone Financial Corporation Reports Third Quarter Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    BEDMINSTER, N.J., Oct. 22, 2024 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Peapack-Gladstone Financial Corporation (NASDAQ Global Select Market: PGC) (the “Company”) announces its third quarter 2024 financial results.

    This earnings release should be read in conjunction with the Company’s Q3 2024 Investor Update, a copy of which is available on our website at http://www.pgbank.com and via a current report on Form 8-K on the website of the Securities and Exchange Commission at http://www.sec.gov.

    During the third quarter of 2024, deposits grew $279 million, to $5.9 billion, which represents an annualized growth rate of 20%. Nearly half of the deposit growth during the quarter was attributed to an increase in noninterest-bearing demand deposit balances which grew $130 million to $1.1 billion. Strong core relationship growth throughout 2024 has allowed the Company to repay all outstanding short-term borrowings and strengthen its liquidity position.  The Company also saw an increase in loan demand during the third quarter. Outstanding loan balances increased by $51 million to $5.3 billion as of September 30, 2024.

    The Company recorded net income of $7.6 million and diluted earnings per share (“EPS”) of $0.43 for the quarter ended September 30, 2024 compared to net income of $7.5 million and EPS of $0.42 for the quarter ended June 30, 2024.

    Net interest income increased $2.6 million, or 8%, on a linked quarter basis to $37.7 million during the third quarter of 2024 compared to $35.0 million in the second quarter.  The growth in net interest income was driven by continued improvement in the net interest margin. The net interest margin increased to 2.34% for the quarter ended September 30, 2024 compared to 2.25% for the quarter ended June 30, 2024 and 2.20% for the quarter ended March 31, 2024.

    Douglas L. Kennedy, President and CEO said, “Our expansion into the metro New York market, leading with our ‘Single Point of Contact’ private banking strategy, continues to deliver results ahead of plan. Our third quarter results reflect this success through strong core deposit growth, continued improvement in net interest income and enhanced liquidity profile. Our New York Commercial Private Banking initiative is currently managing over $730 million in customer relationship deposits, which includes 31% in noninterest-bearing demand deposits. We expect that our expansion will become accretive to earnings in early 2025.”

    Mr. Kennedy also noted, “During the third quarter of 2024, Moody’s reaffirmed our investment grade ratings with a stable outlook after a thorough analysis of our business model and balance sheet. We are fully aware of the headwinds created by the current interest rate environment, and we are confident in our ability to manage through any of these issues that may arise as we execute our private banking strategy, which over time will deliver shareholder value.”

    The following are select highlights for the period ended September 30, 2024:

    Wealth Management:

    • AUM/AUA in our Wealth Management Division totaled a record $12.1 billion at September 30, 2024 compared to $10.9 billion at December 31, 2023.
    • Gross new business inflows for Q3 2024 totaled $140 million ($130 million managed).
    • Wealth Management fee income was $15.2 million in Q3 2024, which amounted to 27% of total revenue for the quarter.

    Commercial Banking and Balance Sheet Management:

    • Year-to-date total deposits have increased by $661 million, to $5.9 billion at September 30, 2024 compared to $5.3 billion at December 31, 2023. The Company intentionally allowed $121 million in high cost, non-core relationship deposits to roll off during the first nine months of 2024. Excluding this deposit run-off, core relationship deposits have grown by $782 million during 2024.
    • The Company has repaid $404 million in short-term borrowings as of September 30, 2024.
    • Total loans declined $116 million to $5.3 billion at September 30, 2024 from $5.4 billion at December 31, 2023. However, outstanding loans increased by $51 million during the three-month period ended September 30, 2024 after experiencing contraction during the first six months of 2024.
    • Commercial and industrial lending (“C&I”) drove a majority of the growth during the third quarter. C&I balances represent 42% of the total loan portfolio at September 30, 2024. A strong pipeline of new business has been built heading into Q4.
    • Fee income on unused commercial lines of credit totaled $845,000 for Q3 2024.
    • The net interest margin (“NIM”) was 2.34% in Q3 2024, an increase of 9 basis points compared to 2.25% at Q2 2024.
    • Noninterest-bearing demand deposits increased by $130 million during the third quarter of 2024 and represented 18% of total deposits as of September 30, 2024.

    Capital Management:

    • Tangible book value per share increased 6% to $32.00 per share at September 30, 2024 compared to $30.31 at December 31, 2023. Book value per share increased 5% to $34.57 per share at September 30, 2024 compared to $32.90 at December 31, 2023.
    • During the third quarter, the Company repurchased 100,000 shares of common stock at a total cost of $2.6 million, or an average cost of $25.92 per share. During the first nine months of 2024, the Company repurchased 300,000 shares of common stock at a cost of $7.2 million. For the full year 2023, the Company repurchased 455,341 shares at a cost of $12.5 million.
    • At September 30, 2024, the Tier 1 Leverage Ratio stood at 10.99% for Peapack-Gladstone Bank (the “Bank”) and 9.33% for the Company. The Common Equity Tier 1 Ratio (to Risk-Weighted Assets) was 13.75% for the Bank and 11.67% for the Company at September 30, 2024. These ratios remain significantly above well capitalized standards, as capital continues to benefit from net income generation.

    SUMMARY INCOME STATEMENT DETAILS:

    The following tables summarize specified financial details for the periods shown.

    Nine Months Ended September 30, 2024 Year Compared to Nine Months Ended September 30, 2023

        Nine Months Ended     Nine Months Ended                
        September 30,     September 30,       Increase/  
    (Dollars in millions, except per share data) (unaudited)   2024     2023       (Decrease)  
    Net interest income   $ 107.10     $ 119.41       $ (12.31 )     (10 )%
    Wealth management fee income     45.98       41.99         3.99       10  
    Capital markets activity     2.30       2.45         (0.15 )     (6 )
    Other income     10.91       11.55         (0.64 )     (6 )
    Total other income     59.19       55.99         3.20       6  
                               
    Total Revenue     166.29       175.40         (9.11 )     (5 )%
                               
    Operating expenses     127.82       110.68         17.14       15  
    Pretax income before provision for credit losses     38.47       64.72         (26.25 )     (41 )
    Provision for credit losses     5.76       9.06         (3.30 )     (36 )
    Pretax income     32.71       55.66         (22.95 )     (41 )
    Income tax expense     8.96       15.40         (6.44 )     (42 )
    Net income   $ 23.75     $ 40.26       $ (16.51 )     (41 )%
    Diluted EPS   $ 1.34     $ 2.23       $ (0.89 )     (40 )%
                               
    Return on average assets     0.49 %     0.84 %       (0.35 )      
    Return on average equity     5.42 %     9.66 %       (4.24 )      

    September 2024 Quarter Compared to Prior Year Quarter

        Three Months Ended       Three Months Ended              
        September 30,       September 30,     Increase/  
    (Dollars in millions, except per share data) (unaudited)   2024       2023     (Decrease)  
    Net interest income   $ 37.68       $ 36.52     $ 1.16       3 %
    Wealth management fee income     15.15         13.98       1.17       8  
    Capital markets activity     0.44         0.61       (0.17 )     (28 )
    Other income     3.35         4.76       (1.41 )     (30 )
    Total other income     18.94         19.35       (0.41 )     (2 )
                               
    Total Revenue     56.62         55.87       0.75       1 %
                               
    Operating expenses     44.65         37.41       7.24       19  
    Pretax income before provision for credit losses     11.97         18.46       (6.49 )     (35 )
    Provision for credit losses     1.22         5.86       (4.64 )     (79 )
    Pretax income     10.75         12.60       (1.85 )     (15 )
    Income tax expense     3.16         3.84       (0.68 )     (18 )
    Net income   $ 7.59       $ 8.76     $ (1.17 )     (13 )%
    Diluted EPS   $ 0.43       $ 0.49     $ (0.06 )     (12 )%
                               
    Return on average assets annualized     0.46 %       0.54 %     (0.08 )      
    Return on average equity annualized     5.12 %       6.20 %     (1.08 )      

    September 2024 Quarter Compared to Linked Quarter

        Three Months Ended     Three Months Ended                
        September 30,     June 30,       Increase/  
    (Dollars in millions, except per share data) (unaudited)   2024     2024       (Decrease)  
    Net interest income   $ 37.68     $ 35.04       $ 2.64       8 %
    Wealth management fee income     15.15       16.42         (1.27 )     (8 )
    Capital markets activity     0.44       0.59         (0.15 )     (25 )
    Other income     3.35       4.55         (1.20 )     (26 )
    Total other income     18.94       21.56         (2.62 )     (12 )
                               
    Total Revenue     56.62       56.60         0.02       0 %
                               
    Operating expenses     44.65       43.13         1.52       4  
    Pretax income before provision for credit losses     11.97       13.47         (1.50 )     (11 )
    Provision for credit losses     1.22       3.91         (2.69 )     (69 )
    Pretax income     10.75       9.56         1.19       12  
    Income tax expense     3.16       2.03         1.13       56  
    Net income   $ 7.59     $ 7.53       $ 0.06       1 %
    Diluted EPS   $ 0.43     $ 0.42       $ 0.01       2 %
                               
    Return on average assets annualized     0.46 %     0.47 %       (0.01 )      
    Return on average equity annualized     5.12 %     5.22 %       (0.10 )      

    SUPPLEMENTAL QUARTERLY DETAILS:

    Wealth Management

    AUM/AUA in the Bank’s Wealth Management Division reached a record high of $12.1 billion at September 30, 2024 compared to $10.9 billion at December 31, 2023.  For the September 2024 quarter, the Wealth Management Team generated $15.2 million in fee income, compared to $16.4 million for the June 30, 2024 quarter and $14.0 million for the September 2023 quarter. The equity markets continued to improve during 2024, contributing to the increase in AUM/AUA along with gross new business inflows of $547 million.

    John Babcock, President of the Bank’s Wealth Management Division, noted, “Q3 2024 saw continued strong client inflows totaling new accounts and client additions of $140 million ($130 million managed). Our new business pipeline is healthy, and we continue to remain focused on delivering excellent service and advice to our clients. Our highly skilled wealth management professionals, our fiduciary powers and expertise, our financial planning capabilities combined with our high-touch client service model distinguishes us in our market and continues to drive our growth and success.”

    Loans / Commercial Banking

    Total loans declined $116 million, or 2%, to $5.3 billion at September 30, 2024 compared to December 31, 2023, primarily driven by repayments, maturities and tighter lending standards. Most of the decline in outstanding loans during the first nine months of 2024 was related to reductions in multifamily and commercial real estate balances. Total C&I loans and leases at September 30, 2024 were $2.2 billion or 42% of the total loan portfolio.

    Mr. Kennedy noted, “Based on a more constructive economic backdrop, we recently began building our pipeline of C&I loans and leases and believe that loan demand will continue to show improvement as we look forward to coming periods ahead. We are proud to have built a leading middle market commercial banking franchise, as evidenced by our C&I Portfolio, Treasury Management services, Corporate Advisory and SBA businesses. We anticipate these business lines fit perfectly with our private banking business model and will generate solid production going forward. During the quarter we originated loans that carried an average spread of more than 4% above our cost of funds.  Having this capability will help us in the near term as the real estate market adjusts to changing market conditions.”

    Net Interest Income (NII)/Net Interest Margin (NIM)

    The Company’s NII of $37.7 million and NIM of 2.34% for Q3 2024 increased $2.6 million and 9 basis points from NII of $35.0 million and NIM of 2.25% for the linked quarter (Q2 2024), and increased $1.2 million and 6 basis points from NII of $36.5 million and NIM of 2.28% compared to the prior year period (Q3 2023). Our single point of contact private banking strategy continues to deliver lower cost core deposit relationships. Noninterest-bearing checking deposits increased by $130 million during the third quarter of 2024, which also drove the improvement in NIM.

    Funding / Liquidity / Interest Rate Risk Management

    Total deposits increased $661 million to $5.9 billion at September 30, 2024 from $5.3 billion at December 31, 2023.  The change in deposit balances included a decline in brokered deposits and non-core deposit relationships.  The overall growth in deposits has strengthened balance sheet liquidity and reduced reliance on outside borrowings and other non-core funding sources. There were no outstanding overnight borrowings at September 30, 2024, compared to $404 million at December 31, 2023.

    At September 30, 2024, the Company’s balance sheet liquidity (investments available for sale, interest-earning deposits and cash) totaled $1.2 billion, or 18% of assets. The Company maintains additional liquidity resources of approximately $3.0 billion through secured available borrowing facilities with the Federal Home Loan Bank and the Federal Reserve Discount Window.  The available funding from the Federal Home Loan Bank and the Federal Reserve are secured by the Company’s loan and investment portfolios. The Company’s total on and off-balance sheet liquidity totaled $4.2 billion, which amounts to 293% of the total uninsured/uncollateralized deposits currently on the Company’s balance sheet.

    Income from Capital Markets Activities

    Noninterest income from Capital Markets activities (detailed below) totaled $435,000 for the September 2024 quarter compared to $586,000 for the June 2024 quarter and $613,000 for the September 2023 quarter.

        Three Months Ended     Three Months Ended     Three Months Ended  
        September 30,     June 30,     September 30,  
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data) (unaudited)   2024     2024     2023  
    Gain on loans held for sale at fair value (Mortgage banking)   $ 15     $ 34     $ 37  
    Gain on sale of SBA loans     365       449       491  
    Corporate advisory fee income     55       103       85  
    Total capital markets activity   $ 435     $ 586     $ 613  

    Other Noninterest Income (other than Wealth Management Fee Income and Income from Capital Markets Activities)        

    Other noninterest income was $3.4 million for Q3 2024 compared to $4.6 million for Q2 2024 and $4.8 million for Q3 2023. Q3 2024 included $225,000 of income recorded by the Equipment Finance Division related to equipment transfers to lessees upon the termination of leases, compared to $1.6 million in Q2 2024 and $2.3 million in Q3 2023, respectively. Additionally, Q3 2024 included $845,000 of unused line fees compared to $786,000 for Q2 2024 and $794,000 for Q3 2023.

    Operating Expenses

    The Company’s total operating expenses were $44.6 million for the third quarter of 2024, compared to $43.1 million for the second quarter of 2024 and $37.4 million for the quarter ended September 2023. The third quarter of 2024 reflects the full run rate of expenses associated with the Company’s expansion into New York City.

    Mr. Kennedy noted, “We continue to make investments related to our strategic decision to expand into New York City and are confident that these investments will position us for future growth and profitability, which will ultimately translate to increased shareholder value.  We continue to look for opportunities to create efficiencies and manage expenses throughout the Company while investing in enhancements to the client experience.”

    Income Taxes

    The effective tax rate for the three months ended September 30, 2024 was 29.4%, as compared to 21.2% for the June 2024 quarter and 30.5% for the quarter ended September 30, 2023.  The June 2024 quarter included a one-time benefit related to the Company’s deferred tax assets associated with a surtax imposed by the State of New Jersey in June 2024. Excluding such benefit, the effective tax rate for the June 2024 quarter would have been approximately 29.0%.

    Asset Quality / Provision for Credit Losses

    Nonperforming assets remained elevated at $80.5 million, or 1.18% of total assets, at September 30, 2024, as compared to $82.1 million, or 1.26% of total assets, at June 30, 2024. Loans past due 30 to 89 days and still accruing were $31.4 million, or 0.59% of total loans, at September 30, 2024 compared to $34.7 million, or 0.66% of total loans, at June 30, 2024. Criticized and classified loans totaled $261.1 million at September 30, 2024, reflecting a decrease of $8.0 million as compared to $269.1 million at June 30, 2024. The Company currently has no loans or leases on deferral and still accruing.

    For the quarter ended September 30, 2024, the Company’s provision for credit losses was $1.2 million compared to $3.9 million for the June 2024 quarter and $5.9 million for the September 2023 quarter. The provision for credit losses in the third quarter of 2024 was driven by overall slower loan growth along with additional specific reserves related to certain isolated credits, of $1.8 million partially offset by a recovery of approximately $2.1 million. The higher provision for the second quarter of 2024 was primarily driven by charge-offs related to the sale of two problem loans, which were approaching foreclosure and transferred to other real estate owned.

    At September 30, 2024, the allowance for credit losses was $71.3 million (1.34% of total loans), compared to $68.0 million (1.29% of total loans) at June 30, 2024, and $68.6 million (1.25% of total loans) at September 30, 2023.

    Mr. Kennedy noted, “We are starting to see some of our asset quality metrics improve, which supports our position that most of our credit issues are isolated to a small number of specific borrowers and sponsors. We continue to work through each credit one at a time while building up reserve coverage. All of the multifamily loans that matured or repriced in 2024 have continued to make their scheduled payments despite the higher rate environment.”

    Capital

    The Company’s capital position increased during the third quarter of 2024 due to net income of $7.6 million, which was partially offset by the repurchase of 100,000 shares through the Company’s repurchase program at a total cost of $2.6 million and the quarterly dividend payment totaling $882,000. Additionally, during the third quarter of 2024, capital benefited from a reduction in accumulated other comprehensive losses of $13.5 million, net of tax. The total accumulated other comprehensive loss declined to $54.8 million as of September 30, 2024 ($57.6 million loss related to the available for sale securities portfolio partially offset by a $2.8 million gain on the cash flow hedges). 

    Tangible book value per share increased 6% to $32.00 at September 30, 2024 from $30.31 at December 31, 2023. Tangible book value per share is a non-GAAP financial measure. See the reconciliation tables included in this release for further detail. Book value per share increased 5% to $34.57 per share at September 30, 2024 compared to $32.90 at December 31, 2023. The Company’s and Bank’s regulatory capital ratios as of September 30, 2024 remain strong and reflect increases from December 31, 2023 levels. Where applicable, such ratios remain well above regulatory well capitalized standards.

    The Company employs quarterly capital stress testing modeling of an adverse case and severely adverse case. In the most recently completed stress test (as of June 30, 2024), under the severely adverse case, and no growth scenario, the Bank remains well capitalized over a two-year stress period.

    On September 25, 2024, the Company declared a cash dividend of $0.05 per share payable on November 22, 2024 to shareholders of record on November 7, 2024.

    ABOUT THE COMPANY

    Peapack-Gladstone Financial Corporation is a New Jersey based bank holding company with total assets of $6.8 billion and assets under management/administration of $12.1 billion as of September 30, 2024.  Founded in 1921, Peapack-Gladstone Bank is a commercial bank that provides Private Banking customized solutions through its wealth management, commercial and retail solutions, including residential lending and online platforms, to businesses, not for profits and consumers.  Peapack Private, the bank’s wealth management division, offers comprehensive financial, tax, fiduciary and investment advice and solutions to individuals, families, privately-held businesses, family offices and not-for-profit organizations, which help them to establish, maintain and expand their legacy. Together, Peapack-Gladstone Bank and Peapack Private offer an unparalleled commitment to client service. Visit http://www.pgbank.com and http://www.peapackprivate.com for more information.

    FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

    The foregoing may contain forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such statements are not historical facts and include expressions about management’s confidence and strategies and management’s expectations about new and existing programs and products, investments, relationships, opportunities and market conditions. These statements may be identified by such forward-looking terminology as “expect,” “look,” “believe,” “anticipate,” “may” or similar statements or variations of such terms. Actual results may differ materially from such forward-looking statements. Factors that may cause results to differ materially from such forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to:

    • our ability to successfully grow our business and implement our strategic plan, including our ability to generate revenues to offset the increased personnel and other costs related to the strategic plan;
    • the impact of anticipated higher operating expenses in 2024 and beyond;
    • our ability to successfully integrate wealth management firm and team acquisitions;
    • our ability to successfully integrate our expanded employee base;
    • an unexpected decline in the economy, in particular in our New Jersey and New York market areas, including potential recessionary conditions;
    • declines in our net interest margin caused by the interest rate environment and/or our highly competitive market;
    • declines in the value in our investment portfolio;
    • impact from a pandemic event on our business, operations, customers, allowance for credit losses and capital levels;
    • higher than expected increases in our allowance for credit losses;
    • higher than expected increases in credit losses or in the level of delinquent, nonperforming, classified and criticized loans or charge-offs;
    • inflation and changes in interest rates, which may adversely impact our margins and yields, reduce the fair value of our financial instruments, reduce our loan originations and lead to higher operating costs;
    • decline in real estate values within our market areas;
    • legislative and regulatory actions (including the impact of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, Basel III and related regulations) that may result in increased compliance costs;
    • successful cyberattacks against our IT infrastructure and that of our IT and third-party providers;
    • higher than expected FDIC insurance premiums;
    • adverse weather conditions;
    • the current or anticipated impact of military conflict, terrorism or other geopolitical events;
    • our inability to successfully generate new business in new geographic markets, including our expansion into New York City;
    • a reduction in our lower-cost funding sources;
    • changes in liquidity, including the size and composition of our deposit portfolio, including the percentage of uninsured deposits in the portfolio;
    • our inability to adapt to technological changes;
    • claims and litigation pertaining to fiduciary responsibility, environmental laws and other matters;
    • our inability to retain key employees;
    • demands for loans and deposits in our market areas;
    • adverse changes in securities markets;
    • changes in New York City rent regulation law;
    • changes in governmental regulation, including, but not limited to, any increase in FDIC insurance premiums and changes in the monetary policies of the U.S. Treasury and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System;
    • changes in accounting policies and practices; and/or
    • other unexpected material adverse changes in our financial condition, operations or earnings.

    A discussion of these and other factors that could affect our results is included in our SEC filings, including our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023. Except as may be required by the applicable law or regulation, we undertake no duty to update any forward-looking statement to conform the statement to actual results or changes in the Company’s expectations.

    Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements.

    Contact:
    Frank A. Cavallaro, SEVP and CFO
    Peapack-Gladstone Financial Corporation
    T: 908-306-8933

    (Tables to follow)

    PEAPACK-GLADSTONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION
    SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
    (Dollars in Thousands, except per share data)
    (Unaudited)

        For the Three Months Ended  
        Sept 30,     June 30,     March 31,     Dec 31,     Sept 30,  
        2024     2024     2024     2023     2023  
    Income Statement Data:                              
    Interest income   $ 83,203     $ 79,238     $ 79,194     $ 80,178     $ 78,489  
    Interest expense     45,522       44,196       44,819       43,503       41,974  
    Net interest income     37,681       35,042       34,375       36,675       36,515  
    Wealth management fee income     15,150       16,419       14,407       13,758       13,975  
    Service charges and fees     1,327       1,345       1,322       1,255       1,319  
    Bank owned life insurance     390       328       503       357       310  
    Gain on loans held for sale at fair value
    (Mortgage banking)
        15       34       56       18       37  
    Gain on loans held for sale at lower
    of cost or fair value
        —       23       —       —       —  
    Gain on sale of SBA loans     365       449       400       239       491  
    Corporate advisory fee income     55       103       818       39       85  
    Other income     1,162       2,938       1,306       1,339       3,541  
    Fair value adjustment for CRA equity security     474       (84 )     (111 )     585       (404 )
    Total other income     18,938       21,555       18,701       17,590       19,354  
                                   
    Total revenue     56,619       56,597       53,076       54,265       55,869  
                                   
    Salaries and employee benefits     31,050       29,884       28,476       24,320       25,264  
    Premises and equipment     5,633       5,776       5,081       5,416       5,214  
    FDIC insurance expense     870       870       945       765       741  
    Other expenses     7,096       6,596       5,539       7,115       6,194  
    Total operating expenses     44,649       43,126       40,041       37,616       37,413  
    Pretax income before provision for credit losses     11,970       13,471       13,035       16,649       18,456  
    Provision for credit losses     1,224       3,911       627       5,026       5,856  
    Income before income taxes     10,746       9,560       12,408       11,623       12,600  
    Income tax expense     3,159       2,030       3,777       3,024       3,845  
    Net income   $ 7,587     $ 7,530     $ 8,631     $ 8,599     $ 8,755  
                                   
    Per Common Share Data:                              
    Earnings per share (basic)   $ 0.43     $ 0.42     $ 0.49     $ 0.48     $ 0.49  
    Earnings per share (diluted)     0.43       0.42       0.48       0.48       0.49  
    Weighted average number of common
    shares outstanding:
                                 
    Basic     17,616,046       17,747,070       17,711,639       17,770,158       17,856,961  
    Diluted     17,700,042       17,792,296       17,805,347       17,961,400       18,010,127  
    Performance Ratios:                              
    Return on average assets annualized (ROAA)     0.46 %     0.47 %     0.54 %     0.53 %     0.54 %
    Return on average equity annualized (ROAE)     5.12 %     5.22 %     5.94 %     6.13 %     6.20 %
    Return on average tangible equity annualized (ROATCE) (A)     5.54 %     5.67 %     6.45 %     6.68 %     6.75 %
    Net interest margin (tax-equivalent basis)     2.34 %     2.25 %     2.20 %     2.29 %     2.28 %
    GAAP efficiency ratio (B)     78.86 %     76.20 %     75.44 %     69.32 %     66.97 %
    Operating expenses / average assets annualized     2.73 %     2.70 %     2.51 %     2.33 %     2.31 %

    (A) Return on average tangible equity is calculated by dividing tangible equity by annualized net income. See Non-GAAP financial measures reconciliation included in these tables.
    (B) Calculated as total operating expenses as a percentage of total revenue. For Non-GAAP efficiency ratio, see the Non-GAAP financial measures reconciliation included in these tables.

    PEAPACK-GLADSTONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION
    SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
    (Dollars in Thousands, except per share data)
    (Unaudited)

        For the Nine Months Ended              
        September 30,     Change  
        2024     2023     $     %  
    Income Statement Data:                        
    Interest income   $ 241,635     $ 223,832     $ 17,803       8 %
    Interest expense     134,537       104,418       30,119       29 %
    Net interest income     107,098       119,414       (12,316 )     -10 %
    Wealth management fee income     45,976       41,989       3,987       9 %
    Service charges and fees     3,994       3,897       97       2 %
    Bank owned life insurance     1,221       912       309       34 %
    Gain on loans held for sale at fair value (Mortgage banking)     105       73       32       44 %
    Gain on loans held for sale at lower of cost or fair value     23       —       23     N/A  
    Gain on sale of SBA loans     1,214       2,194       (980 )     -45 %
    Corporate advisory fee income     976       180       796       442 %
    Other income     5,406       7,147       (1,741 )     -24 %
    Fair value adjustment for CRA equity security     279       (404 )     683       -169 %
    Total other income     59,194       55,988       3,206       6 %
                             
    Total revenue     166,292       175,402       (9,110 )     -5 %
                             
    Salaries and employee benefits     89,410       76,204       13,206       17 %
    Premises and equipment     16,490       14,317       2,173       15 %
    FDIC insurance expense     2,685       2,181       504       23 %
    Other expenses     19,231       17,977       1,254       7 %
    Total operating expenses     127,816       110,679       17,137       15 %
    Pretax income before provision for credit losses     38,476       64,723       (26,247 )     -41 %
    Provision for credit losses     5,762       9,065       (3,303 )     -36 %
    Income before income taxes     32,714       55,658       (22,944 )     -41 %
    Income tax expense     8,966       15,403       (6,437 )     -42 %
    Net income   $ 23,748     $ 40,255     $ (16,507 )     -41 %
                             
                             
    Per Common Share Data:                        
    Earnings per share (basic)   $ 1.34     $ 2.25     $ (0.91 )     -40 %
    Earnings per share (diluted)     1.34       2.23       (0.89 )     -40 %
    Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:                        
    Basic     17,691,309       17,876,316       (185,007 )     -1 %
    Diluted     17,746,560       18,091,524       (344,964 )     -2 %
    Performance Ratios:                        
    Return on average assets (ROAA)     0.49 %     0.84 %     (0.35 )%     -41 %
    Return on average equity (ROAE)     5.42 %     9.66 %     (4.24 )%     -44 %
    Return on average tangible equity (ROATCE) (A)     5.88 %     10.55 %     (4.67 )%     -44 %
    Net interest margin (tax-equivalent basis)     2.26 %     2.54 %     (0.28 )%     -11 %
    GAAP efficiency ratio (B)     76.86 %     63.10 %     13.76 %     22 %
    Operating expenses / average assets     2.65 %     2.31 %     0.34 %     15 %

    (A) Return on average tangible equity is calculated by dividing tangible equity by annualized net income. See Non-GAAP financial measures reconciliation included in these tables.
    (B) Calculated as total operating expenses as a percentage of total revenue.  For Non-GAAP efficiency ratio, see the Non-GAAP financial measures reconciliation included in these tables.

    PEAPACK-GLADSTONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CONDITION
    (Dollars in Thousands)
    (Unaudited)

        As of  
        Sept 30,     June 30,     March 31,     Dec 31,     Sept 30,  
        2024     2024     2024     2023     2023  
    ASSETS                              
    Cash and due from banks   $ 8,129     $ 5,586     $ 5,769     $ 5,887     $ 7,400  
    Federal funds sold     —       —       —       —       —  
    Interest-earning deposits     484,529       310,143       189,069       181,784       180,469  
    Total cash and cash equivalents     492,658       315,729       194,838       187,671       187,869  
    Securities available for sale     682,713       591,884       550,870       550,617       521,005  
    Securities held to maturity     103,158       105,013       106,498       107,755       108,940  
    CRA equity security, at fair value     13,445       12,971       13,055       13,166       12,581  
    FHLB and FRB stock, at cost (A)     12,459       12,478       18,079       31,044       34,158  
                                   
    Residential mortgage     591,374       579,057       581,426       578,427       585,295  
    Multifamily mortgage     1,784,861       1,796,687       1,827,165       1,836,390       1,871,853  
    Commercial mortgage     578,559       600,859       615,964       637,625       622,469  
    Commercial and industrial loans     2,247,853       2,185,827       2,235,342       2,284,940       2,321,917  
    Consumer loans     78,160       69,579       66,827       62,036       57,227  
    Home equity lines of credit     38,971       37,117       35,542       36,464       34,411  
    Other loans     389       172       184       238       265  
    Total loans     5,320,167       5,269,298       5,362,450       5,436,120       5,493,437  
    Less: Allowance for credit losses     71,283       67,984       66,251       65,888       68,592  
    Net loans     5,248,884       5,201,314       5,296,199       5,370,232       5,424,845  
                                   
    Premises and equipment     25,716       24,932       24,494       24,166       23,969  
    Accrued interest receivable     31,973       33,534       32,672       30,676       22,889  
    Bank owned life insurance     47,837       47,716       47,580       47,581       47,509  
    Goodwill and other intangible assets     45,198       45,470       45,742       46,014       46,286  
    Finance lease right-of-use assets     1,020       1,055       1,900       2,087       2,274  
    Operating lease right-of-use assets     41,650       38,683       16,035       12,096       12,800  
    Due from brokers     —       3,184       —       —       —  
    Other assets     47,081       71,387       60,591       53,752       76,456  
    TOTAL ASSETS   $ 6,793,792     $ 6,505,350     $ 6,408,553     $ 6,476,857     $ 6,521,581  
                                   
    LIABILITIES                              
    Deposits:                              
    Noninterest-bearing demand deposits   $ 1,079,877     $ 950,368     $ 914,893     $ 957,687     $ 947,405  
    Interest-bearing demand deposits     3,316,217       3,229,814       3,029,119       2,882,193       2,871,359  
    Savings     103,979       105,602       108,305       111,573       117,905  
    Money market accounts     902,562       824,158       775,132       740,559       761,833  
    Certificates of deposit – Retail     515,297       502,810       486,079       443,791       422,291  
    Certificates of deposit – Listing Service     7,454       7,454       7,704       7,804       9,103  
    Subtotal “customer” deposits     5,925,386       5,620,206       5,321,232       5,143,607       5,129,896  
    IB Demand – Brokered     10,000       10,000       10,000       10,000       10,000  
    Certificates of deposit – Brokered     —       26,000       145,480       120,507       119,463  
    Total deposits     5,935,386       5,656,206       5,476,712       5,274,114       5,259,359  
    Short-term borrowings     —       —       119,490       403,814       470,576  
    Finance lease liability     1,388       1,427       3,104       3,430       3,752  
    Operating lease liability     44,775       41,347       17,630       12,876       13,595  
    Subordinated debt, net     133,489       133,417       133,346       133,274       133,203  
    Due to brokers     —       9,981       —       —       —  
    Other liabilities     71,140       74,650       75,892       65,668       82,140  
    TOTAL LIABILITIES     6,186,178       5,917,028       5,826,174       5,893,176       5,962,625  
    Shareholders’ equity     607,614       588,322       582,379       583,681       558,956  
    TOTAL LIABILITIES AND                              
    SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY   $ 6,793,792     $ 6,505,350     $ 6,408,553     $ 6,476,857     $ 6,521,581  
    Assets under management and / or administration at
    Peapack-Gladstone Bank’s Private Wealth Management
    Division (market value, not included above-dollars in billions)
      $ 12.1     $ 11.5     $ 11.5     $ 10.9     $ 10.4  

    (A) FHLB means “Federal Home Loan Bank” and FRB means “Federal Reserve Bank.”

    PEAPACK-GLADSTONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION
    SELECTED BALANCE SHEET DATA
    (Dollars in Thousands)
    (Unaudited)

        As of  
        Sept 30,     June 30,     March 31,     Dec 31,     Sept 30,  
        2024     2024     2024     2023     2023  
    Asset Quality:                              
    Loans past due over 90 days and still accruing   $ —     $ —     $ 35     $ —     $ —  
    Nonaccrual loans     80,453       82,075       69,811       61,324       70,809  
    Other real estate owned     —       —       —       —       —  
    Total nonperforming assets   $ 80,453     $ 82,075     $ 69,846     $ 61,324     $ 70,809  
                                   
    Nonperforming loans to total loans     1.51 %     1.56 %     1.30 %     1.13 %     1.29 %
    Nonperforming assets to total assets     1.18 %     1.26 %     1.09 %     0.95 %     1.09 %
                                   
    Performing modifications (A)(B)   $ 51,796     $ 26,788     $ 12,311     $ 248     $ 248  
                                   
    Loans past due 30 through 89 days and still accruing   $ 31,446     $ 34,714     $ 73,699     $ 34,589     $ 9,780  
                                   
    Loans subject to special mention   $ 113,655     $ 140,791     $ 59,450     $ 71,397     $ 53,328  
                                   
    Classified loans   $ 147,422     $ 128,311     $ 117,869     $ 84,372     $ 94,866  
                                   
    Individually evaluated loans   $ 79,972     $ 81,802     $ 69,530     $ 60,710     $ 70,184  
                                   
    Allowance for credit losses (“ACL”):                              
    Beginning of quarter   $ 67,984     $ 66,251     $ 65,888     $ 68,592     $ 62,704  
    Provision for credit losses (C)     1,227       3,901       615       5,082       5,944  
    (Charge-offs)/recoveries, net (D)     2,072       (2,168 )     (252 )     (7,786 )     (56 )
    End of quarter   $ 71,283     $ 67,984     $ 66,251     $ 65,888     $ 68,592  
                                   
    ACL to nonperforming loans     88.60 %     82.83 %     94.85 %     107.44 %     96.87 %
    ACL to total loans     1.34 %     1.29 %     1.24 %     1.21 %     1.25 %
    Collectively evaluated ACL to total loans (E)     1.16 %     1.14 %     1.15 %     1.13 %     1.10 %

    (A) Amounts reflect modifications that are paying according to modified terms.
    (B) Excludes modifications included in nonaccrual loans of $3.7 million at September 30, 2024, $3.2 million at June 30, 2024, $3.2 million at March 31, 2024, $3.0 million at December 31, 2023 and $3.1 million at September 30, 2023.
    (C) Excludes a credit of $3,000 at September 30, 2024, a provision of $10,000 at June 30, 2024, a provision of $12,000 at March 31, 2024, a credit of $55,000 at December 31, 2023 and a credit of $88,000 at September 30, 2023 related to off-balance sheet commitments.
    (D) Net charge-offs for the quarter ended December 31, 2023 included charge-offs of $2.2 million of a previously established reserve to loans individually evaluated on one multifamily loan and $5.6 million on one equipment finance relationship.
    (E) Total ACL less reserves to loans individually evaluated equals collectively evaluated ACL.

    PEAPACK-GLADSTONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION
    SELECTED BALANCE SHEET DATA
    (Dollars in Thousands)
    (Unaudited)

        As of  
        September 30,     December 31,     September 30,  
        2024     2023     2023  
    Capital Adequacy                              
    Equity to total assets (A)         8.94 %         9.01 %         8.57 %
    Tangible equity to tangible assets (B)         8.33 %         8.36 %         7.92 %
    Book value per share (C)       $ 34.57         $ 32.90         $ 31.37  
    Tangible book value per share (D)       $ 32.00         $ 30.31         $ 28.77  
                                   
    Tangible equity to tangible assets excluding other comprehensive loss*         9.07 %         9.28 %         9.06 %
    Tangible book value per share excluding other comprehensive loss*       $ 35.11         $ 33.97         $ 33.36  

    *Excludes other comprehensive loss of $54.8 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2024, $64.9 million for the quarter ended December 31, 2023, and $81.7 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2023. See Non-GAAP financial measures reconciliation included in these tables.

    (A) Equity to total assets is calculated as total shareholders’ equity as a percentage of total assets at quarter end.
    (B) Tangible equity and tangible assets are calculated by excluding the balance of intangible assets from shareholders’ equity and total assets, respectively. Tangible equity as a percentage of tangible assets at quarter end is calculated by dividing tangible equity by tangible assets at quarter end. See Non-GAAP financial measures reconciliation included in these tables.
    (C) Book value per common share is calculated by dividing shareholders’ equity by quarter end common shares outstanding.
    (D) Tangible book value per share excludes intangible assets. Tangible book value per share is calculated by dividing tangible equity by quarter end common shares outstanding. See Non-GAAP financial measures reconciliation tables.

        As of
        September 30,   December 31,   September 30,
        2024     2023     2023  
    Regulatory Capital – Holding Company                              
    Tier I leverage   $ 615,486     9.33 %   $ 600,444     9.19 %   $ 592,061     9.05 %
    Tier I capital to risk-weighted assets     615,486     11.67       600,444     11.43       592,061     11.13  
    Common equity tier I capital ratio
    to risk-weighted assets
        615,474     11.67       600,432     11.43       592,043     11.13  
    Tier I & II capital to risk-weighted assets     800,961     15.19       785,413     14.95       784,777     14.76  
                                   
    Regulatory Capital – Bank                              
    Tier I leverage (E)   $ 724,038     10.99 %   $ 707,446     10.83 %   $ 702,517     10.75 %
    Tier I capital to risk-weighted assets (F)     724,038     13.75       707,446     13.48       702,517     13.22  
    Common equity tier I capital ratio
    to risk-weighted assets (G)
        724,026     13.75       707,434     13.47       702,499     13.22  
    Tier I & II capital to risk-weighted assets (H)     789,954     15.00       773,083     14.73       768,979     14.47  

    (E) Regulatory well capitalized standard (including capital conservation buffer) = 4.00% ($264 million)
    (F) Regulatory well capitalized standard (including capital conservation buffer) = 8.50% ($448 million)
    (G) Regulatory well capitalized standard (including capital conservation buffer) = 7.00% ($369 million)
    (H) Regulatory well capitalized standard (including capital conservation buffer) = 10.50% ($553 million)

    PEAPACK-GLADSTONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION
    LOANS CLOSED
    (Dollars in Thousands)
    (Unaudited)

        For the Quarters Ended  
        Sept 30,     June 30,     March 31,     Dec 31,     Sept 30,  
        2024     2024     2024     2023     2023  
    Residential loans retained   $ 26,955     $ 16,087     $ 11,661     $ 5,895     $ 21,310  
    Residential loans sold     1,853       2,361       4,025       1,449       2,503  
    Total residential loans     28,808       18,448       15,686       7,344       23,813  
    Commercial real estate     4,300       2,600       11,500       21,375       3,900  
    Multifamily     11,295       4,330       1,900       5,725       3,000  
    Commercial (C&I) loans (A) (B)     242,829       103,065       145,803       145,397       176,845  
    SBA     9,106       8,200       2,790       7,326       300  
    Wealth lines of credit (A)     11,675       10,950       3,850       350       6,875  
    Total commercial loans     279,205       129,145       165,843       180,173       190,920  
    Installment loans     8,137       1,664       6,868       2,946       6,999  
    Home equity lines of credit (A)     10,421       4,787       2,103       4,174       6,275  
    Total loans closed   $ 326,571     $ 154,044     $ 190,500     $ 194,637     $ 228,007  
        For the Nine Months Ended  
        Sept 30,     Sept 30,  
        2024     2023  
    Residential loans retained   $ 54,703     $ 90,971  
    Residential loans sold     8,239       5,052  
    Total residential loans     62,942       96,023  
    Commercial real estate     18,400       66,125  
    Multifamily     17,525       59,812  
    Commercial (C&I) loans (A) (B)     491,697       543,631  
    SBA     20,096       23,963  
    Wealth lines of credit (A)     26,475       34,050  
    Total commercial loans     574,193       727,581  
    Installment loans     16,669       23,672  
    Home equity lines of credit (A)     17,311       15,303  
    Total loans closed   $ 671,115     $ 862,579  

    (A) Includes loans and lines of credit that closed in the period but not necessarily funded.
    (B) Includes equipment finance.

    PEAPACK-GLADSTONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION
    AVERAGE BALANCE SHEET
    (Tax-Equivalent Basis, Dollars in Thousands)
    (Unaudited)

        For the Three Months Ended  
        September 30, 2024     September 30, 2023  
        Average     Income/     Annualized     Average     Income/     Annualized  
        Balance     Expense     Yield     Balance     Expense     Yield  
    ASSETS:                                    
    Interest-earning assets:                                    
    Investments:                                    
    Taxable (A)   $ 865,892     $ 6,107       2.82 %   $ 806,861     $ 5,170       2.56 %
    Tax-exempt (A) (B)     —       —       —       1,198       11       3.67  
                                         
    Loans (B) (C):                                    
    Mortgages     579,949       5,834       4.02       580,951       5,208       3.59  
    Commercial mortgages     2,381,771       27,362       4.60       2,502,351       27,746       4.44  
    Commercial     2,159,648       37,588       6.96       2,298,723       37,357       6.50  
    Commercial construction     22,371       507       9.07       12,346       282       9.14  
    Installment     73,440       1,267       6.90       56,248       967       6.88  
    Home equity     38,768       814       8.40       34,250       680       7.94  
    Other     239       6       10.04       234       7       11.97  
    Total loans     5,256,186       73,378       5.58       5,485,103       72,247       5.27  
    Federal funds sold     —       —       —       —       —       —  
    Interest-earning deposits     326,707       3,982       4.88       136,315       1,463       4.29  
    Total interest-earning assets     6,448,785       83,467       5.18 %     6,429,477       78,891       4.91 %
    Noninterest-earning assets:                                    
    Cash and due from banks     7,521                   6,954              
    Allowance for credit losses     (70,317 )                 (63,625 )            
    Premises and equipment     25,530                   23,880              
    Other assets     139,042                   85,582              
    Total noninterest-earning assets     101,776                   52,791              
    Total assets   $ 6,550,561                 $ 6,482,268              
                                         
    LIABILITIES:                                    
    Interest-bearing deposits:                                    
    Checking   $ 3,214,186     $ 31,506       3.92 %   $ 2,813,080     $ 24,318       3.46 %
    Money markets     833,325       6,419       3.08       771,781       4,458       2.31  
    Savings     104,293       117       0.45       118,718       75       0.25  
    Certificates of deposit – retail     512,794       5,540       4.32       415,665       3,459       3.33  
    Subtotal interest-bearing deposits     4,664,598       43,582       3.74       4,119,244       32,310       3.14  
    Interest-bearing demand – brokered     10,000       134       5.36       10,000       136       5.44  
    Certificates of deposit – brokered     7,913       106       5.36       102,777       1,183       4.60  
    Total interest-bearing deposits     4,682,511       43,822       3.74       4,232,021       33,629       3.18  
    Borrowings     —       —       —       470,616       6,569       5.58  
    Capital lease obligation     1,401       15       4.28       3,863       46       4.76  
    Subordinated debt     133,449       1,685       5.05       133,163       1,730       5.20  
    Total interest-bearing liabilities     4,817,361       45,522       3.78 %     4,839,663       41,974       3.47 %
    Noninterest-bearing liabilities:                                    
    Demand deposits     1,016,014                   990,854              
    Accrued expenses and other liabilities     124,399                   86,598              
    Total noninterest-bearing liabilities     1,140,413                   1,077,452              
    Shareholders’ equity     592,787                   565,153              
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity   $ 6,550,561                 $ 6,482,268              
    Net interest income         $ 37,945                 $ 36,917        
    Net interest spread                 1.40 %                 1.44 %
    Net interest margin (D)                 2.34 %                 2.28 %

    (A) Average balances for available for sale securities are based on amortized cost.
    (B) Interest income is presented on a tax-equivalent basis using a 21% federal tax rate.
    (C) Loans are stated net of unearned income and include nonaccrual loans.
    (D) Net interest income on a tax-equivalent basis as a percentage of total average interest-earning assets.

    PEAPACK-GLADSTONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION
    AVERAGE BALANCE SHEET
    (Tax-Equivalent Basis, Dollars in Thousands)
    (Unaudited)

        For the Three Months Ended  
        September 30, 2024     June 30, 2024  
        Average     Income/     Annualized     Average     Income/     Annualized  
        Balance     Expense     Yield     Balance     Expense     Yield  
    ASSETS:                                    
    Interest-earning assets:                                    
    Investments:                                    
    Taxable (A)   $ 865,892     $ 6,107       2.82 %   $ 801,715     $ 5,168       2.58 %
    Tax-exempt (A) (B)     —       —       —       —       —       —  
                                         
    Loans (B) (C):                                    
    Mortgages     579,949       5,834       4.02       576,944       5,582       3.87  
    Commercial mortgages     2,381,771       27,362       4.60       2,420,570       26,881       4.44  
    Commercial     2,159,648       37,588       6.96       2,191,370       37,067       6.77  
    Commercial construction     22,371       507       9.07       21,628       489       9.04  
    Installment     73,440       1,267       6.90       67,034       1,143       6.82  
    Home equity     38,768       814       8.40       36,576       748       8.18  
    Other     239       6       10.04       200       6       12.00  
    Total loans     5,256,186       73,378       5.58       5,314,322       71,916       5.41  
    Federal funds sold     —       —       —       —       —       —  
    Interest-earning deposits     326,707       3,982       4.88       207,287       2,418       4.67  
    Total interest-earning assets     6,448,785       83,467       5.18 %     6,323,324       79,502       5.03 %
    Noninterest-earning assets:                                    
    Cash and due from banks     7,521                   7,537              
    Allowance for credit losses     (70,317 )                 (67,568 )            
    Premises and equipment     25,530                   24,820              
    Other assets     139,042                   99,838              
    Total noninterest-earning assets     101,776                   64,627              
    Total assets   $ 6,550,561                 $ 6,387,951              
                                         
    LIABILITIES:                                    
    Interest-bearing deposits:                                    
    Checking   $ 3,214,186     $ 31,506       3.92 %   $ 3,094,386     $ 29,252       3.78 %
    Money markets     833,325       6,419       3.08       791,385       6,016       3.04  
    Savings     104,293       117       0.45       105,825       96       0.36  
    Certificates of deposit – retail     512,794       5,540       4.32       504,313       5,367       4.26  
    Subtotal interest-bearing deposits     4,664,598       43,582       3.74       4,495,909       40,731       3.62  
    Interest-bearing demand – brokered     10,000       134       5.36       10,000       134       5.36  
    Certificates of deposit – brokered     7,913       106       5.36       98,642       1,242       5.04  
    Total interest-bearing deposits     4,682,511       43,822       3.74       4,604,551       42,107       3.66  
    Borrowings     —       —       —       27,247       381       5.59  
    Capital lease obligation     1,401       15       4.28       2,869       22       3.07  
    Subordinated debt     133,449       1,685       5.05       133,377       1,686       5.06  
    Total interest-bearing liabilities     4,817,361       45,522       3.78 %     4,768,044       44,196       3.71 %
    Noninterest-bearing liabilities:                                    
    Demand deposits     1,016,014                   945,231              
    Accrued expenses and other liabilities     124,399                   97,470              
    Total noninterest-bearing liabilities     1,140,413                   1,042,701              
    Shareholders’ equity     592,787                   577,206              
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity   $ 6,550,561                 $ 6,387,951              
    Net interest income         $ 37,945                 $ 35,306        
    Net interest spread                 1.40 %                 1.32 %
    Net interest margin (D)                 2.34 %                 2.25 %

    (A) Average balances for available for sale securities are based on amortized cost.
    (B) Interest income is presented on a tax-equivalent basis using a 21% federal tax rate.
    (C) Loans are stated net of unearned income and include nonaccrual loans.
    (D) Net interest income on a tax-equivalent basis as a percentage of total average interest-earning assets.

    PEAPACK-GLADSTONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION
    AVERAGE BALANCE SHEET
    (Tax-Equivalent Basis, Dollars in Thousands)
    (Unaudited)

        For the Nine Months Ended  
        September 30, 2024     September 30, 2023  
        Average     Income/           Average     Income/        
        Balance     Expense     Yield     Balance     Expense     Yield  
    ASSETS:                                    
    Interest-earning assets:                                    
    Investments:                                    
    Taxable (A)   $ 820,594     $ 16,411       2.67 %   $ 801,535     $ 14,541       2.42 %
    Tax-exempt (A) (B)     —       —       —       1,637       49       3.99  
                                         
    Loans (B) (C):                                    
    Mortgages     578,187       16,836       3.88       556,220       14,433       3.46  
    Commercial mortgages     2,420,772       81,783       4.50       2,495,175       80,503       4.30  
    Commercial     2,196,921       112,214       6.81       2,247,803       106,182       6.30  
    Commercial construction     20,981       1,425       9.06       7,903       536       9.04  
    Installment     68,605       3,524       6.85       49,214       2,416       6.55  
    Home equity     37,255       2,298       8.22       33,914       1,903       7.48  
    Other     218       19       11.62       260       22       11.28  
    Total loans     5,322,939       218,099       5.46       5,390,489       205,995       5.10  
    Federal funds sold     —       —       —       —       —       —  
    Interest-earning deposits     225,070       7,922       4.69       147,071       4,452       4.04  
    Total interest-earning assets     6,368,603       242,432       5.08 %     6,340,732       225,037       4.73 %
    Noninterest-earning assets:                                    
    Cash and due from banks     8,384                   8,388              
    Allowance for credit losses     (68,337 )                 (62,753 )            
    Premises and equipment     24,917                   23,850              
    Other assets     109,152                   76,992              
    Total noninterest-earning assets     74,116                   46,477              
    Total assets   $ 6,442,719                 $ 6,387,209              
                                         
    LIABILITIES:                                    
    Interest-bearing deposits:                                    
    Checking   $ 3,088,218     $ 88,192       3.81 %   $ 2,739,115     $ 63,018       3.07 %
    Money markets     794,297       17,959       3.01       893,567       13,185       1.97  
    Savings     106,200       302       0.38       128,437       148       0.15  
    Certificates of deposit – retail     498,353       15,762       4.22       386,488       7,650       2.64  
    Subtotal interest-bearing deposits     4,487,068       122,215       3.63       4,147,607       84,001       2.70  
    Interest-bearing demand – brokered     10,000       394       5.25       15,311       469       4.08  
    Certificates of deposit – brokered     78,042       2,950       5.04       51,916       1,584       4.07  
    Total interest-bearing deposits     4,575,110       125,559       3.66       4,214,834       86,054       2.72  
    Borrowings     87,224       3,848       5.88       331,170       13,249       5.33  
    Capital lease obligation     2,491       75       4.01       4,179       149       4.75  
    Subordinated debt     133,377       5,055       5.05       133,090       4,966       4.98  
    Total interest-bearing liabilities     4,798,202       134,537       3.74 %     4,683,273       104,418       2.97 %
    Noninterest-bearing liabilities:                                    
    Demand deposits     959,571                   1,066,162              
    Accrued expenses and other liabilities     101,247                   82,215              
    Total noninterest-bearing liabilities     1,060,818                   1,148,377              
    Shareholders’ equity     583,699                   555,559              
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity   $ 6,442,719                 $ 6,387,209              
    Net interest income         $ 107,895                 $ 120,619        
    Net interest spread                 1.34 %                 1.76 %
    Net interest margin (D)                 2.26 %                 2.54 %

    (A) Average balances for available for sale securities are based on amortized cost.
    (B) Interest income is presented on a tax-equivalent basis using a 21% federal tax rate.
    (C) Loans are stated net of unearned income and include nonaccrual loans.
    (D) Net interest income on a tax-equivalent basis as a percentage of total average interest-earning assets.

    PEAPACK-GLADSTONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION
    NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES RECONCILIATION

    Tangible book value per share and tangible equity as a percentage of tangible assets at period end are non-GAAP financial measures derived from GAAP-based amounts. We calculate tangible equity and tangible assets by excluding the balance of intangible assets from shareholders’ equity and total assets, respectively. We calculate tangible book value per share by dividing tangible equity by common shares outstanding, as compared to book value per common share, which we calculate by dividing shareholders’ equity by common shares outstanding at period end. We calculate tangible equity as a percentage of tangible assets at period end by dividing tangible equity by tangible assets at period end. We believe that this is consistent with the treatment by bank regulatory agencies, which exclude intangible assets from the calculation of risk-based capital ratios.

    The efficiency ratio is a non-GAAP measure of expense control relative to recurring revenue. We calculate the efficiency ratio by dividing total noninterest expenses, excluding other real estate owned provision, as determined under GAAP, by net interest income and total noninterest income as determined under GAAP, but excluding net gains/(losses) on loans held for sale at lower of cost or fair value and excluding net gains on securities from this calculation, which we refer to below as recurring revenue. We believe that this provides a reasonable measure of core expenses relative to core revenue.

    We believe these non-GAAP financial measures provide information that is important to investors and useful in understanding our financial position, results and ratios because our management internally assesses our performance based, in part, on these measures. However, these non-GAAP financial measures are supplemental and are not a substitute for an analysis based on GAAP measures. As other companies may use different calculations for these measures, this presentation may not be comparable to other similarly titles measures reported by other companies. A reconciliation of the non-GAAP measures of tangible common equity, tangible book value per share and efficiency ratio to the underlying GAAP numbers is set forth below.

    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

        Three Months Ended  
        Sept 30,     June 30,     March 31,     Dec 31,     Sept 30,  
    Tangible Book Value Per Share   2024     2024     2024     2023     2023  
    Shareholders’ equity   $ 607,614     $ 588,322     $ 582,379     $ 583,681     $ 558,956  
    Less: Intangible assets, net     45,198       45,470       45,742       46,014       46,286  
    Tangible equity   $ 562,416     $ 542,852     $ 536,637     $ 537,667     $ 512,670  
    Less: other comprehensive loss     (54,820 )     (68,342 )     (67,760 )     (64,878 )     (81,653 )
    Tangible equity excluding other comprehensive loss   $ 617,236     $ 611,194     $ 604,397     $ 602,545     $ 594,323  
                                   
    Period end shares outstanding     17,577,747       17,666,490       17,761,538       17,739,677       17,816,922  
    Tangible book value per share   $ 32.00     $ 30.73     $ 30.21     $ 30.31     $ 28.77  
    Tangible book value per share excluding other comprehensive loss   $ 35.11     $ 34.60     $ 34.03     $ 33.97     $ 33.36  
    Book value per share     34.57       33.30       32.79       32.90       31.37  
                                   
    Tangible Equity to Tangible Assets                              
    Total assets   $ 6,793,792     $ 6,505,350     $ 6,408,553     $ 6,476,857     $ 6,521,581  
    Less: Intangible assets, net     45,198       45,470       45,742       46,014       46,286  
    Tangible assets   $ 6,748,594     $ 6,459,880     $ 6,362,811     $ 6,430,843     $ 6,475,295  
    Less: other comprehensive loss     (54,820 )     (68,342 )     (67,760 )     (64,878 )     (81,653 )
    Tangible assets excluding other comprehensive loss   $ 6,803,414     $ 6,528,222     $ 6,430,571     $ 6,495,721     $ 6,556,948  
                                   
    Tangible equity to tangible assets     8.33 %     8.40 %     8.43 %     8.36 %     7.92 %
    Tangible equity to tangible assets excluding other comprehensive loss     9.07 %     9.36 %     9.40 %     9.28 %     9.06 %
    Equity to assets     8.94 %     9.04 %     9.09 %     9.01 %     8.57 %

    (Dollars in thousands)

        Three Months Ended  
        Sept 30,     June 30,     March 31,     Dec 31,     Sept 30,  
    Return on Average Tangible Equity   2024     2024     2024     2023     2023  
    Net income   $ 7,587     $ 7,530     $ 8,631     $ 8,599     $ 8,755  
                                   
    Average shareholders’ equity   $ 592,787     $ 577,206     $ 581,003     $ 561,055     $ 565,153  
    Less: Average intangible assets, net     45,350       45,624       45,903       46,167       46,468  
    Average tangible equity   $ 547,437     $ 531,582     $ 535,100     $ 514,888     $ 518,685  
                                   
    Return on average tangible common equity     5.54 %     5.67 %     6.45 %     6.68 %     6.75 %
        For the Nine Months Ended  
        Sept 30,     Sept 30,  
    Return on Average Tangible Equity   2024     2023  
    Net income   $ 23,748     $ 40,255  
                 
    Average shareholders’ equity   $ 583,699     $ 555,559  
    Less: Average intangible assets, net     45,625       46,825  
    Average tangible equity     538,074       508,734  
                 
    Return on average tangible common equity     5.88 %     10.55 %

    (Dollars in thousands)

        Three Months Ended  
        Sept 30,     June 30,     March 31,     Dec 31,     Sept 30,  
    Efficiency Ratio   2024     2024     2024     2023     2023  
    Net interest income   $ 37,681     $ 35,042     $ 34,375     $ 36,675     $ 36,515  
    Total other income     18,938       21,555       18,701       17,590       19,354  
    Add:                              
    Fair value adjustment for CRA equity security     (474 )     84       111       (585 )     404  
    Less:                              
    Gain on loans held for sale at lower of cost or fair value     —       (23 )     —       —       —  
    Income from life insurance proceeds     (55 )     —       (181 )     —       —  
    Total recurring revenue     56,090       56,658       53,006       53,680       56,273  
                                   
    Operating expenses     44,649       43,126       40,041       37,616       37,413  
    Total operating expense     44,649       43,126       40,041       37,616       37,413  
                                   
    Efficiency ratio     79.60 %     76.12 %     75.54 %     70.07 %     66.48 %

    (Dollars in thousands)

        For the Nine Months Ended  
        Sept 30,     Sept 30,  
    Efficiency Ratio   2024     2023  
    Net interest income   $ 107,098     $ 119,414  
    Total other income     59,194       55,988  
    Add:            
    Fair value adjustment for CRA equity security     (279 )     404  
    Less:            
    Gain on loans held for sale at lower of cost or fair value     (23 )     —  
    Income from life insurance proceeds     (236 )     —  
    Total recurring revenue     165,754       175,806  
                 
    Operating expenses     127,816       110,679  
    Less:            
    Accelerated Expense for Retirement     —       1,965  
    Branch Closure Expense     —       175  
    Total operating expense     127,816       108,539  
                 
    Efficiency ratio     77.11 %     61.74 %

    The MIL Network –

    January 24, 2025
  • MIL-OSI: FS Bancorp, Inc. Reports Third Quarter Net Income of $10.3 Million or $1.29 Per Diluted Share and the Forty-Seventh Consecutive Quarterly Cash Dividend

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    MOUNTLAKE TERRACE, Wash., Oct. 22, 2024 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — FS Bancorp, Inc. (NASDAQ: FSBW) (the “Company”), the holding company for 1st Security Bank of Washington (the “Bank”) today reported 2024 third quarter net income of $10.3 million, or $1.29 per diluted share, compared to $9.0 million, or $1.13 per diluted share, for the comparable quarter one year ago. For the nine months ended September 30, 2024, net income was $27.6 million, or $3.45 per diluted share, compared to net income of $26.3 million, or $3.33 per diluted share, for the comparable nine-month period in 2023.

    “Deposit growth experienced in the third quarter of 2024 was a direct result of the Bank-wide focus and strategic planning objective to fund loan growth with core deposits,” stated Joe Adams, CEO. “We are also pleased that our Board of Directors approved our forty-seventh consecutive quarterly cash dividend of $0.27 per common share, demonstrating our continued commitment to returning value to shareholders.  The cash dividend will be paid on November 21, 2024, to shareholders of record as of November 7, 2024,” concluded Adams.

    2024 Third Quarter Highlights

    • Net income was $10.3 million for the third quarter of 2024, compared to $9.0 million for both the previous quarter and the comparable quarter one year ago;
    • Net interest margin (“NIM”) increased to 4.35% for the third quarter of 2024, compared to 4.29% in the previous quarter, and 4.34% for the comparable quarter one year ago;
    • Total deposits increased $44.5 million, or 1.9%, to $2.43 billion at September 30, 2024, primarily due to an increase in noninterest-bearing checking of $34.4 million and certificates of deposit (“CDs”) of $15.0 million, compared to $2.38 billion at June 30, 2024 and decreased $27.1 million, or 1.1%, from $2.45 billion at September 30, 2023.  Noninterest-bearing deposits were $657.8 million at September 30, 2024, $623.3 million at June 30, 2024, and $670.2 million at September 30, 2023; 
    • Borrowings decreased $18.1 million, or 9.9% to $163.8 million at September 30, 2024, compared to $181.9 million at June 30, 2024, as a result of the Company’s strategic planning objective to fund loan growth with core deposits; 
    • Loans receivable, net was unchanged at $2.46 billion at September 30, 2024, and June 30, 2024, and increased $88.1 million, or 3.7%, from $2.38 billion at September 30, 2023;
    • Consumer loans, of which 87.3% are home improvement loans, decreased $9.3 million, or 1.4%, to $632.4 million at September 30, 2024, compared to $641.7 million in the previous quarter, and decreased $7.7 million, or 1.2%, from $640.1 million in the comparable quarter one year ago. Yields on consumer loans increased 18 basis points to 7.59% from 7.41% at the end of the second quarter 2024. During the three months ended September 30, 2024, consumer loan originations included 80.4% of home improvement loans originated with a Fair Isaac Corporation (“FICO”) score above 720 and 83.9% of home improvement loans with a UCC-2 security filing;
    • For the third quarter of 2024, there was a tax benefit of $420,000, compared to tax provisions of $2.4 million in the prior quarter, and $2.5 million for the same quarter last year.  The tax benefit for the third quarter of 2024 was due to $28.4 million of energy tax credits purchased during the current quarter related to the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022;
    • Repurchased 97,000 shares of the Company’s common stock in the third quarter of 2024 at an average price of $43.58 per share with $1.4 million remaining for future purchases under the share repurchase plan that was approved in July 2024;
    • Book value per share increased $0.30 to $37.45 at September 30, 2024, compared to $37.15 at June 30, 2024, and increased $4.87 from $32.58 at September 30, 2023.  Tangible book value per share (non-GAAP financial measure) increased $0.44 to $35.10 at September 30, 2024, compared to $34.66 at June 30, 2024, and increased $5.37 from $29.73 at September 30, 2023. See, “Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”
    • Segment reporting in the third quarter of 2024 reflected net income of $9.3 million for the Commercial and Consumer Banking segment and $1.0 million for the Home Lending segment, compared to net income of $8.0 million and $1.0 million in the prior quarter, and net income of $8.8 million and $166,000 in the third quarter of 2023, respectively;
    • The percentage of available unencumbered cash and secured borrowing capacity at the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) and the Federal Reserve Bank to uninsured deposits was 182% at September 30, 2024, compared to 191% in the prior quarter. The average deposit size per FDIC-insured account at the Bank was $33,000 and $32,000 for September 30, 2024 and June 30, 2024, respectively; and
    • Regulatory capital ratios at the Bank were 14.2% for total risk-based capital and 11.2% for Tier 1 leverage capital at September 30, 2024, compared to 13.9% for total risk-based capital and 10.9% for Tier 1 leverage capital at June 30, 2024.

    Segment Reporting

    The Company reports two segments: Commercial and Consumer Banking and Home Lending. The Commercial and Consumer Banking segment provides diversified financial products and services to our commercial and consumer customers. These products and services include deposit products; residential, consumer, business and commercial real estate lending portfolios and cash management services. This segment is also responsible for the management of the investment portfolio and other assets of the Bank. The Home Lending segment originates one-to-four-family residential mortgage loans primarily for sale in the secondary markets as well as loans held for investment.

    The Company reflected the sale of servicing rights in the first quarter of 2024 as a gain to the Commercial and Consumer Banking segment to offset the realized loss on sale of investment securities and will allocate the gain on a straight-line basis over four years as intercompany income from the Commercial and Consumer Banking segment to the Home Lending segment.

    The tables below provide a summary of segment reporting at or for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2024 and 2023 (dollars in thousands):

        At or For the Three Months Ended September 30, 2024  
    Condensed income statement:   Commercial and Consumer Banking     Home Lending     Total  
    Net interest income (1)   $ 28,612     $ 2,632     $ 31,244  
    Provision for credit losses     (1,331 )     (182 )     (1,513 )
    Noninterest income (2)     2,257       3,710       5,967  
    Noninterest expense (3)     (20,199 )     (5,633 )     (25,832 )
    Income before (provision) benefit for income taxes     9,339       527       9,866  
    (Provision) benefit for income taxes     (71 )     491       420  
    Net income   $ 9,268     $ 1,018     $ 10,286  
    Total average assets for period ended   $ 2,347,855     $ 612,935     $ 2,960,790  
    Full-time employees (“FTEs”)     442       117       559  
        At or For the Three Months Ended September 30, 2023  
    Condensed income statement:   Commercial and Consumer Banking     Home Lending     Total  
    Net interest income (1)   $ 27,563     $ 3,071     $ 30,634  
    Provision for credit losses     (437 )     (111 )     (548 )
    Noninterest income (2)     2,680       2,302       4,982  
    Noninterest expense (3)     (18,539 )     (5,047 )     (23,586 )
    Income before provision for income taxes     11,267       215       11,482  
    Provision for income taxes     (2,480 )     (49 )     (2,529 )
    Net income   $ 8,787     $ 166     $ 8,953  
    Total average assets for period ended   $ 2,361,014     $ 540,372     $ 2,901,386  
    FTEs     434       128       562  
        At or For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2024  
    Condensed income statement:   Commercial and Consumer Banking     Home Lending     Total  
    Net interest income (1)   $ 84,749     $ 7,242     $ 91,991  
    Provision for credit losses     (3,796 )     (193 )     (3,989 )
    Noninterest income (2)     6,919       10,027       16,946  
    Noninterest expense (3)     (58,250 )     (14,968 )     (73,218 )
    Income before (provision) benefit for income taxes     29,622       2,108       31,730  
    (Provision) benefit for income taxes     (4,253 )     165       (4,088 )
    Net income   $ 25,369     $ 2,273     $ 27,642  
    Total average assets for period ended   $ 2,369,740     $ 586,001     $ 2,955,741  
    FTEs     442       117       559  
        At or For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2023  
    Condensed income statement:   Commercial and Consumer Banking     Home Lending     Total  
    Net interest income (1)   $ 83,332     $ 9,516     $ 92,848  
    Provision for credit losses     (2,555 )     (817 )     (3,372 )
    Noninterest income (2)     7,766       7,268       15,034  
    Noninterest expense (3)     (56,099 )     (15,215 )     (71,314 )
    Income before provision for income taxes     32,444       752       33,196  
    Provision for income taxes     (6,758 )     (157 )     (6,915 )
    Net income   $ 25,686     $ 595     $ 26,281  
    Total average assets for period ended   $ 2,288,996     $ 520,513     $ 2,809,509  
    FTEs     434       128       562  

    __________________________

    (1)   Net interest income is the difference between interest earned on assets and the cost of liabilities to fund those assets. Interest earned includes actual interest earned on segment assets and, if the segment has excess liabilities, interest credits for providing funding to the other segment. The cost of liabilities includes interest expense on segment liabilities and, if the segment does not have enough liabilities to fund its assets, a funding charge based on the cost of assigned liabilities to fund segment assets.
    (2)   Noninterest income includes activity from certain residential mortgage loans that were initially originated for sale and measured at fair value, and subsequently transferred to loans held for investment. Gains and losses from changes in fair value for these loans are reported in earnings as a component of noninterest income. For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2024, the Company recorded net increases in fair value of $262,000 and $448,000, respectively, as compared to net decreases in fair value of $343,000 and $285,000 for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2023. As of September 30, 2024 and 2023, there were $13.9 million and $15.2 million, respectively, in residential mortgage loans recorded at fair value as they were previously transferred from loans held for sale to loans held for investment.
    (3)   Noninterest expense includes allocated overhead expense from general corporate activities. Allocation is determined based on a combination of segment assets and FTEs.  For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2024 and 2023, the Home Lending segment included allocated overhead expenses of $1.8 million and $4.8 million, compared to $1.5 million and $4.7 million, respectively.
         

    Asset Summary

    Total assets increased $28.8 million, or 1.0%, to $2.97 billion at September 30, 2024, compared to $2.94 billion at June 30, 2024, and increased $50.1 million, or 1.7%, from $2.92 billion at September 30, 2023.  The increase in total assets at September 30, 2024, compared to June 30, 2024, included increases of $15.7 million in other assets, consisting primarily of a federal income tax receivable of $25.7 million, $7.3 million in total cash and cash equivalents, $7.0 million in securities available-for-sale, and $6.5 million in loans receivable, net, partially offset by decreases in loans held for sale (“HFS”) of $4.4 million,  and core deposit intangible (“CDI”), net of $897,000. The increase compared to September 30, 2023, was primarily due to increases in loans receivable, net of $88.1 million, loans HFS of $30.7 million, other assets of $13.1 million, and FHLB stock of $5.8 million. These increases were partially offset by decreases in total cash and cash equivalents of $40.3 million, securities available-for-sale of $23.7 million, mortgage servicing rights (“MSR”) of $8.9 million, certificates of deposit at other financial institutions of $5.6 million, CDI, net of $3.7 million, deferred tax asset, net of $3.2 million, operating lease right-of-use assets of $1.7 million, and premises and equipment, net of $900,000.

    LOAN PORTFOLIO                                                
    (Dollars in thousands)   September 30, 2024     June 30, 2024     September 30, 2023  
        Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
    REAL ESTATE LOANS                                                
    Commercial   $ 352,933       14.1 %   $ 359,404       14.4 %   $ 364,673       15.2 %
    Construction and development     292,366       11.7       274,209       11.0       289,873       12.0  
    Home equity     75,063       3.0       73,749       3.0       67,103       2.8  
    One-to-four-family (excludes HFS)     591,666       23.7       588,966       23.7       540,670       22.5  
    Multi-family     238,462       9.6       239,675       9.6       243,661       10.1  
    Total real estate loans     1,550,490       62.1       1,536,003       61.7       1,505,980       62.6  
                                                     
    CONSUMER LOANS                                                
    Indirect home improvement     552,226       22.2       563,621       22.7       562,650       23.4  
    Marine     76,845       3.1       74,627       3.0       73,887       3.1  
    Other consumer     3,346       0.1       3,440       0.1       3,547       0.1  
    Total consumer loans     632,417       25.4       641,688       25.8       640,084       26.6  
                                                     
    COMMERCIAL BUSINESS LOANS                                                
    Commercial and industrial (“C&I”)     296,773       11.9       285,183       11.5       236,520       9.8  
    Warehouse lending     15,249       0.6       25,548       1.0       23,489       1.0  
    Total commercial business loans     312,022       12.5       310,731       12.5       260,009       10.8  
    Total loans receivable, gross     2,494,929       100.0 %     2,488,422       100.0 %     2,406,073       100.0 %
                                                     
    Allowance for credit losses on loans     (31,232 )             (31,238 )             (30,501 )        
    Total loans receivable, net   $ 2,463,697             $ 2,457,184             $ 2,375,572          
     

    Loans receivable, net was unchanged at $2.46 billion at September 30, 2024 and June 30, 2024, and increased $88.1 million from $2.38 billion at September 30, 2023. Total real estate loans remained virtually unchanged at $1.55 billion at September 30, 2024, compared to June 30, 2024, however, there were notable shifts within the portfolio. Specifically, construction and development loans increased $18.2 million, one-to-four-family loans (excluding HFS) increased $2.7 million mainly due to new loan originations, and home equity loans increased $1.3 million. These gains were partially offset by declines of $6.5 million in commercial real estate loans and $1.2 million in multi-family loans.  In addition, commercial business loans increased $1.3 million to $312.0 million at September 30, 2024, up from $310.7 million on June 30, 2024, resulting from an increase of $11.6 million in C&I loans and a decrease of $10.3 million in warehouse lending.  Consumer loans decreased $9.3 million to $632.4 million at September 30, 2024, compared to June 30, 2024, resulting from an $11.4 million decrease in indirect home improvement loans, partially offset by an increase of $2.2 million in marine loans. 

    The composition of CRE loans at the dates indicated were as follows:

    (Dollars in thousands)                        
        September 30, 2024     June 30, 2024     September 30, 2023  
    CRE by Type:   Amount     Amount     Amount  
    Agriculture   $ 3,610     $ 3,639     $ 3,926  
    CRE Non-owner occupied:                        
    Office     40,672       41,381       41,878  
    Retail     36,070       37,507       37,865  
    Hospitality/restaurant     27,743       28,314       25,252  
    Self storage     19,130       19,141       21,381  
    Mixed use     17,881       18,062       16,768  
    Industrial     15,402       17,163       17,431  
    Senior housing/assisted living     7,621       7,675       8,556  
    Other (1)     6,684       6,847       7,814  
    Land     2,523       3,021       6,381  
    Education/worship     2,545       2,571       2,645  
    Total CRE non-owner occupied     176,271       181,682       185,971  
    CRE owner occupied:                        
    Industrial     63,577       63,969       63,307  
    Office     42,156       41,978       41,663  
    Retail     19,968       20,885       23,228  
    Hospitality/restaurant     10,528       10,800       14,153  
    Other (2)     8,116       8,354       8,850  
    Car wash     9,575       9,607       7,818  
    Automobile related     8,874       8,200       8,193  
    Education/worship     4,609       4,610       4,617  
    Mixed use     5,649       5,680       2,947  
    Total CRE owner occupied     173,052       174,083       174,776  
    Total   $ 352,933     $ 359,404     $ 364,673  

    __________________________________

    (1)   Primarily includes loans secured by mobile home parks totaling $774,000, $782,000, and $2.4 million, RV parks totaling $689,000, $692,000, and $702,000, automobile-related collateral totaling $594,000, $599,000, and $0, and other collateral totaling $4.6 million, $4.7 million, and $4.8 million at September 30, 2024, June 30, 2024, and September 30, 2023, respectively.
    (2)   Primarily includes loans secured by gas stations totaling $1.5 million, $1.6 million and $1.7 million, non-profit organization totaling $901,000, $908,000 and $928,000, and other collateral totaling $5.7 million, $5.1 million and $6.2 million at September 30, 2024, June 30, 2024, and September 30, 2023, respectively.
         

    The following tables includes CRE loans repricing or maturing within the next two years, excluding loans that reprice simultaneously with changes to the prime rate:

    (Dollars in thousands)     For the Quarter Ended         Current Weighted
        Dec 31,   Mar 31,   Jun 30,   Sep 30,   Dec 31,   Mar 31,   Jun 30,   Sep 30,         Average
    CRE by type:   2024   2025   2025   2025   2025   2026   2026   2026   Total   Rate
    Agriculture   $ 926   $ —   $ 424   $ —   $ 311   $ 181   $ 259   $ 306   $ 2,407   6.40%
    Apartment     9,990     9,817     5,271     1,829     18,671     1,908     14,485     9,797     71,768   4.87%
    Auto related     —     —     2,091     —     —     —     —     —     2,091   4.18%
    Hotel / hospitality     —     579     1,212     1,336     —     118     1,307     —     4,552   4.39%
    Industrial     8,337     897     588     —     10,361     584     173     1,636     22,576   5.29%
    Mixed use     795     1,750     3,490     250     318     —     —     —     6,603   5.00%
    Office     4,702     11,171     —     4,214     988     528     1,666     566     23,835   4.88%
    Other     1,227     —     116     1,168     246     901     —     2,545     6,203   4.96%
    Retail     1,266     2,006     —     83     —     465     3,285     —     7,105   4.15%
    Senior housing and assisted living     —     —     —     —     —     2,186     —     —     2,186   4.75%
    Total   $ 27,243   $ 26,220   $ 13,192   $ 8,880   $ 30,895   $ 6,871   $ 21,175   $ 14,850   $ 149,326   4.91%
     

    A breakdown of construction loans at the dates indicated were as follows:

    (Dollars in thousands)                                
        September 30, 2024     June 30, 2024  
    Construction Types:   Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
    Commercial construction ─ retail   $ 8,710       3.0 %   $ 8,698       3.2 %
    Commercial construction ─ office     4,737       1.6       4,737       1.7  
    Commercial construction ─ self storage     10,408       3.5       10,000       3.6  
    Commercial construction ─ car wash     7,807       2.7       7,807       2.8  
    Multi-family     30,931       10.6       30,960       11.3  
    Custom construction ─ single family residential and single family manufactured residential     43,528       14.9       46,107       16.8  
    Custom construction ─ land, lot and acquisition and development     8,220       2.8       7,310       2.7  
    Speculative residential construction ─ vertical     145,549       49.8       131,293       47.9  
    Speculative residential construction ─ land, lot and acquisition and development     32,476       11.1       27,297       10.0  
    Total   $ 292,366       100.0 %   $ 274,209       100.0 %
    (Dollars in thousands)                                
        September 30, 2024     September 30, 2023  
    Construction Types:   Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
    Commercial construction ─ retail   $ 8,710       3.0 %   $ 7,347       2.5 %
    Commercial construction ─ office     4,737       1.6       4,591       1.6  
    Commercial construction ─ self storage     10,408       3.5       10,734       3.7  
    Commercial construction ─ car wash     7,807       2.7       7,287       2.5  
    Multi-family     30,931       10.6       52,913       18.3  
    Custom construction ─ single family residential and single family manufactured residential     43,528       14.9       44,542       15.4  
    Custom construction ─ land, lot and acquisition and development     8,220       2.8       7,012       2.4  
    Speculative residential construction ─ vertical     145,549       49.8       124,244       42.8  
    Speculative residential construction ─ land, lot and acquisition and development     32,476       11.1       31,203       10.8  
    Total   $ 292,366       100.0 %   $ 289,873       100.0 %
     

    Originations of one-to-four-family loans to purchase and refinance a home for the periods indicated were as follows:

    (Dollars in thousands)   For the Three Months Ended     For the Three Months Ended                  
        September 30, 2024     June 30, 2024                  
        Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     $ Change     % Change  
    Purchase   $ 168,088       85.7 %   $ 193,715       92.3 %   $ (25,627 )     (13.2 )%
    Refinance     28,001       14.3       16,173       7.7       11,828       73.1 %
    Total   $ 196,089       100.0 %   $ 209,888       100.0 %   $ (13,799 )     (6.5 )%
    (Dollars in thousands)   For the Three Months Ended September 30,                  
        2024     2023                  
        Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     $ Change     % Change  
    Purchase   $ 168,088       85.7 %   $ 139,345       92.1 %   $ 28,743       20.6 %
    Refinance     28,001       14.3       12,001       7.9       16,000       133.3 %
    Total   $ 196,089       100.0 %   $ 151,346       100.0 %   $ 44,743       29.6 %
    (Dollars in thousands)   For the Nine Months Ended September 30,                  
        2024     2023                  
        Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     $ Change     % Change  
    Purchase   $ 497,705       88.8 %   $ 387,211       91.8 %   $ 110,494       28.5 %
    Refinance     62,546       11.2       34,635       8.2       27,911       80.6 %
    Total   $ 560,251       100.0 %   $ 421,846       100.0 %   $ 138,405       32.8 %
     

    During the quarter ended September 30, 2024, the Company sold $167.6 million of one-to-four-family loans compared to $164.5 million during the previous quarter and $117.6 million during the same quarter one year ago. Gross margins on home loan sales were unchanged at 2.96% for both quarters ended September 30, 2024, and  June 30, 2024, and declined from 3.08% in the same quarter one year ago. Gross margins are defined as the margin on loans sold (cash sales) without the impact of deferred costs.

    Liabilities and Equity Summary

    Changes in deposits at the dates indicated were as follows:

    (Dollars in thousands)                                                
        September 30, 2024     June 30, 2024                  
    Transactional deposits:   Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     $ Change     % Change  
    Noninterest-bearing checking   $ 641,270       26.4 %   $ 613,137       25.7 %   $ 28,133       4.6 %
    Interest-bearing checking (1)     165,944       6.8       166,839       7.0       (895 )     (0.5 )
    Escrow accounts related to mortgages serviced (2)     16,483       0.7       10,212       0.4       6,271       61.4  
    Subtotal     823,697       33.9       790,188       33.1       33,509       4.2  
    Savings     151,364       6.2       151,398       6.4       (34 )     (0.0 )
    Money market (3)     340,049       14.0       343,995       14.4       (3,946 )     (1.1 )
    Subtotal     491,413       20.2       495,393       20.8       (3,980 )     (0.8 )
    Certificates of deposit less than $100,000 (4)     533,441       22.0       530,537       22.3       2,904       0.5  
    Certificates of deposit of $100,000 through $250,000     452,705       18.7       427,893       18.0       24,812       5.8  
    Certificates of deposit greater than $250,000     126,075       5.2       138,792       5.8       (12,717 )     (9.2 )
    Subtotal     1,112,221       45.9       1,097,222       46.1       14,999       1.4  
    Total   $ 2,427,331       100.0 %   $ 2,382,803       100.0 %   $ 44,528       1.9 %
    (Dollars in thousands)                                                
        September 30, 2024     September 30, 2023                  
    Transactional deposits:   Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     $ Change     % Change  
    Noninterest-bearing checking   $ 641,270       26.4 %   $ 643,670       26.2 %   $ (2,400 )     (0.4 )%
    Interest-bearing checking (1)     165,944       6.8       219,468       8.9       (53,524 )     (24.4 )
    Escrow accounts related to mortgages serviced (2)     16,483       0.7       26,489       1.1       (10,006 )     (37.8 )
    Subtotal     823,697       33.9       889,627       36.2       (65,930 )     (7.4 )
    Savings     151,364       6.2       157,901       6.4       (6,537 )     (4.1 )
    Money market (3)     340,049       14.0       389,962       15.9       (49,913 )     (12.8 )
    Subtotal     491,413       20.2       547,863       22.3       (56,450 )     (10.3 )
    Certificates of deposit less than $100,000 (4)     533,441       22.0       527,032       21.5       6,409       1.2  
    Certificates of deposit of $100,000 through $250,000     452,705       18.7       406,545       16.6       46,160       11.4  
    Certificates of deposit greater than $250,000     126,075       5.2       83,377       3.4       42,698       51.2  
    Subtotal     1,112,221       45.9       1,016,954       41.5       95,267       9.4  
    Total   $ 2,427,331       100.0 %   $ 2,454,444       100.0 %   $ (27,113 )     (1.1 )%

    __________________________________

    (1)   There were no brokered deposits at September 30, 2024 and  June 30, 2024, compared to $50.1 million at September 30, 2023.                  
    (2)   Noninterest-bearing accounts.
    (3)   Includes $1.0 million, $4.0 million and $51,000 of brokered deposits at September 30, 2024, June 30, 2024 and September 30, 2023, respectively.
    (4)   Includes $250.2 million, $261.0 million, and $323.3 million of brokered deposits at September 30, 2024, June 30, 2024 and September 30, 2023, respectively.
         

    At September 30, 2024, CDs, which include retail and non-retail CDs, totaled $1.11 billion, compared to $1.10 billion at June 30, 2024 and $1.02 billion at September 30, 2023, with non-retail CDs representing 22.5%, 24.9% and 33.2% of total CDs at such dates, respectively. At September 30, 2024, non-retail CDs, which include brokered CDs, online CDs and public funds CDs, decreased $10.4 million to $262.9 million, compared to $273.4 million at June 30, 2024, primarily due to a decrease of $10.8 million in brokered CDs. Non-retail CDs totaled $262.9 million at September 30, 2024, compared to $337.2 million at September 30, 2023.

    At September 30, 2024, the Bank had uninsured deposits of approximately $644.9 million, compared to approximately $586.6 million at June 30, 2024, and $591.6 million at September 30, 2023.  The uninsured amounts are estimates based on the methodologies and assumptions used for the Bank’s regulatory reporting requirements.

    At September 30, 2024, borrowings decreased $18.1 million to $163.8 million at September 30, 2024, from $181.9 million at June 30, 2024, and increased $41.9 million from $121.9 million at September 30, 2023. These borrowings were comprised of FHLB advances of $153.8 million, and overnight borrowings of $10.0 million.

    Total stockholders’ equity increased $4.9 million to $288.9 million at September 30, 2024, from $284.0 million at June 30, 2024, and increased $38.2 million, from $250.7 million at September 30, 2023. The increase in stockholders’ equity at September 30, 2024, compared to June 30, 2024, reflects net income of $10.3 million, partially offset by cash dividends paid of $2.1 million. Stockholders’ equity was also impacted by decreases in unrealized net losses on securities available for sale of $4.2 million, net of tax, and decreases in unrealized net gains on fair value and cash flow hedges of $7.0 million, net of tax, reflecting changes in market interest rates during the quarter, resulting in a $2.7 million increase in accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax. Book value per common share was $37.45 at September 30, 2024, compared to $37.15 at June 30, 2024, and $32.58 at September 30, 2023.

    The Bank is considered well capitalized under the capital requirements established by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) with a total risk-based capital ratio of 14.2%, a Tier 1 leverage capital ratio of 11.2%, and a common equity Tier 1 (“CET1”) capital ratio of 12.9% at September 30, 2024.

    The Company exceeded all regulatory capital requirements with a total risk-based capital ratio of 14.4%, a Tier 1 leverage capital ratio of 9.7%, and a CET1 ratio of 11.2% at September 30, 2024.

    Credit Quality

    The allowance for credit losses on loans (“ACLL”) was $31.2 million, or 1.25% of gross loans receivable (excluding loans HFS) at September 30, 2024, compared to $31.2 million, or 1.26% of gross loans receivable (excluding loans HFS), at June 30, 2024, and $30.5 million, or 1.27% of gross loans receivable (excluding loans HFS), at September 30, 2023. The virtually static balance in the ACLL at September 30, 2024, compared to the prior quarter was primarily due to insignificant changes in the loan portfolio period over period and provision for credit losses on loans that offset consumer loan net charge-offs.  The increase of $731,000 in the ACLL from the same quarter the prior year was primarily due to organic loan growth and increases in nonperforming loans and net charge-offs. The allowance for credit losses on unfunded loan commitments decreased $79,000 to $1.5 million at September 30, 2024, compared to $1.6 million at June 30, 2024, and decreased $291,000 from $1.8 million at September 30, 2023. 

    Nonperforming loans decreased $634,000 to $10.8 million at September 30, 2024, compared to $11.4 million at June 30, 2024, and increased $5.2 million from $5.6 million at September 30, 2023. The decrease in nonperforming loans compared to the prior quarter was primarily due to decreases in nonperforming indirect home improvement loans of $549,000 and marine loans of $94,000. The increase in nonperforming loans compared to the same quarter the prior year was primarily due to increases in nonperforming construction and development loans of $4.7 million and commercial business loans of $461,000.

    Loans classified as substandard decreased $1.1 million to $23.2 million at September 30, 2024, compared to $24.3 million at June 30, 2024, and increased $4.0 million from $19.2 million at September 30, 2023.  The decrease in substandard loans compared to the prior quarter was primarily due to a decrease of $549,000 in indirect home improvement loans, $323,000 in commercial real estate loans, $94,000 in marine loans, $74,000 in C&I loans, and $59,000 in one-to-four family loans.  The increase in substandard loans compared to the prior year was primarily due to increases of $4.7 million in construction and development loans, $108,000 in home equity loans, $102,000 in indirect home improvement loans, partially offset by decreases of $462,000 in C&I loans, $293,000 in one-to-four-family loans, and $173,000 in marine loans. There was no other real estate owned (“OREO”) property at September 30, 2024 and June 30, 2024, compared to one OREO property (a closed branch in Centralia, Washington) of $570,000 at September 30, 2023.

    Operating Results

    Net interest income increased $610,000 to $31.2 million for the three months ended September 30, 2024, from $30.6 million for the three months ended September 30, 2023, primarily due to an increase in interest and dividend income of $3.8 million, partially offset by an increase in interest expense of $3.2 million. The $3.8 million increase in total interest income was primarily due to an increase of $3.9 million in interest income on loans receivable, including fees, primarily as a result of new loans being originated at higher rates and variable rate loans repricing higher. The $3.2 million increase in total interest expense was primarily the result of higher market interest rates, higher utilization of borrowings and a shift in deposit mix from transactional accounts to higher cost CDs.

    For the nine months ended September 30, 2024, net interest income decreased $857,000 to $92.0 million, from $92.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2023, resulting from an increase in interest expense of $16.0 million and an increase in interest income of $15.1 million.

    NIM (annualized) increased one basis point to 4.35% for the three months ended September 30, 2024, from 4.34% for the same period in the prior year, and decreased 26 basis points to 4.30% for the nine months ended September 30, 2024, from 4.56% for the nine months ended September 30, 2023. The change in NIM for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2024 compared to the same periods in 2023, reflects the increased costs of deposits and borrowings, which outpaced the increased yields earned on interest-earning assets. 

    The average total cost of funds, including noninterest-bearing checking, increased 47 basis points to 2.39% for the three months ended September 30, 2024, from 1.92% for the three months ended September 30, 2023. This increase was predominantly due to higher market rates for deposits and increased utilization of higher cost borrowings. The average cost of funds increased 75 basis points to 2.33% for the nine months ended September 30, 2024, from 1.58% for the nine months ended September 30, 2023, also reflecting increases in market interest rates over last year and increased utilization of borrowings. Management remains focused on matching deposit/liability duration with the duration of loans/assets where feasible.

    For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2024, the provision for credit losses on loans was $1.5 million and $4.0 million, compared to $683,000 and $4.1 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2023. The provision for credit losses on loans reflects an increase in charge-off activity for the quarter and increases in the loan portfolio for the year-to-date periods.

    During the three months ended September 30, 2024, net charge-offs increased $1.1 million to $1.6 million, compared to $531,000 for the same period last year.  This increase was the result of increased net charge-offs of $996,000 in indirect home improvement loans and $82,000 in marine loans, partially offset by a net recovery of $8,000 in other consumer loans. Net charge-offs increased $2.7 million to $4.3 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2024, compared to $1.6 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2023.  This increase included net charge-off increases of $1.5 million in indirect home improvement loans, $1.0 million C&I loans, $146,000 in marine loans and $117,000 in other consumer loans. Management attributes the increase in net charge-offs over the year primarily to volatile economic conditions.

    Noninterest income increased $985,000 to $6.0 million for the three months ended September 30, 2024, from $5.0 million for the three months ended September 30, 2023. The increase reflects a $648,000 increase in gain on sale of loans, primarily as a result of the increased volume of loans sold and an increase of $566,000 in other noninterest income, primarily due to fair value changes on loans.  Noninterest income during the three months ended September 30, 2024, also reflects a $141,000 gain on the sale of MSRs, with no similar transaction occurring in the comparable quarter last year.  These increases were partially offset by a $400,000 decrease in service charges and fee income, primarily due to the sale of MSRs in the first quarter of 2024.  Noninterest income increased $1.9 million to $16.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2024, from $15.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2023.  This increase was primarily the result of an $8.4 million gain on sale of MSRs recorded during the first nine months of 2024 with no similar transaction occurring in the comparable nine month period in 2023, and a $1.5 million increase in gain on sale of loans, partially offset by a $7.8 million loss on sale of investment securities resulting from management’s strategic decision to increase the yields earned on and reduce the duration of the securities portfolio, and an $839,000 decrease in service charges and fee income due to a reduction in loan servicing fees due to the sale of MSRs in the first quarter of 2024. 

    Noninterest expense increased $2.2 million to $25.8 million for the three months ended September 30, 2024, from $23.6 million for the three months ended September 30, 2023. The increase in noninterest expense was primarily due to increases of $506,000 in impairment of MSRs, $482,000 in salaries and benefits, $557,000 in professional and board fees, which included $571,000 in nonrecurring consulting charges and legal fees related to application/system upgrades and tax credit work, $418,000 in operations, $315,000 in data processing, and a decrease of $105,000 in amortization of CDI. Noninterest expense increased $1.9 million to $73.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2024, from $71.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2023.  This increase was primarily due to increases of $1.1 million in data processing, $1.0 million in professional and board fees which included $824,000 in nonrecurring consulting charges and legal fees for the reasons stated above, $610,000 in operations expense, and $545,000 in impairment of MSRs, partially offset by a decrease of $1.6 million in acquisition costs as a result of no acquisition costs during the current period.

    For the three months ended September 30, 2024, the Company recorded a benefit for income taxes of $420,000 as compared to a provision for income taxes of $2.5 million for the three months ended September 30, 2023. The tax benefit was primarily due to the purchase during the quarter ended September 30, 2024, of alternative energy tax credits available under the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022, resulting in a gain of $2.3 million, which was partially offset by the $1.8 million provision for income taxes recorded on net income for the three months ended September 30, 2024. The Inflation Reduction Act of 2022 introduced several energy tax credits designed to promote clean energy investments, reduce carbon emissions, and accelerate the transition to renewable energy. The effective corporate income tax rates for the three months ended September 30, 2024 and 2023 were (4.3)% which was reduced by 2,300 basis points due to the energy tax credits discussed above, and 22.0%, respectively. The decrease in the effective corporate income tax rate, excluding the effects of the energy tax credits, was attributable to tax benefits derived from the exercises of employee stock options during the current quarter.

    About FS Bancorp

    FS Bancorp, Inc., a Washington corporation, is the holding company for 1st Security Bank of Washington. The Bank offers a range of loan and deposit services primarily to small- and middle-market businesses and individuals in Washington and Oregon.  It operates through 27 bank branches, one headquarters office that provides loans and deposit services, and loan production offices in various suburban communities in the greater Puget Sound area, the Kennewick-Pasco-Richland metropolitan area of Washington, also known as the Tri-Cities, and in Vancouver, Washington. Additionally, the Bank services home mortgage customers across the Northwest, focusing on markets in Washington State including the Puget Sound, Tri-Cities, and Vancouver.

    Forward-Looking Statements

    When used in this press release and in other documents filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), in press releases or other public stockholder communications, or in oral statements made with the approval of an authorized executive officer, the words or phrases “believe,” “will,” “will likely result,” “are expected to,” “will continue,” “is anticipated,” “estimate,” “project,” “plans,” or similar expressions are intended to identify “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements are not historical facts but instead represent management’s current expectations and forecasts regarding future events, many of which are inherently uncertain and outside of our control. Actual results may differ, possibly materially from those currently expected or projected in these forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause the Company’s actual results to differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements, include but are not limited to, the following: adverse impacts to economic conditions in the Company’s local market areas, other markets where the Company has lending relationships, or other aspects of the Company’s business operations or financial markets, including, without limitation, as a result of employment levels; labor shortages, the effects of inflation, a recession or slowed economic growth; changes in the interest rate environment, including the increases and decrease in the Federal Reserve benchmark rate and duration at which such interest rate levels are maintained, which could adversely affect our revenues and expenses, the values of our assets and obligations, and the availability and cost of capital and liquidity; the impact of inflation and the current and future monetary policies of the Federal Reserve in response thereto; the effects of any federal government shutdown;  increased competitive pressures, changes in the interest rate environment, adverse changes in the securities markets, the Company’s ability to execute its plans to grow its residential construction lending, mortgage banking, and warehouse lending operations, and the geographic expansion of its indirect home improvement lending; challenges arising from expanding into new geographic markets, products, or services; secondary market conditions for loans and the Company’s ability to originate loans for sale and sell loans in the secondary market; volatility in the mortgage industry; fluctuations in deposits; liquidity issues, including our ability to borrow funds or raise additional capital, if necessary; the impact of bank failures or adverse developments at other banks and related negative press about the banking industry in general on investor and depositor sentiment; legislative and regulatory changes, including changes in banking, securities and tax law, in regulatory policies and principles, or the interpretation of regulatory capital or other rules; disruptions, security breaches, or other adverse events, failures or interruptions in, or attacks on, our information technology systems or on the third-party vendors who perform critical processing functions for us; environmental, social and governance goals; the effects of climate change, severe weather events, natural disasters, pandemics, epidemics and other public health crises, acts of war or terrorism, civil unrest and other external events on our business; and other factors described in the Company’s latest Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, and other reports filed with or furnished to the SEC which are available on its website at http://www.fsbwa.com and on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

    Any of the forward-looking statements that the Company makes in this press release and in the other public statements are based upon management’s beliefs and assumptions at the time they are made and may turn out to be incorrect because of the inaccurate assumptions the Company might make, because of the factors illustrated above or because of other factors that cannot be foreseen by the Company. Therefore, these factors should be considered in evaluating the forward-looking statements, and undue reliance should not be placed on such statements. The Company does not undertake and specifically disclaims any obligation to revise any forward-looking statements to reflect the occurrence of anticipated or unanticipated events or circumstances after the date of such statements.

    FS BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
    CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
    (Dollars in thousands, except share amounts) (Unaudited)
     
                                Linked     Prior Year  
        September 30,     June 30,     September 30,     Quarter     Quarter  
        2024     2024     2023     % Change     % Change  
    ASSETS                                        
    Cash and due from banks   $ 17,950     $ 20,005     $ 18,137       (10 )     (1 )
    Interest-bearing deposits at other financial institutions     22,390       13,006       62,536       72       (64 )
    Total cash and cash equivalents     40,340       33,011       80,673       22       (50 )
    Certificates of deposit at other financial institutions     12,001       12,707       17,636       (6 )     (32 )
    Securities available-for-sale, at fair value     228,199       221,182       251,917       3       (9 )
    Securities held-to-maturity, net     8,455       8,455       8,455       —       —  
    Loans held for sale, at fair value     49,373       53,811       18,636       (8 )     165  
    Loans receivable, net     2,463,697       2,457,184       2,375,572       —       4  
    Accrued interest receivable     14,014       13,792       13,925       2       1  
    Premises and equipment, net     30,026       29,999       30,926       —       (3 )
    Operating lease right-of-use     5,365       5,784       7,042       (7 )     (24 )
    Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost     9,504       10,322       3,696       (8 )     157  
    Other real estate owned     —       —       570       —       (100 )
    Deferred tax asset, net     4,222       4,590       7,424       (8 )     (43 )
    Bank owned life insurance (“BOLI”), net     38,453       38,201       37,480       1       3  
    MSRs, held at the lower of cost or fair value     8,739       9,352       17,657       (7 )     (51 )
    Goodwill     3,592       3,592       3,592       —       —  
    Core deposit intangible, net     14,586       15,483       18,323       (6 )     (20 )
    Other assets     39,642       23,912       26,548       66       49  
    TOTAL ASSETS   $ 2,970,208     $ 2,941,377     $ 2,920,072       1       2  
    LIABILITIES                                        
    Deposits:                                        
    Noninterest-bearing accounts   $ 657,753     $ 623,349     $ 670,158       6       (2 )
    Interest-bearing accounts     1,769,578       1,759,454       1,784,286       1       (1 )
    Total deposits     2,427,331       2,382,803       2,454,444       2       (1 )
    Borrowings     163,806       181,895       121,895       (10 )     34  
    Subordinated notes:                                        
    Principal amount     50,000       50,000       50,000       —       —  
    Unamortized debt issuance costs     (423 )     (439 )     (489 )     (4 )     (13 )
    Total subordinated notes less unamortized debt issuance costs     49,577       49,561       49,511       —       —  
    Operating lease liability     5,548       5,979       7,269       (7 )     (24 )
    Other liabilities     35,044       37,113       36,288       (6 )     (3 )
    Total liabilities     2,681,306       2,657,351       2,669,407       1       —  
    COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES                                        
    STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY                                        
    Preferred stock, $.01 par value; 5,000,000 shares authorized; none issued or outstanding     —       —       —       —       —  
    Common stock, $.01 par value; 45,000,000 shares authorized; 7,817,172 shares issued and outstanding at September 30, 2024, 7,742,607 at June 30, 2024, and 7,796,095 at September 30, 2023     78       77       78       1       —  
    Additional paid-in capital     55,264       55,834       57,464       (1 )     (4 )
    Retained earnings     251,843       243,651       222,532       3       13  
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax     (18,283 )     (15,536 )     (29,409 )     18       (38 )
    Total stockholders’ equity     288,902       284,026       250,665       2       15  
    TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY   $ 2,970,208     $ 2,941,377     $ 2,920,072       1       2  
     
    FS BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) (Unaudited)
     
        Three Months Ended     Linked     Prior Year  
        September 30,     June 30,     September 30,     Quarter     Quarter  
        2024     2024     2023     % Change     % Change  
    INTEREST INCOME                                        
    Loans receivable, including fees   $ 43,800     $ 42,406     $ 39,874       3       10  
    Interest and dividends on investment securities, cash and cash equivalents, and certificates of deposit at other financial institutions     3,243       3,534       3,396       (8 )     (5 )
    Total interest and dividend income     47,043       45,940       43,270       2       9  
    INTEREST EXPENSE                                        
    Deposits     13,486       13,252       10,462       2       29  
    Borrowings     1,828       1,801       1,689       1       8  
    Subordinated notes     485       486       485       —       —  
    Total interest expense     15,799       15,539       12,636       2       25  
    NET INTEREST INCOME     31,244       30,401       30,634       3       2  
    PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES     1,513       1,077       548       40       176  
    NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES     29,731       29,324       30,086       1       (1 )
    NONINTEREST INCOME                                        
    Service charges and fee income     2,482       2,479       2,882       —       (14 )
    Gain on sale of loans     2,523       2,463       1,875       2       35  
    Gain on sale of MSRs     141       —       —       NM       NM  
    Gain on sale of investment securities, net     11       151       —       (93 )     NM  
    Earnings on cash surrender value of BOLI     252       242       233       4       8  
    Other noninterest income     558       533       (8 )     5       (7,075 )
    Total noninterest income     5,967       5,868       4,982       2       20  
    NONINTEREST EXPENSE                                        
    Salaries and benefits     13,985       13,378       13,503       5       4  
    Operations     3,827       3,519       3,409       9       12  
    Occupancy     1,662       1,669       1,588       —       5  
    Data processing     2,156       2,058       1,841       5       17  
    Loan costs     666       653       564       2       18  
    Professional and board fees     1,223       888       666       38       84  
    FDIC insurance     533       450       561       18       (5 )
    Marketing and advertising     377       377       452       —       (17 )
    Amortization of core deposit intangible     897       919       1,002       (2 )     (10 )
    Impairment (recovery) of servicing rights     506       (54 )     —       (1,037 )     NM  
    Total noninterest expense     25,832       23,857       23,586       8       10  
    INCOME BEFORE (BENEFIT) PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES     9,866       11,335       11,482       (13 )     (14 )
    (BENEFIT) PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES     (420 )     2,376       2,529       (118 )     (117 )
    NET INCOME   $ 10,286     $ 8,959     $ 8,953       15       15  
    Basic earnings per share   $ 1.32     $ 1.15     $ 1.15       15       15  
    Diluted earnings per share   $ 1.29     $ 1.13     $ 1.13       14       14  
     
        Nine Months Ended     Year  
        September 30,     September 30,     Over Year  
        2024     2023     % Change  
    INTEREST INCOME                        
    Loans receivable, including fees   $ 127,203     $ 114,082       12  
    Interest and dividends on investment securities, cash and cash equivalents, and certificates of deposit at other financial institutions     10,660       8,667       23  
    Total interest and dividend income     137,863       122,749       12  
    INTEREST EXPENSE                        
    Deposits     39,620       24,696       60  
    Borrowings     4,796       3,749       28  
    Subordinated note     1,456       1,456       —  
    Total interest expense     45,872       29,901       53  
    NET INTEREST INCOME     91,991       92,848       (1 )
    PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES     3,989       3,372       18  
    NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES     88,002       89,476       (2 )
    NONINTEREST INCOME                        
    Service charges and fee income     7,513       8,352       (10 )
    Gain on sale of loans     6,824       5,298       29  
    Gain on sale of MSRs     8,356       —       NM  
    Loss on sale of investment securities, net     (7,836 )     —       NM  
    Earnings on cash surrender value of BOLI     734       681       8  
    Other noninterest income     1,355       703       93  
    Total noninterest income     16,946       15,034       13  
    NONINTEREST EXPENSE                        
    Salaries and benefits     40,920       40,880       —  
    Operations     10,354       9,744       6  
    Occupancy     5,036       4,670       8  
    Data processing     6,172       5,092       21  
    Loan costs     1,904       2,077       (8 )
    Professional and board fees     3,034       2,001       52  
    FDIC insurance     1,515       1,732       (13 )
    Marketing and advertising     981       1,072       (8 )
    Acquisition costs     —       1,562       100  
    Amortization of core deposit intangible     2,757       2,484       11  
    Impairment of servicing rights     545       —       NM  
    Total noninterest expense     73,218       71,314       3  
    INCOME BEFORE PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES     31,730       33,196       (4 )
    PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES     4,088       6,915       (41 )
    NET INCOME   $ 27,642     $ 26,281       5  
    Basic earnings per share   $ 3.54     $ 3.38       5  
    Diluted earnings per share   $ 3.45     $ 3.33       4  
     

    KEY FINANCIAL RATIOS AND DATA (Unaudited)

        At or For the Three Months Ended  
        September 30,     June 30,     September 30,  
        2024     2024     2023  
    PERFORMANCE RATIOS:                        
    Return on assets (ratio of net income to average total assets) (1)     1.38 %     1.22 %     1.22 %
    Return on equity (ratio of net income to average equity) (1)     14.08       12.72       13.81  
    Yield on average interest-earning assets (1)     6.56       6.48       6.13  
    Average total cost of funds (1)     2.39       2.38       1.92  
    Interest rate spread information – average during period     4.17       3.33       4.21  
    Net interest margin (1)     4.35       4.29       4.34  
    Operating expense to average total assets (1)     3.47       3.26       3.23  
    Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities (1)     144.28       166.25       145.14  
    Efficiency ratio (2)     69.42       65.78       66.22  
    Common equity ratio (ratio of stockholders’ equity to total assets)     9.73       9.66       8.58  
    Tangible common equity ratio (3)     9.17       9.07       7.89  
        For the Nine Months Ended  
        September 30,     September 30,  
        2024     2023  
    PERFORMANCE RATIOS:                
    Return on assets (ratio of net income to average total assets) (1)     1.25 %     1.25 %
    Return on equity (ratio of net income to average equity) (1)     13.05       14.13  
    Yield on average interest-earning assets (1)     6.44       6.03  
    Average total cost of funds (1)     2.33       1.58  
    Interest rate spread information – average during period     4.11       4.45  
    Net interest margin (1)     4.30       4.56  
    Operating expense to average total assets (1)     3.31       3.39  
    Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities     144.14       146.23  
    Efficiency ratio (2)     67.21       66.10  
        September 30,     June 30,     September 30,  
        2024     2024     2023  
    ASSET QUALITY RATIOS AND DATA:                        
    Nonperforming assets to total assets at end of period (4)     0.36 %     0.39 %     0.21 %
    Nonperforming loans to total gross loans (excluding loans HFS) (5)     0.43       0.46       0.23  
    Allowance for credit losses – loans to nonperforming loans (5)     290.07       273.95       493.46  
    Allowance for credit losses – loans to total gross loans (excluding loans HFS)     1.25       1.26       1.27  
        At or For the Three Months Ended  
        September 30,     June 30,     September 30,  
        2024     2024     2023  
    PER COMMON SHARE DATA:                        
    Basic earnings per share   $ 1.32     $ 1.15     $ 1.15  
    Diluted earnings per share   $ 1.29     $ 1.13     $ 1.13  
    Weighted average basic shares outstanding     7,676,102       7,688,246       7,667,981  
    Weighted average diluted shares outstanding     7,854,389       7,796,253       7,780,430  
    Common shares outstanding at end of period     7,713,359 (6)     7,644,463 (7)     7,693,951 (8)
    Book value per share using common shares outstanding   $ 37.45     $ 37.15     $ 32.58  
    Tangible book value per share using common shares outstanding (3)   $ 35.10     $ 34.66     $ 29.73  

    __________________________________

    (1)   Annualized.
    (2)   Total noninterest expense as a percentage of net interest income and total noninterest income.
    (3)   Represents a non-GAAP financial measure.  For a reconciliation to the most comparable GAAP financial measure, see “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” below.
    (4)   Nonperforming assets consist of nonperforming loans (which include nonaccruing loans and accruing loans more than 90 days past due), foreclosed real estate and other repossessed assets.
    (5)   Nonperforming loans consist of nonaccruing loans and accruing loans 90 days or more past due.
    (6)   Common shares were calculated using shares outstanding of 7,817,172 at September 30, 2024, less 103,813 unvested restricted stock shares.
    (7)   Common shares were calculated using shares outstanding of 7,742,607 at June 30, 2024, less 98,144 unvested restricted stock shares.
    (8)   Common shares were calculated using shares outstanding of 7,796,095 at September 30, 2023, less 102,144 unvested restricted stock shares.
    (Dollars in thousands)   For the Three Months Ended September 30,     For the Nine Months Ended September 30,     Linked Qtr.     Prior Year Qtr.  
    Average Balances   2024     2023     2024     2023     $ Change     $ Change  
    Assets                                                
    Loans receivable, net (1)   $ 2,536,106     $ 2,423,691     $ 2,504,129     $ 2,362,885     $ 112,415     $ 141,244  
    Securities available-for-sale, at amortized cost     250,957       294,148       288,460       276,835       (43,191 )     11,625  
    Securities held-to-maturity     8,500       8,500       8,500       8,500       –       –  
    Interest-bearing deposits and certificates of deposit at other financial institutions     48,546       68,369       49,887       67,163       (19,823 )     (17,276 )
    FHLB stock, at cost     10,739       4,626       6,666       5,190       6,113       1,476  
    Total interest-earning assets     2,854,848       2,799,334       2,857,642       2,720,573       55,514       137,069  
    Noninterest-earning assets     105,941       102,052       98,099       88,936       3,889       9,163  
    Total assets   $ 2,960,789     $ 2,901,386     $ 2,955,741     $ 2,809,509     $ 59,403     $ 146,232  
    Liabilities                                                
    Interest-bearing deposit accounts   $ 1,737,793     $ 1,741,257     $ 1,788,324     $ 1,703,688     $ (3,464 )   $ 84,636  
    Borrowings     191,279       138,013       144,635       107,254       53,266       37,381  
    Subordinated notes     49,567       49,500       49,550       49,484       67       66  
    Total interest-bearing liabilities     1,978,639       1,928,770       1,982,509       1,860,426       49,869       122,083  
    Noninterest-bearing deposit accounts     650,852       676,000       648,345       664,319       (25,148 )     (15,974 )
    Other noninterest-bearing liabilities     40,606       39,365       41,965       36,095       1,241       5,870  
    Total liabilities   $ 2,670,097     $ 2,644,135     $ 2,672,819     $ 2,560,840     $ 25,962     $ 111,979  

    __________________________________

    (1)   Includes loans HFS.
         

    Non-GAAP Financial Measures:

    In addition to financial results presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles utilized in the United States (“GAAP”), this earnings release presents non-GAAP financial measures that include tangible book value per share, and tangible common equity ratio. Management believes that providing the Company’s tangible book value per share and tangible common equity ratio is consistent with the capital treatment utilized by the investment community, which excludes intangible assets from the calculation of risk-based capital ratios and facilitates comparison of the quality and composition of the Company’s capital over time and to its competitors. Where applicable, the Company has also presented comparable GAAP information.

    These non-GAAP financial measures have inherent limitations, are not required to be uniformly applied, and are not audited. They should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for total stockholders’ equity or operating results determined in accordance with GAAP. These non-GAAP measures may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies.

    Reconciliation of the GAAP book value per share and common equity ratio and the non-GAAP tangible book value per share and tangible common equity ratio is presented below.

    (Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)   September 30,   June 30,   September 30,  
    Tangible Book Value Per Share:   2024   2024   2023  
    Stockholders’ equity (GAAP)   $ 288,902     $ 284,026     $ 250,665    
    Less: goodwill and core deposit intangible, net     (18,178 )     (19,075 )     (21,915 )  
    Tangible common stockholders’ equity (non-GAAP)   $ 270,724     $ 264,951     $ 228,750    
                         
    Common shares outstanding at end of period     7,713,359 (1)     7,644,463 (2)     7,693,951 (3)  
                         
    Book value per share (GAAP)   $ 37.45     $ 37.15     $ 32.58    
    Tangible book value per share (non-GAAP)   $ 35.10     $ 34.66     $ 29.73    
                         
    Tangible Common Equity Ratio:                    
    Total assets (GAAP)   $ 2,970,208     $ 2,941,377     $ 2,920,072    
    Less: goodwill and core deposit intangible assets     (18,178 )     (19,075 )     (21,915 )  
    Tangible assets (non-GAAP)   $ 2,952,030     $ 2,922,302     $ 2,898,157    
                         
    Common equity ratio (GAAP)     9.73 %     9.66 %     8.58 %  
    Tangible common equity ratio (non-GAAP)     9.17       9.07       7.89    

    _________________________

    (1)   Common shares were calculated using shares outstanding of 7,817,172 at September 30, 2024, less 103,813 unvested restricted stock shares.
    (2)   Common shares were calculated using shares outstanding of 7,742,607 at June 30, 2024, less 98,144 unvested restricted stock shares.
    (3)   Common shares were calculated using shares outstanding of 7,796,095 at September 30, 2023, less 102,144 unvested restricted stock shares.
         

    Contacts:
    Joseph C. Adams,
    Chief Executive Officer
    Matthew D. Mullet,
    President/Chief Financial Officer
    (425) 771-5299
    http://www.FSBWA.com
      

    The MIL Network –

    January 24, 2025
  • MIL-OSI: Veritex Holdings, Inc. Reports Third Quarter 2024 Operating Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    DALLAS, Oct. 22, 2024 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Veritex Holdings, Inc. (“Veritex”, the “Company”, “we” or “our”) (Nasdaq: VBTX), the holding company for Veritex Community Bank, today announced the results for the quarter ended September 30, 2024.

    “We are pleased to announce both our third quarter results and updates on our balance sheet transformation over the past 2 years,” said C. Malcolm Holland, III, the Company’s Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. “My team has remained focused on growing granular, attractively priced deposits, increasing capital, managing concentrations and reducing credit risk exposure all while continuing to grow a fortress balance sheet through full relationship banking. I could not be more proud of our team of nearly 900 employees who embraced the challenges we set forth back in 2022 and each day going forward.”

        Quarter to Date   Year to Date
    Financial Highlights   Q3 2024   Q2 2024   Q3 2024   Q3 2023
        (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
    (unaudited)
    GAAP                
    Net income   $ 31,001     $ 27,202     $ 82,359     $ 104,762  
    Diluted EPS     0.56       0.50       1.50       1.92  
    Book value per common share     29.53       28.49       29.53       27.46  
    Return on average assets1     0.96 %     0.87 %     0.87 %     1.14 %
    Return on average equity1     7.79       7.10       7.08       9.35  
    Net interest margin     3.30       3.29       3.28       3.55  
    Efficiency ratio     61.94       59.11       61.15       50.88  
    Non-GAAP2                
    Operating earnings   $ 32,181     $ 28,310     $ 89,628     $ 110,489  
    Diluted operating EPS     0.59       0.52       1.63       2.02  
    Tangible book value per common share     21.72       20.62       21.72       19.44  
    Pre-tax, pre-provision operating earnings     44,555       44,420       132,631       174,523  
    Pre-tax, pre-provision operating return on average assets1     1.38 %     1.42 %     1.41 %     1.90 %
    Pre-tax, pre-provision operating return on average loans1     1.83       1.83       1.83       2.43  
    Operating return on average assets1     1.00       0.91       0.95       1.20  
    Return on average tangible common equity1     11.33       10.54       10.48       13.95  
    Operating return on average tangible common equity1     11.74       10.94       11.34       14.68  
    Operating efficiency ratio     60.63       58.41       59.28       49.53  

    1 Annualized ratio.
    2 Refer to the section titled “Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a reconciliation of these non-generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) financial measures to their most directly comparable GAAP measures.

    Other Third Quarter Financial, Credit and Company Highlights

    • Return on average assets (“ROAA”) increased 9 bps compared to June 30, 2024;
    • 7.2% linked quarter revenue growth;
    • Nonperforming assets (“NPAs”) decreased 13 bps from the prior quarter to 0.52% of total assets;
    • Total deposits grew $311.2 million, or 11.60% annualized, compared to June 30, 2024;
    • Common equity tier 1 capital grew 37 bps from the prior quarter to 10.86%;
    • Net interest margin (“NIM”) expanded to 3.30%;
    • Loan to deposit ratio, excluding mortgage warehouse loans, decreased to 81.9% as of September 30, 2024, compared to 85.9% as of June 30, 2024 and 90.7% as of September 30, 2023;
    • Tangible book value per common share increased to $21.72;
    • Allowance for credit losses (“ACL”) to total loans held for investment (“LHI”) increased to 1.21%, compared to 1.16% as of June 30, 2024 and 1.14% as of September 30, 2023; and
    • Declared quarterly cash dividend of $0.20 per share of outstanding common stock payable on November 22, 2024.

    Results of Operations for the Three Months Ended September 30, 2024

    Net Interest Income

    For the three months ended September 30, 2024, net interest income before provision for credit losses was $100.1 million and NIM was 3.30% compared to $96.2 million and 3.29%, respectively, for the three months ended June 30, 2024. The approximately $3.8 million increase, or 4.0%, in net interest income before provision for credit losses was primarily due to a $4.8 million increase in interest income on deposits in financial institutions and fed funds sold, a $1.4 million decrease in interest expense on advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”), a $422 thousand increase in interest income on debt securities and a $282 thousand increase in interest income on loans. The increase was partially offset by a $1.6 million increase in interest expense on transactions and savings deposits and a $1.4 million increase in interest expense on certificates and other time deposits, during the three months ended September 30, 2024. NIM increased 1 basis point compared to the three months ended June 30, 2024, primarily due to a decrease in funding costs on deposits during the three months ended September 30, 2024, partially offset by a decrease in loan yields and average balances.

    Compared to the three months ended September 30, 2023, net interest income before provision for credit losses for the three months ended September 30, 2024 increased by $701 thousand, or 0.7%. The increase was primarily due to a $8.5 million decrease in interest expense on advances from the FHLB, a $5.4 million increase in interest income on deposits in financial institutions and fed funds sold and a $4.9 million increase in interest income on debt securities. The increase was partially offset by a $10.1 million increase in interest expense on certificates and other time deposits, a $7.3 million increase in interest expense on transaction and savings deposits and a $690 thousand decrease in interest income on equity securities and other investments. Compared to the three months ended September 30, 2023, NIM decreased 16 bps from 3.46% for the three months ended September 30, 2024. The decrease was primarily due to the increase in funding costs on deposits during the three months ended September 30, 2024, partially offset by an increase in loan yields and an increase in average balances and yields on debt securities.

    Noninterest Income

    Noninterest income for the three months ended September 30, 2024 was $13.1 million, an increase of $2.5 million, or 23.9%, compared to the three months ended June 30, 2024. The increase was primarily due to a $1.6 million increase in other income, driven by a $1.2 million increase in other real estate owned (“OREO”) income, a $1.1 million increase in loan fees and a $468 thousand increase in service charges and fees on deposits for the three months ended September 30, 2024. The increase was partially offset by a $540 thousand decrease in government guaranteed loan income.

    Compared to the three months ended September 30, 2023, noninterest income for the three months ended September 30, 2024 increased by $3.4 million, or 35.5%. The increase was primarily due to a $2.2 million increase in other income, driven by a $1.2 million increase in OREO income, a $1.7 million increase in loan fees and a $283 thousand increase in service charges and fees on deposit accounts. The increase was partially offset by a $1.0 million decrease in government guaranteed loan income, primarily driven by a decrease in the Company’s USDA sales.

    Noninterest Expense

    Noninterest expense was $70.1 million for the three months ended September 30, 2024, compared to $63.1 million for the three months ended June 30, 2024, an increase of $7.0 million, or 11.0%. The increase was primarily due to a $4.6 million increase in salaries and employee benefits primarily due to an increase in incentive accruals to 80% of target payout, a $1.9 million increase in other noninterest expense primarily driven by OREO expenses, a $805 thousand increase in marketing expenses and a $204 thousand increase in occupancy and equipment expense. The increase is partially offset by a decrease of $714 thousand in professional and regulatory fees compared to the three months ended June 30, 2024.

    Compared to the three months ended September 30, 2023, noninterest expense for the three months ended September 30, 2024 increased by $10.7 million, or 18.0%. The increase was primarily due to a $6.4 million increase in salaries and employee benefits primarily due to the increase in incentive accruals aforementioned, a $5.6 million increase in other noninterest expense, a $727 thousand increase data processing and software expense, and a $428 thousand increase in marketing expenses. The increase was partially offset by a $2.4 million decrease in professional and regulatory fees compared to the three months ended September 30, 2023.

    Financial Condition

    Total LHI was $9.03 billion at September 30, 2024, a decrease of $180.5 million compared to June 30, 2024.

    Total deposits were $11.04 billion at September 30, 2024, an increase of $311.2 million, or 11.6% linked quarter annualized. The increase was primarily the result of an increase of $227.2 million in noninterest bearing deposits and an increase of $225.3 million in interest-bearing transaction and savings deposits. The increase was partially offset by a decrease of $118.7 million in certificates and other time deposits and a decrease of $22.6 million in correspondent money market accounts.

    Credit Quality

    NPAs totaled $67.3 million, or 0.52% of total assets, of which $58.3 million represents LHI and $9.0 million represents OREO at September 30, 2024, compared to $83.0 million, or 0.65% of total assets, at June 30, 2024. The Company had net charge-offs of $269 thousand for the three months ended September 30, 2024. Annualized net charge-offs to average loans outstanding were 1bp, for the three months ended September 30, 2024, compared to 28 bps and 8 bps for the three months ended June 30, 2024 and September 30, 2023, respectively.

    ACL as a percentage of LHI was 1.21%, 1.16% and 1.14% at September 30, 2024, June 30, 2024 and September 30, 2023, respectively. The Company recorded a provision for credit losses of $4.0 million, $8.3 million and $8.6 million for the three months ended September 30, 2024, June 30, 2024 and September 30, 2023, respectively. The recorded provision for credit losses for the three months ended September 30, 2024, compared to the three months ended June 30, 2024, was primarily attributable to an increase in general reserves as a result of changes in economic factors which now represents 97% of the total ACL as a percentage of LHI. The balance for unfunded commitments for the three months ended September 30, 2024 remained relatively stable compared to the three months ended June 30, 2024 and recorded no benefit or provision for unfunded commitments for the three months ended September 30, 2024. The Company recorded no benefit or provision for unfunded commitments for the three months ended June 30, 2024 and a $909 thousand benefit for unfunded commitments for the three months ended September 30, 2023.

    Income Tax

    Income tax expense for the three months ended September 30, 2024 totaled $8.1 million, a decrease of $154 thousand, or 1.9%, compared to the three months ended June 30, 2024. The Company’s effective tax rate was approximately 20.6% for the three months ended September 30, 2024. The decrease was primarily due a $941 thousand change in the Company’s valuation allowance slightly offset by a return to provision of $224 thousand and a net discrete tax expense of $501 thousand associated with the recognition of an excess tax expense realized on share-based payment awards.

    Dividend Information

    After the close of the market on Tuesday, October 22, 2024, Veritex’s Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.20 per share on its outstanding shares of common stock. The dividend will be paid on or after November 22, 2024 to stockholders of record as of the close of business on November 8, 2024.

    Non-GAAP Financial Measures

    Veritex’s management uses certain non-GAAP (U.S. generally accepted accounting principles) financial measures to evaluate its operating performance and provide information that is important to investors. However, non-GAAP financial measures are supplemental and should be viewed in addition to, and not as an alternative for, Veritex’s reported results prepared in accordance with GAAP. Specifically, Veritex reviews and reports tangible book value per common share of the Company; operating earnings; tangible common equity to tangible assets; return on average tangible common equity; pre-tax, pre-provision operating earnings; pre-tax, pre-provision operating return on average assets; pre-tax, pre-provision operating return on average loans; diluted operating earnings per share; operating return on average assets; operating return on average tangible common equity; and operating efficiency ratio. Veritex has included in this earnings release information related to these non-GAAP financial measures for the applicable periods presented. Please refer to “Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures” after the financial highlights at the end of this earnings release for a reconciliation of these non-GAAP financial measures.

    Conference Call

    The Company will host an investor conference call and webcast to review the results on Wednesday, October 23, 2024, at 8:30 a.m. Central Time. Participants may pre-register for the call by visiting http://edge.media-server.com/mmc/p/99msavdf and will receive a unique PIN, which can be used when dialing in for the call.

    Participants may also register via teleconference: https://register.vevent.com/register/BI8a41df4f3f824d2888f9cf9a3e02c9b8. Once registration is completed, participants will be provided with a dial-in number containing a personalized conference code to access the call. All participants are instructed to dial-in 15 minutes prior to the start time.

    A replay will be available within approximately two hours after the completion of the call, and made accessible for one week thereafter. You may access the replay via webcast through the investor relations section of Veritex’s website.

    About Veritex Holdings, Inc.

    Headquartered in Dallas, Texas, Veritex is a bank holding company that conducts banking activities through its wholly owned subsidiary, Veritex Community Bank, with locations throughout the Dallas-Fort Worth metroplex and in the Houston metropolitan area. Veritex Community Bank is a Texas state chartered bank regulated by the Texas Department of Banking and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. For more information, visit http://www.veritexbank.com.

    Forward-Looking Statements

    This earnings release includes “forward-looking statements”, within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements are based on various facts and derived utilizing assumptions, current expectations, estimates and projections and are subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, which change over time and are beyond our control, that may cause actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements include, without limitation, statements relating to the expected payment of Veritex Holdings, Inc.’s (“Veritex”) quarterly cash dividend; the impact of certain changes in Veritex’s accounting policies, standards and interpretations; turmoil in the banking industry, responsive measures to mitigate and manage such turmoil and related supervisory and regulatory actions and costs; and Veritex’s future financial performance, business and growth strategy, projected plans and objectives, as well as other projections based on macroeconomic and industry trends, which are inherently unreliable due to the multiple factors that impact broader economic and industry trends, and any such variations may be material.   Statements preceded by, followed by or that otherwise include the words “believes,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “intends,” “projects,” “estimates,”   “seeks,” “targets,” “outlooks,” “plans” and similar expressions or future or conditional verbs such as “will,” “should,” “would,” “may” and “could” are generally forward-looking in nature and not historical facts, although not all forward-looking statements include the foregoing words. We refer you to the “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” sections of Veritex’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023 and any updates to those risk factors set forth in Veritex’s Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), which are available on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. If one or more events related to these or other risks or uncertainties materialize, or if Veritex’s underlying assumptions prove to be incorrect, actual results may differ materially from what Veritex anticipates. Accordingly, you should not place undue reliance on any such forward-looking statements. Any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date on which it is made. Veritex does not undertake any obligation, and specifically declines any obligation, to supplement, update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise, except as required by law. All forward-looking statements, expressed or implied, included in this earnings release are expressly qualified in their entirety by this cautionary statement. This cautionary statement should also be considered in connection with any subsequent written or oral forward-looking statements that Veritex or persons acting on Veritex’s behalf may issue.

    VERITEX HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    Financial Highlights
    (Unaudited)
     
        For the Quarter Ended   For the Nine Months Ended
        Sep 30, 2024   Jun 30, 2024   Mar 31, 2024   Dec 31, 2023   Sep 30, 2023   Sep 30, 2024   Sep 30, 2023
        (Dollars and shares in thousands, except per share data)
    Per Share Data (Common Stock):                            
    Basic EPS   $ 0.57     $ 0.50     $ 0.44     $ 0.06     $ 0.60     $ 1.51     $ 1.93  
    Diluted EPS     0.56       0.50       0.44       0.06       0.60       1.50       1.92  
    Book value per common share     29.53       28.49       28.23       28.18       27.46       29.53       27.46  
    Tangible book value per common share1     21.72       20.62       20.33       20.21       19.44       21.72       19.44  
    Dividends paid per common share outstanding2     0.20       0.20       0.20       0.20       0.20       0.60       0.60  
                                 
    Common Stock Data:                            
    Shares outstanding at period end     54,446       54,350       54,496       54,338       54,305       54,446       54,305  
    Weighted average basic shares outstanding for the period     54,409       54,457       54,444       54,327       54,300       54,437       54,233  
    Weighted average diluted shares outstanding for the period     54,932       54,823       54,842       54,691       54,597       54,866       54,563  
                                 
    Summary of Credit Ratios:                            
    ACL to total LHI     1.21 %     1.16 %     1.15 %     1.14 %     1.14 %     1.21 %     1.14 %
    NPAs to total assets     0.52       0.65       0.82       0.77       0.65       0.52       0.65  
    NPAs to total loans and OREO     0.70       0.85       1.06       0.99       0.83       0.70       0.83  
    Net charge-offs to average loans outstanding3     0.01       0.28       0.22       0.39       0.08       0.17       0.20  
                                 
    Summary Performance Ratios:                            
    Return on average assets3     0.96 %     0.87 %     0.79 %     0.11 %     1.06 %     0.87 %     1.14 %
    Return on average equity3     7.79       7.10       6.33       0.92       8.58       7.08       9.35  
    Return on average tangible common equity1,3      11.33       10.54       9.52       2.00       12.80       10.48       13.95  
    Efficiency ratio     61.94       59.11       62.45       77.49       54.49       61.15       50.88  
    Net interest margin     3.30       3.29       3.24       3.31       3.46       3.28       3.55  
                                 
    Selected Performance Metrics – Operating:                            
    Diluted operating EPS1   $ 0.59     $ 0.52     $ 0.53     $ 0.58     $ 0.60     $ 1.63     $ 2.02  
    Pre-tax, pre-provision operating return on average assets1,3     1.38 %     1.42 %     1.42 %     1.54 %     1.61 %     1.41 %     1.90 %
    Pre-tax, pre-provision operating return on average loans1,3     1.83       1.83       1.84       1.97       2.05       1.83       2.43  
    Operating return on average assets1,3     1.00       0.91       0.95       1.02       1.06       0.95       1.20  
    Operating return on average tangible common equity1,3     11.74       10.94       11.34       12.37       12.80       11.34       14.68  
    Operating efficiency ratio1     60.63       58.41       58.73       55.50       54.49       59.28       49.53  
                                 
    Veritex Holdings, Inc. Capital Ratios:                            
    Average stockholders’ equity to average total assets     12.31 %     12.26 %     12.43 %     12.27 %     12.30 %     12.33 %     12.21 %
    Tangible common equity to tangible assets1     9.37       9.14       9.02       9.18       8.86       9.37       8.86  
    Tier 1 capital to average assets (leverage)     10.06       10.06       10.12       10.03       10.10       10.06       10.10  
    Common equity tier 1 capital     10.86       10.49       10.37       10.29       10.11       10.86       10.11  
    Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets     11.13       10.75       10.63       10.56       10.37       11.13       10.37  
    Total capital to risk-weighted assets     13.91       13.45       13.33       13.18       12.95       13.91       12.95  
    Risk weighted assets   $ 11,290,800     $ 11,450,997     $ 11,407,446     $ 11,387,825     $ 11,617,229     $ 11,290,800     $ 11,617,229  

    1 Refer to the section titled “Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures” after the financial highlights for a reconciliation of these non-GAAP financial measures to their most directly comparable GAAP measures.
    2 Dividend amount represents dividend paid per common share subsequent to each respective quarter end.
    3 Annualized ratio for quarterly metrics.

    VERITEX HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    Financial Highlights
    (In thousands)
     
        Sep 30, 2024   Jun 30, 2024   Mar 31, 2024   Dec 31, 2023   Sep 30, 2023
        (unaudited)   (unaudited)   (unaudited)       (unaudited)
    ASSETS                    
    Cash and cash equivalents   $ 1,100,790     $ 651,837     $ 740,769     $ 629,063     $ 713,408  
    Debt securities, net     1,423,610       1,349,354       1,344,930       1,257,042       1,060,629  
    Other investments     71,257       75,885       76,788       76,238       80,869  
                         
    Loans held for sale (“LHFS”)     48,496       57,046       64,762       79,072       41,313  
    LHI, mortgage warehouse (“MW”)     630,650       568,047       449,531       377,796       390,767  
    LHI, excluding MW     9,028,575       9,209,094       9,249,551       9,206,544       9,237,447  
    Total loans     9,707,721       9,834,187       9,763,844       9,663,412       9,669,527  
    ACL     (117,162 )     (113,431 )     (112,032 )     (109,816 )     (109,831 )
    Bank-owned life insurance     84,776       84,233       85,359       84,833       84,867  
    Bank premises, furniture and equipment, net     114,202       105,222       105,299       105,727       106,118  
    Other real estate owned (“OREO”)     9,034       24,256       18,445       —       —  
    Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization     32,825       35,817       38,679       41,753       44,294  
    Goodwill     404,452       404,452       404,452       404,452       404,452  
    Other assets     211,471       232,518       241,863       241,633       291,998  
    Total assets   $ 13,042,976     $ 12,684,330     $ 12,708,396     $ 12,394,337     $ 12,346,331  
    LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY                    
    Deposits:                    
    Noninterest-bearing deposits   $ 2,643,894     $ 2,416,727     $ 2,349,211     $ 2,218,036     $ 2,363,340  
    Interest-bearing transaction and savings deposits     4,204,708       3,979,454       4,220,114       4,348,385       3,936,070  
    Certificates and other time deposits     3,625,920       3,744,596       3,486,805       3,191,737       3,403,427  
    Correspondent money market deposits     561,489       584,067       597,690       580,037       493,681  
    Total deposits     11,036,011       10,724,844       10,653,820       10,338,195       10,196,518  
    Accounts payable and other liabilities     168,415       180,585       186,027       195,036       229,116  
    Advances from FHLB     —       —       100,000       100,000       200,000  
    Subordinated debentures and subordinated notes     230,536       230,285       230,034       229,783       229,531  
    Total liabilities     11,434,962       11,135,714       11,169,881       10,863,014       10,855,165  
    Commitments and contingencies                    
    Stockholders’ equity:                    
    Common stock     613       612       611       610       609  
    Additional paid-in capital     1,324,929       1,321,995       1,319,144       1,317,516       1,314,459  
    Retained earnings     493,921       473,801       457,499       444,242       451,513  
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss     (40,330 )     (76,713 )     (71,157 )     (63,463 )     (107,833 )
    Treasury stock     (171,119 )     (171,079 )     (167,582 )     (167,582 )     (167,582 )
    Total stockholders’ equity     1,608,014       1,548,616       1,538,515       1,531,323       1,491,166  
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity   $ 13,042,976     $ 12,684,330     $ 12,708,396     $ 12,394,337     $ 12,346,331  
                                             
    VERITEX HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    Financial Highlights
    (In thousands, except per share data)
     
        For the Quarter Ended   For the Nine Months Ended
        Sep 30, 2024   Jun 30, 2024   Mar 31, 2024   Dec 31, 2023   Sep 30, 2023   Sep 30, 2024   Sep 30, 2023
        (unaudited)   (unaudited)   (unaudited)   (unaudited)   (unaudited)   (unaudited)   (unaudited)
    Interest income:                            
    Loans, including fees   $ 167,261   $ 166,979   $ 161,942     $ 165,443     $ 167,368     $ 496,182     $ 482,802  
    Debt securities     15,830     15,408     13,695       12,282       10,928       44,933       32,082  
    Deposits in financial institutions and Fed Funds sold     12,571     7,722     8,050       8,162       7,128       28,343       20,169  
    Equity securities and other investments     1,001     1,138     900       1,717       1,691       3,039       4,217  
    Total interest income     196,663     191,247     184,587       187,604       187,115       572,497       539,270  
    Interest expense:                            
    Transaction and savings deposits     47,208     45,619     46,784       46,225       39,936       139,611       102,750  
    Certificates and other time deposits     46,230     44,811     40,492       40,165       36,177       131,533       85,244  
    Advances from FHLB     47     1,468     1,391       2,581       8,523       2,906       38,443  
    Subordinated debentures and subordinated notes     3,116     3,113     3,114       3,100       3,118       9,343       9,252  
    Total interest expense     96,601     95,011     91,781       92,071       87,754       283,393       235,689  
    Net interest income     100,062     96,236     92,806       95,533       99,361       289,104       303,581  
    Provision for credit losses     4,000     8,250     7,500       9,500       8,627       19,750       33,012  
    (Benefit) provision for unfunded commitments     —     —     (1,541 )     (1,500 )     (909 )     (1,541 )     (541 )
    Net interest income after provisions     96,062     87,986     86,847       87,533       91,643       270,895       271,110  
    Noninterest income:                            
    Service charges and fees on deposit accounts     5,442     4,974     4,896       4,800       5,159       15,312       15,448  
    Loan fees     3,278     2,207     2,510       1,200       1,564       7,995       5,148  
    Loss on sales of debt securities     —     —     (6,304 )     —       —       (6,304 )     (5,321 )
    Government guaranteed loan income, net     780     1,320     2,614       4,378       1,772       4,714       15,604  
    Equity method investment (loss) income     —     —     —       (29,417 )     (136 )     —       (1,172 )
    Customer swap income     271     326     449       258       202       1,046       1,380  
    Other income     3,335     1,751     2,497       989       1,113       7,583       5,810  
    Total noninterest income (loss)     13,106     10,578     6,662       (17,792 )     9,674       30,346       36,897  
    Noninterest expense:                            
    Salaries and employee benefits     37,370     32,790     33,365       30,606       30,949       103,525       91,464  
    Occupancy and equipment     4,789     4,585     4,677       4,670       4,881       14,051       14,681  
    Professional and regulatory fees     4,903     5,617     6,053       7,626       7,283       16,573       18,540  
    Data processing and software expense     5,268     5,097     4,856       4,569       4,541       15,221       13,970  
    Marketing     2,781     1,976     1,546       1,945       2,353       6,303       6,759  
    Amortization of intangibles     2,438     2,438     2,438       2,438       2,438       7,314       7,401  
    Telephone and communications     335     365     261       356       362       961       1,195  
    Other     12,216     10,273     8,920       8,028       6,607       31,409       19,216  
    Total noninterest expense     70,100     63,141     62,116       60,238       59,414       195,357       173,226  
    Income before income tax expense     39,068     35,423     31,393       9,503       41,903       105,884       134,781  
    Income tax expense     8,067     8,221     7,237       6,004       9,282       23,525       30,019  
    Net income   $ 31,001   $ 27,202   $ 24,156     $ 3,499     $ 32,621     $ 82,359     $ 104,762  
                                 
    Basic EPS   $ 0.57   $ 0.50   $ 0.44     $ 0.06     $ 0.60     $ 1.51     $ 1.93  
    Diluted EPS   $ 0.56   $ 0.50   $ 0.44     $ 0.06     $ 0.60     $ 1.50     $ 1.92  
    Weighted average basic shares outstanding     54,409     54,457     54,444       54,327       54,300       54,437       54,233  
    Weighted average diluted shares outstanding     54,932     54,823     54,842       54,691       54,597       54,866       54,563  
                                                         
    VERITEX HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    Financial Highlights
    (Unaudited)
     
        For the Quarter Ended
        September 30, 2024   June 30, 2024   September 30, 2023
        Average
    Outstanding
    Balance
      Interest
    Earned/
    Interest
    Paid
      Average
    Yield/
    Rate
      Average
    Outstanding
    Balance
      Interest
    Earned/
    Interest
    Paid
      Average
    Yield/
    Rate
      Average
    Outstanding
    Balance
      Interest
    Earned/
    Interest
    Paid
      Average
    Yield/
    Rate
        (Dollars in thousands)
    Assets                                    
    Interest-earning assets:                                    
    Loans1   $ 9,184,182     $ 159,163   6.89 %   $ 9,344,482     $ 160,323   6.90 %   $ 9,267,366     $ 161,615   6.92 %
    LHI, MW     477,592       8,098   6.75       420,946       6,656   6.36       357,639       5,753   6.38  
    Debt securities     1,384,835       15,830   4.55       1,352,293       15,408   4.58       1,121,716       10,928   3.87  
    Interest-bearing deposits in other banks     924,685       12,571   5.41       560,586       7,722   5.54       520,785       7,128   5.43  
    Equity securities and other investments     75,884       1,001   5.25       78,964       1,138   5.80       135,714       1,691   4.94  
    Total interest-earning assets     12,047,178       196,663   6.49       11,757,271       191,247   6.54       11,403,220       187,115   6.51  
    ACL     (115,510 )             (115,978 )             (105,320 )        
    Noninterest-earning assets     930,250               937,413               961,162          
    Total assets   $ 12,861,918             $ 12,578,706             $ 12,259,062          
                                         
    Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity                                    
    Interest-bearing liabilities:                                    
    Interest-bearing demand and savings deposits   $ 4,700,196     $ 47,208   4.00 %   $ 4,570,329     $ 45,619   4.01 %   $ 4,168,876     $ 39,936   3.80 %
    Certificates and other time deposits     3,678,718       46,230   5.00       3,591,035       44,811   5.02       3,151,704       36,177   4.55  
    Advances from FHLB and Other     3,261       47   5.73       106,648       1,468   5.54       725,543       8,523   4.66  
    Subordinated debentures and subordinated notes     230,393       3,116   5.38       230,141       3,113   5.44       229,389       3,118   5.39  
    Total interest-bearing liabilities     8,612,568       96,601   4.46       8,498,153       95,011   4.50       8,275,512       87,754   4.21  
                                         
    Noninterest-bearing liabilities:                                    
    Noninterest-bearing deposits     2,486,676               2,346,908               2,272,207          
    Other liabilities     179,273               192,036               203,173          
    Total liabilities     11,278,517               11,037,097               10,750,892          
    Stockholders’ equity     1,583,401               1,541,609               1,508,170          
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity   $ 12,861,918             $ 12,578,706             $ 12,259,062          
                                         
    Net interest rate spread2           2.03 %           2.04 %           2.30 %
    Net interest income and margin3       $ 100,062   3.30 %       $ 96,236   3.29 %       $ 99,361   3.46 %
                                                     

    1 Includes average outstanding balances of LHFS of $54.3 million, $58.5 million and $28.3 million for the quarters ended September 30, 2024, June 30, 2024, and September 30, 2023, respectively, and average balances of LHI, excluding MW.
    2 Net interest rate spread is the average yield on interest-earning assets minus the average rate on interest-bearing liabilities.
    3 Net interest margin is equal to net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.

    VERITEX HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    Financial Highlights
    (In thousands, except percentages)
     
        For the Nine Months Ended
        September 30, 2024   September 30, 2023
        Average Outstanding Balance   Interest Earned/ Interest Paid   Average Yield/ Rate   Average Outstanding Balance   Interest Earned/ Interest Paid   Average Yield/ Rate
    Assets                        
    Interest-earning assets:                        
    Loans1   $ 9,270,510     $ 477,071   6.87 %   $ 9,231,814     $ 467,101   6.76 %
    LHI, MW     393,008       19,111   6.50       363,182       15,701   5.78  
    Debt securities     1,344,190       44,933   4.47       1,168,860       32,082   3.67  
    Interest-bearing deposits in other banks     692,434       28,343   5.47       527,805       20,169   5.11  
    Equity securities and other investments     77,035       3,039   5.27       132,895       4,217   4.24  
    Total interest-earning assets     11,777,177       572,497   6.49       11,424,556       539,270   6.31  
    ACL     (114,576 )             (100,228 )        
    Noninterest-earning assets     930,605               950,369          
    Total assets   $ 12,593,206             $ 12,274,697          
                             
    Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity                        
    Interest-bearing liabilities:                        
    Interest-bearing demand and savings deposits   $ 4,636,889     $ 139,611   4.02 %   $ 4,079,436     $ 102,750   3.37 %
    Certificates and other time deposits     3,518,417       131,533   4.99       2,873,388       85,244   3.97  
    Advances from FHLB and Other     70,055       2,906   5.54       1,105,592       38,443   4.65  
    Subordinated debentures and subordinated notes     230,139       9,343   5.42       229,923       9,252   5.38  
    Total interest-bearing liabilities     8,455,500       283,393   4.48       8,288,339       235,689   3.80  
                             
    Noninterest-bearing liabilities:                        
    Noninterest-bearing deposits     2,396,629               2,305,745          
    Other liabilities     188,007               182,040          
    Total liabilities     11,040,136               10,776,124          
    Stockholders’ equity     1,553,070               1,498,573          
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity   $ 12,593,206             $ 12,274,697          
                             
    Net interest rate spread2           2.01 %           2.51 %
    Net interest income and margin3       $ 289,104   3.28 %       $ 303,581   3.55 %

    1 Includes average outstanding balances of LHFS of $55.5 million and $23.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 and 2023, respectively, and average balances of LHI, excluding MW.
    2 Net interest rate spread is the average yield on interest-earning assets minus the average rate on interest-bearing liabilities.
    3 Net interest margin is equal to net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.

    VERITEX HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    Financial Highlights
    (Unaudited)
    Yield Trend
     
        For the Quarter Ended
        Sep 30,
    2024
      Jun 30,
    2024
      Mar 31,
    2024
      Dec 31,
    2023
      Sep 30,
    2023
    Average yield on interest-earning assets:                    
    Loans1     6.89 %     6.90 %     6.83 %     6.88 %     6.92 %
    LHI, MW     6.75       6.36       6.27       5.82       6.38  
    Total Loans     6.89       6.88       6.81       6.85       6.90  
    Debt securities     4.55       4.58       4.25       4.10       3.87  
    Interest-bearing deposits in other banks     5.41       5.54       5.54       5.51       5.43  
    Equity securities and other investments     5.25       5.80       4.75       8.28       4.94  
    Total interest-earning assets     6.49 %     6.54 %     6.44 %     6.51 %     6.51 %
                         
    Average rate on interest-bearing liabilities:                    
    Interest-bearing demand and savings deposits     4.00 %     4.01 %     4.06 %     4.03 %     3.80 %
    Certificates and other time deposits     5.00       5.02       4.96       4.85       4.55  
    Advances from FHLB     5.73       5.54       5.54       5.60       4.66  
    Subordinated debentures and subordinated notes     5.38       5.44       5.45       5.36       5.39  
    Total interest-bearing liabilities     4.46 %     4.50 %     4.47 %     4.43 %     4.21 %
                         
    Net interest rate spread2     2.03 %     2.04 %     1.97 %     2.08 %     2.30 %
    Net interest margin3     3.30 %     3.29 %     3.24 %     3.31 %     3.46 %
                                             

    1Includes average outstanding balances of LHFS of $54.3 million, $58.5 million, $53.9 million, $31.2 million and $28.3 million for the three months ended September 30, 2024, June 30, 2024, March 31, 2024, December 31, 2023, and September 30, 2023, respectively, and average balances of LHI, excluding MW.
    2 Net interest rate spread is the average yield on interest-earning assets minus the average rate on interest-bearing liabilities.
    3 Net interest margin is equal to net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.

    Supplemental Yield Trend

        For the Quarter Ended   For the Nine Months Ended
        Sep 30,
    2024
      Jun 30,
    2024
      Mar 31,
    2024
      Dec 31,
    2023
      Sep 30,
    2023
      Sep 30,
    2024
      Sep 30,
    2023
    Average cost of interest-bearing deposits   4.44 %   4.46 %   4.43 %   4.38 %   4.12 %   4.44 %   3.62 %
    Average costs of total deposits, including noninterest-bearing   3.42     3.46     3.42     3.37     3.15     3.43     2.03  
                                               
    VERITEX HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    Financial Highlights
    (Unaudited)
     
    LHI and Deposit Portfolio Composition
     
        Sep 30,
    2024
      Jun 30,
    2024
      Mar 31,
    2024
      Dec 31,
    2023
      Sep 30,
    2023
        (Dollars in thousands)
    LHI1                                        
    Commercial and Industrial (“C&I”)   $ 2,728,544     30.2 %   $ 2,798,260     30.4 %   $ 2,785,987     30.1 %   $ 2,752,063     29.9 %   $ 2,841,024     30.7 %
    Real Estate:                                        
    Owner occupied commercial (“OOCRE”)     807,223     8.9       806,285     8.7       788,376     8.5       794,088     8.6       697,299     7.5  
    Non-owner occupied commercial (“NOOCRE”)     2,338,094     25.9       2,369,848     25.7       2,352,993     25.5       2,350,725     25.5       2,398,060     26.1  
    Construction and land     1,436,540     15.8       1,536,580     16.7       1,568,257     16.9       1,734,254     18.8       1,705,053     18.4  
    Farmland     32,254     0.4       30,512     0.3       30,979     0.3       31,114     0.3       59,684     0.6  
    1-4 family residential     944,755     10.5       917,402     10.0       969,401     10.5       937,119     10.2       933,225     10.1  
    Multi-family residential     738,090     8.2       748,740     8.1       751,607     8.1       605,817     6.6       603,395     6.5  
    Consumer     11,292     0.1       9,245     0.1       8,882     0.1       10,149     0.1       9,845     0.1  
    Total LHI   $ 9,036,792     100 %   $ 9,216,872     100 %   $ 9,256,482     100 %   $ 9,215,329     100 %   $ 9,247,585     100 %
                                             
    MW     630,650           568,047           449,531           377,796           390,767      
                                             
    Total LHI1   $ 9,667,442         $ 9,784,919         $ 9,706,013         $ 9,593,125         $ 9,638,352      
                                             
    Total LHFS     48,496           57,046           64,762           79,072           41,313      
                                             
    Total Loans   $ 9,715,938         $ 9,841,965         $ 9,770,775         $ 9,672,197         $ 9,679,665      
                                             
    Deposits                                        
    Noninterest-bearing   $ 2,643,894     24.0 %   $ 2,416,727     22.5 %   $ 2,349,211     22.1 %   $ 2,218,036     21.5 %   $ 2,363,340     23.2 %
    Interest-bearing transaction     421,059     3.8       523,272     4.9       724,171     6.8       927,193     8.9       739,098     7.2  
    Money market     3,462,709     31.4       3,268,286     30.5       3,326,742     31.2       3,284,324     31.8       3,096,498     30.4  
    Savings     320,940     2.9       187,896     1.8       169,201     1.6       136,868     1.3       100,474     1.0  
    Certificates and other time deposits     3,625,920     32.8       3,744,596     34.9       3,486,805     32.7       3,191,737     30.9       3,403,427     33.4  
    Correspondent money market accounts     561,489     5.1       584,067     5.4       597,690     5.6       580,037     5.6       493,681     4.8  
    Total deposits   $ 11,036,011     100 %   $ 10,724,844     100 %   $ 10,653,820     100 %   $ 10,338,195     100 %   $ 10,196,518     100 %
                                             
    Total Loans to Deposits Ratio     88.0 %         91.8 %         91.7 %         93.6 %         94.9 %    
                                             
    Total Loans to Deposit Ratio, excluding MW loans and LHFS     81.9 %         85.9 %         86.9 %         89.1 %         90.7 %    
                                                                 

    1 Total LHI does not include deferred fees of $8.2 million, $7.8 million, $6.9 million, $8.8 million and $10.1 million at September 30, 2024, June 30, 2024, March 31, 2024, December 31, 2023 and September 30, 2023, respectively.

    VERITEX HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    Financial Highlights
    (Unaudited)
    Asset Quality
     
      For the Quarter Ended   For the Nine Months Ended
      Sep 30, 2024   Jun 30, 2024   Mar 31, 2024   Dec 31, 2023   Sep 30, 2023   Sep 30, 2024   Sep 30, 2023
      (Dollars in thousands)        
    NPAs:                          
    Nonaccrual loans $ 55,335     $ 58,537     $ 75,721     $ 79,133     $ 65,676     $ 55,335     $ 65,676  
    Nonaccrual PCD loans1   70       73       9,419       13,715       13,718       70       13,718  
    Accruing loans 90 or more days past due2   2,860       143       220       2,975       474       2,860       474  
    Total nonperforming loans held for investment (“NPLs”)   58,265       58,753       85,360       95,823       79,868       58,265       79,868  
    Other real estate owned   9,034       24,256       18,445       —       —       9,034       —  
    Total NPAs $ 67,299     $ 83,009     $ 103,805     $ 95,823     $ 79,868     $ 67,299     $ 79,868  
                               
    Charge-offs:                          
    1-4 family residential $ —     $ (31 )   $ —     $ (21 )   $ —     $ (31 )   $ —  
    Multifamily   —       (198 )     —       (192 )     —       (198 )     —  
    OOCRE   —       —       (120 )     (364 )     (375 )     (120 )     (491 )
    NOOCRE   —       (1,969 )     (4,293 )     (5,434 )     —       (6,262 )     (8,215 )
    C&I   (2,259 )     (5,601 )     (946 )     (3,893 )     (1,929 )     (8,806 )     (6,520 )
    Consumer   (54 )     (30 )     (71 )     (33 )     (49 )     (155 )     (203 )
    Total charge-offs $ (2,313 )   $ (7,829 )   $ (5,430 )   $ (9,937 )   $ (2,353 )   $ (15,572 )   $ (15,429 )
                               
    Recoveries:                          
    1-4 family residential $ 3     $ —     $ 1     $ 1     $ —     $ 4     $ 2  
    OOCRE   —       120       —       —       —       120       —  
    NOOCRE   —       —       —       —       200       —       350  
    C&I   1,962       361       96       387       308       2,419       778  
    Mortgage Warehouse   46       —       —       —       —       46       —  
    Consumer   33       497       49       34       14       579       66  
    Total recoveries $ 2,044     $ 978     $ 146     $ 422     $ 522     $ 3,168     $ 1,196  
                               
    Net charge-offs $ (269 )   $ (6,851 )   $ (5,284 )   $ (9,515 )   $ (1,831 )   $ (12,404 )   $ (14,233 )
                               
    Provision for credit losses $ 4,000     $ 8,250     $ 7,500     $ 9,500     $ 8,627     $ 19,750     $ 33,012  
                               
    ACL $ 117,162     $ 113,431     $ 112,032     $ 109,816     $ 109,831     $ 117,162     $ 109,831  
                               
    Asset Quality Ratios:                          
    NPAs to total assets   0.52 %     0.65 %     0.82 %     0.77 %     0.65 %     0.52 %     0.65 %
    NPAs, excluding nonaccrual PCD loans, to total assets   0.52       0.65       0.74       0.66       0.44       0.52       0.54  
    NPAs to total loans and OREO   0.70       0.85       1.06       0.99       0.83       0.70       0.83  
    NPLs to total LHI   0.60       0.60       0.88       1.00       0.83       0.60       0.83  
    NPLs, excluding nonaccrual PCD loans, to total LHI   0.60       0.60       0.78       0.86       0.69       0.60       0.69  
    ACL to total LHI   1.21       1.16       1.15       1.14       1.14       1.21       1.14  
    ACL to total loans, excluding MW and LHFS   1.30       1.23       1.21       1.19       1.19       1.30       1.19  
    Net charge-offs to average loans outstanding3   0.01       0.28       0.22       0.39       0.08       0.17       0.20  

    1 Nonaccrual PCD loans consist of PCD loans that transitioned upon adoption of ASC 326 Financial Instruments – Credit Losses and were accounted for on a pooled basis that have subsequently been placed on nonaccrual status.
    2 Accruing loans greater than 90 days past due exclude purchase credit deteriorated loans greater than 90 days past due that are accounted for on a pooled basis.
    3 Annualized ratio for quarterly metrics.

    VERITEX HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures
    (Unaudited)
     

    We identify certain financial measures discussed in this earnings release as being “non-GAAP financial measures.” In accordance with SEC rules, we classify a financial measure as being a non-GAAP financial measure if that financial measure excludes or includes amounts, or is subject to adjustments that have the effect of excluding or including amounts, that are included or excluded, as the case may be, in the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP, in our statements of income, balance sheets or statements of cash flows. Non-GAAP financial measures do not include operating and other statistical measures or ratios calculated using exclusively either one or both of (i) financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP and (ii) operating measures or other measures that are not non-GAAP financial measures.

    The non-GAAP financial measures that we present in this earnings release should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for the most directly comparable or other financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP. Moreover, the manner in which we calculate the non-GAAP financial measures that we present in this earnings release may differ from that of other companies reporting measures with similar names. You should understand how such other financial institutions calculate their financial measures that appear to be similar or have similar names to the non-GAAP financial measures we have discussed in this earnings release when comparing such non-GAAP financial measures.

    Tangible Book Value Per Common Share. Tangible book value is a non-GAAP measure generally used by financial analysts and investment bankers to evaluate financial institutions. We calculate: (a) tangible common equity as total stockholders’ equity less goodwill and core deposit intangibles, net of accumulated amortization; and (b) tangible book value per common share as tangible common equity (as described in clause (a)) divided by number of common shares outstanding. For tangible book value per common share, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP is book value per common share.

    We believe that this measure is important to many investors in the marketplace who are interested in changes from period to period in book value per common share exclusive of changes in core deposit intangibles. Goodwill and other intangible assets have the effect of increasing total book value while not increasing our tangible book value.

    The following table reconciles, as of the dates set forth below, total stockholders’ equity to tangible common equity and presents our tangible book value per common share compared with our book value per common share:

        As of
        Sep 30, 2024   Jun 30, 2024   Mar 31, 2024   Dec 31, 2023   Sep 30, 2023
        (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
    Tangible Common Equity                    
    Total stockholders’ equity   $ 1,608,014     $ 1,548,616     $ 1,538,515     $ 1,531,323     $ 1,491,166  
    Adjustments:                    
    Goodwill     (404,452 )     (404,452 )     (404,452 )     (404,452 )     (404,452 )
    Core deposit intangibles     (21,182 )     (23,619 )     (26,057 )     (28,495 )     (30,933 )
    Tangible common equity   $ 1,182,380     $ 1,120,545     $ 1,108,006     $ 1,098,376     $ 1,055,781  
    Common shares outstanding     54,446       54,350       54,496       54,338       54,305  
                         
    Book value per common share   $ 29.53     $ 28.49     $ 28.23     $ 28.18     $ 27.46  
    Tangible book value per common share   $ 21.72     $ 20.62     $ 20.33     $ 20.21     $ 19.44  
                                             

    Tangible Common Equity to Tangible Assets. Tangible common equity to tangible assets is a non-GAAP measure generally used by financial analysts and investment bankers to evaluate financial institutions. We calculate: (a) tangible common equity as total stockholders’ equity, less goodwill and core deposit intangibles, net of accumulated amortization; (b) tangible assets as total assets less goodwill and core deposit intangibles, net of accumulated amortization; and (c) tangible common equity to tangible assets as tangible common equity (as described in clause (a)) divided by tangible assets (as described in clause (b)). For tangible common equity to tangible assets, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP is total stockholders’ equity to total assets.

    We believe that this measure is important to many investors in the marketplace who are interested in the relative changes from period to period in common equity and total assets, in each case, exclusive of changes in core deposit intangibles. Goodwill and other intangible assets have the effect of increasing both total stockholders’ equity and assets while not increasing our tangible common equity or tangible assets.

    The following table reconciles, as of the dates set forth below, total stockholders’ equity to tangible common equity and total assets to tangible assets and presents our tangible common equity to tangible assets:

        As of
        Sep 30, 2024   Jun 30, 2024   Mar 31, 2024   Dec 31, 2023   Sep 30, 2023
        (Dollars in thousands)
    Tangible Common Equity                    
    Total stockholders’ equity   $ 1,608,014     $ 1,548,616     $ 1,538,515     $ 1,531,323     $ 1,491,166  
    Adjustments:                    
    Goodwill     (404,452 )     (404,452 )     (404,452 )     (404,452 )     (404,452 )
    Core deposit intangibles     (21,182 )     (23,619 )     (26,057 )     (28,495 )     (30,933 )
    Tangible common equity   $ 1,182,380     $ 1,120,545     $ 1,108,006     $ 1,098,376     $ 1,055,781  
    Tangible Assets                    
    Total assets   $ 13,042,976     $ 12,684,330     $ 12,708,396     $ 12,394,337     $ 12,346,331  
    Adjustments:                    
    Goodwill     (404,452 )     (404,452 )     (404,452 )     (404,452 )     (404,452 )
    Core deposit intangibles     (21,182 )     (23,619 )     (26,057 )     (28,495 )     (30,933 )
    Tangible Assets   $ 12,617,342     $ 12,256,259     $ 12,277,887     $ 11,961,390     $ 11,910,946  
    Tangible Common Equity to Tangible Assets     9.37 %     9.14 %     9.02 %     9.18 %     8.86 %
                                             

    Return on Average Tangible Common Equity. Return on average tangible common equity is a non-GAAP measure generally used by financial analysts and investment bankers to evaluate financial institutions. We calculate: (a) net income available for common stockholders adjusted for amortization of core deposit intangibles (which we refer to as “return”) as net income, plus amortization of core deposit intangibles, less tax benefit at the statutory rate; (b) average tangible common equity as total average stockholders’ equity less average goodwill and average core deposit intangibles, net of accumulated amortization; and (c) return (as described in clause (a)) divided by average tangible common equity (as described in clause (b)). For return on average tangible common equity, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP is return on average equity.

    We believe that this measure is important to many investors in the marketplace who are interested in the return on common equity, exclusive of the impact of core deposit intangibles. Goodwill and core deposit intangibles have the effect of increasing total stockholders’ equity while not increasing our tangible common equity. This measure is particularly relevant to acquisitive institutions that may have higher balances in goodwill and core deposit intangibles than non-acquisitive institutions.

    The following table reconciles, as of the dates set forth below, average tangible common equity to average common equity and net income available for common stockholders adjusted for amortization of core deposit intangibles, net of taxes to net income and presents our return on average tangible common equity:

        For the Quarter Ended   For the Nine Months Ended
        Sep 30, 2024   Jun 30, 2024   Mar 31, 2024   Dec 31, 2023   Sep 30, 2023   Sep 30, 2024   Sep 30, 2023
        (Dollars in thousands)
    Net income available for common stockholders adjusted for amortization of core deposit intangibles                            
    Net income   $ 31,001     $ 27,202     $ 24,156     $ 3,499     $ 32,621     $ 82,359     $ 104,762  
    Adjustments:                            
    Plus: Amortization of core deposit intangibles     2,438       2,438       2,438       2,438       2,438       7,314       7,314  
    Less: Tax benefit at the statutory rate     512       512       512       512       512       1,536       1,536  
    Net income available for common stockholders adjusted for amortization of core deposit intangibles   $ 32,927     $ 29,128     $ 26,082     $ 5,425     $ 34,547     $ 88,137     $ 110,540  
                                 
    Average Tangible Common Equity                            
    Total average stockholders’ equity   $ 1,583,401     $ 1,541,609     $ 1,533,868     $ 1,510,286     $ 1,508,170     $ 1,553,070     $ 1,498,573  
    Adjustments:                            
    Average goodwill     (404,452 )     (404,452 )     (404,452 )     (404,452 )     (404,452 )     (404,452 )     (404,452 )
    Average core deposit intangibles     (22,789 )     (25,218 )     (27,656 )     (30,093 )     (32,540 )     (25,212 )     (34,939 )
    Average tangible common equity   $ 1,156,160     $ 1,111,939     $ 1,101,760     $ 1,075,741     $ 1,071,178     $ 1,123,406     $ 1,059,182  
    Return on Average Tangible Common Equity (Annualized)     11.33 %     10.54 %     9.52 %     2.00 %     12.80 %     10.48 %     13.95 %
                                                             

    Operating Earnings, Pre-tax, Pre-provision Operating Earnings and performance metrics calculated using Operating Earnings and Pre-tax, Pre-provision Operating Earnings, including Diluted Operating Earnings per Share, Operating Return on Average Assets, Pre-tax, Pre-Provision Operating Return on Average Assets, Pre-tax, Pre-Provision Operating Return on Average Loans, Operating Return on Average Tangible Common Equity and Operating Efficiency Ratio. Operating earnings, pre-tax, pre-provision operating earnings and the performance metrics calculated using these metrics, listed below, are non-GAAP measures used by management to evaluate the Company’s financial performance. We calculate (a) operating earnings as net income plus severance payments, plus loss on sale of debt securities AFS, net, plus M&A expenses less tax impact of adjustments, plus nonrecurring tax adjustments. We calculate (b) diluted operating earnings per share as operating earnings as described in clause (a) divided by weighted average diluted shares outstanding. We calculate (c) pre-tax, pre-provision operating earnings as operating earnings as described in clause (a) plus provision for income taxes, plus provision (benefit) for credit losses and unfunded commitments. We calculate (d) pre-tax, pre-provision operating return on average assets as pre-tax, pre-provision operating earnings as described in clause (a) divided by total average assets. We calculate (e) operating return on average assets as operating earnings as described in clause (a) divided by total average assets. We calculate (f) operating return on average tangible common equity as operating earnings as described in clause (a), adjusted for the amortization of intangibles and tax benefit at the statutory rate, divided by total average tangible common equity (average stockholders’ equity less average goodwill and average core deposit intangibles, net of accumulated amortization). We calculate (g) operating efficiency ratio as noninterest expense plus adjustments to operating noninterest expense divided by noninterest income plus adjustments to operating noninterest income, plus net interest income.

    We believe that these measures and the operating metrics calculated utilizing these measures are important to management and many investors in the marketplace who are interested in understanding the ongoing operating performance of the Company and provide meaningful comparisons to its peers.

    The following tables reconcile, as of the dates set forth below, operating net income and pre-tax, pre-provision operating earnings and related metrics:

        For the Quarter Ended   For the Nine Months Ended
        Sep 30, 2024   Jun 30, 2024   Mar 31, 2024   Dec 31, 2023   Sep 30, 2023   Sep 30, 2024   Sep 30, 2023
        (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
    Operating Earnings                            
    Net income   $ 31,001     $ 27,202     $ 24,156     $ 3,499     $ 32,621     $ 82,359     $ 104,762  
    Plus: Severance payments1     1,487       613       —       —       —       2,100       1,950  
    Plus: Loss on sale of AFS securities, net     —       —       6,304       —       —       6,304       5,321  
    Plus: Equity method investment write-down     —       —       —       29,417       —       —       —  
    Plus: FDIC special assessment     —       134       —       768       —       134       —  
    Operating pre-tax income     32,488       27,949       30,460       33,684       32,621       90,897       112,033  
    Less: Tax impact of adjustments     307       166       1,323       2,059       —       1,796       1,544  
    Plus: Nonrecurring tax adjustments     —       527       —       —       —       527       —  
    Operating earnings   $ 32,181     $ 28,310     $ 29,137     $ 31,625     $ 32,621     $ 89,628     $ 110,489  
                                 
    Weighted average diluted shares outstanding     54,932       54,823       54,842       54,691       54,597       54,866       54,563  
    Diluted EPS   $ 0.56     $ 0.50     $ 0.44     $ 0.06     $ 0.60     $ 1.50     $ 1.92  
    Diluted operating EPS   $ 0.59     $ 0.52     $ 0.53     $ 0.58     $ 0.60     $ 1.63     $ 2.02  

    1 Severance payments relate to certain restructurings made during the periods disclosed.

        For the Quarter Ended   For the Nine Months Ended
        Sep 30, 2024   Jun 30, 2024   Mar 31, 2024   Dec 31, 2023   Sep 30, 2023   Sep 30, 2024   Sep 30, 2023
        (Dollars in thousands)
    Pre-Tax, Pre-Provision Operating Earnings                            
    Net income   $ 31,001     $ 27,202     $ 24,156     $ 3,499     $ 32,621     $ 82,359     $ 104,762  
    Plus: Provision for income taxes     8,067       8,221       7,237       6,004       9,282       23,525       30,019  
    Plus: Provision for credit losses and unfunded commitments     4,000       8,250       5,959       8,000       7,718       18,209       32,471  
    Plus: Severance payments     1,487       613       —       —       —       2,100       1,950  
    Plus: Loss on sale of AFS securities, net     —       —       6,304       —       —       6,304       5,321  
    Plus: Equity method investment write-down     —       —       —       29,417       —       —       —  
    Plus: FDIC special assessment     —       134       —       768       —       134       —  
    Pre-tax, pre-provision operating earnings   $ 44,555     $ 44,420     $ 43,656     $ 47,688     $ 49,621     $ 132,631     $ 174,523  
                                 
    Average total assets   $ 12,861,918     $ 12,578,706     $ 12,336,042     $ 12,306,634     $ 12,259,062     $ 12,593,206     $ 12,274,697  
    Pre-tax, pre-provision operating return on average assets1     1.38 %     1.42 %     1.42 %     1.54 %     1.61 %     1.41 %     1.90 %
                                 
    Average loans   $ 9,661,774     $ 9,765,428     $ 9,563,372     $ 9,581,784     $ 9,625,005     $ 9,663,518     $ 9,594,996  
    Pre-tax, pre-provision operating return on average loans1     1.83 %     1.83 %     1.84 %     1.97 %     2.05 %     1.83 %     2.43 %
                                 
    Average total assets   $ 12,861,918     $ 12,578,706     $ 12,336,042     $ 12,306,634     $ 12,259,062     $ 12,593,206     $ 12,274,697  
    Return on average assets1     0.96 %     0.87 %     0.79 %     0.11 %     1.06 %     0.87 %     1.14 %
    Operating return on average assets1     1.00       0.91       0.95       1.02       1.06       0.95       1.20  
                                 
    Operating earnings adjusted for amortization of core deposit intangibles                            
    Operating earnings   $ 32,181     $ 28,310     $ 29,137     $ 31,625     $ 32,621     $ 89,628     $ 110,489  
    Adjustments:                            
    Plus: Amortization of core deposit intangibles     2,438       2,438       2,438       2,438       2,438       7,314       7,314  
    Less: Tax benefit at the statutory rate     512       512       512       512       512       1,536       1,536  
    Operating earnings adjusted for amortization of core deposit intangibles   $ 34,107     $ 30,236     $ 31,063     $ 33,551     $ 34,547     $ 95,406     $ 116,267  
                                 
    Average Tangible Common Equity                            
    Total average stockholders’ equity   $ 1,583,401     $ 1,541,609     $ 1,533,868     $ 1,510,286     $ 1,508,170     $ 1,553,070     $ 1,498,573  
    Adjustments:                            
    Less: Average goodwill     (404,452 )     (404,452 )     (404,452 )     (404,452 )     (404,452 )     (404,452 )     (404,452 )
    Less: Average core deposit intangibles     (22,789 )     (25,218 )     (27,656 )     (30,093 )     (32,540 )     (25,212 )     (34,939 )
    Average tangible common equity   $ 1,156,160     $ 1,111,939     $ 1,101,760     $ 1,075,741     $ 1,071,178     $ 1,123,406     $ 1,059,182  
    Operating return on average tangible common equity1     11.74 %     10.94 %     11.34 %     12.37 %     12.80 %     11.34 %     14.68 %
                                 
    Efficiency ratio     61.94 %     59.11 %     62.45 %     77.49 %     54.49 %     61.15 %     50.88 %
    Operating efficiency ratio                            
    Net interest income   $ 100,062     $ 96,236     $ 92,806     $ 95,533     $ 99,361     $ 289,104     $ 303,581  
    Noninterest income     13,106       10,578       6,662       (17,792 )     9,674       30,346       36,897  
    Plus: Loss on sale of AFS securities, net     —       —       6,304       —       —       6,304       5,321  
    Plus: Equity method investment write-down     —       —       —       29,417       —       —       —  
    Operating noninterest income     13,106       10,578       12,966       11,625       9,674       36,650       42,218  
    Noninterest expense     70,100       63,141       62,116       60,238       59,414       195,357       173,226  
    Less: FDIC special assessment     —       134       —       768       —       134       —  
    Less: Severance payments     1,487       613       —       —       —       2,100       1,950  
    Operating noninterest expense   $ 68,613     $ 62,394     $ 62,116     $ 59,470     $ 59,414     $ 193,123     $ 171,276  
    Operating efficiency ratio     60.63 %     58.41 %     58.73 %     55.50 %     54.49 %     59.28 %     49.53 %

    1 Annualized ratio for quarterly metrics.

    The MIL Network –

    January 24, 2025
  • MIL-OSI: First Busey Corporation Announces 2024 Third Quarter Earnings

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    CHAMPAIGN, Ill., Oct. 22, 2024 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — First Busey Corporation (Nasdaq: BUSE)

     Net Income of $32.0 million
    Diluted EPS of $0.55


    THIRD QUARTER 2024 HIGHLIGHTS

    • Adjusted net income1 of $33.5 million, or $0.58 per diluted common share
    • Noninterest income of $36.0 million, or 30.5% of operating revenue1
    • Record high quarterly revenue for the Wealth Management operating segment
    • Tangible book value per common share1 of $18.19 at September 30, 2024, compared to $16.97 at June 30, 2024, and $15.07 at September 30, 2023, a year-over-year increase of 20.7%
    • Tangible common equity1 increased to 8.96% of tangible assets at September 30, 2024, compared to 8.36% at June 30, 2024, and 7.06% at September 30, 2023
    • Announced transformative partnership with CrossFirst Bankshares

    For additional information, please refer to the 3Q24 Earnings Investor Presentation.

    MESSAGE FROM OUR CHAIRMAN & CEO

    Third Quarter Financial Results

    Net income for First Busey Corporation (“Busey,” “Company,” “we,” “us,” or “our”) was $32.0 million for the third quarter of 2024, or $0.55 per diluted common share, compared to $27.4 million, or $0.47 per diluted common share, for the second quarter of 2024, and $30.7 million, or $0.54 per diluted common share, for the third quarter of 2023. Adjusted net income1, which excludes the impact of acquisition and restructuring expenses, was $33.5 million, or $0.58 per diluted common share, for the third quarter of 2024, compared to $29.0 million, or $0.50 per diluted common share, for the second quarter of 2024 and $30.7 million or $0.55 per diluted common share for the third quarter of 2023. Annualized return on average assets and annualized return on average tangible common equity1 were 1.06% and 12.80%, respectively, for the third quarter of 2024. Annualized adjusted return on average assets1 and annualized adjusted return on average tangible common equity1 were 1.11% and 13.41%, respectively, for the third quarter of 2024.

    Third quarter results included $0.8 million in net securities gains, nearly all of which were unrealized, as well as immaterial follow-on adjustments from the mortgage servicing rights sale previously announced in the first quarter of 2024. Excluding these items, adjusted noninterest income1 was $35.1 million, or 29.9% of operating revenue1, during the third quarter of 2024, compared to $33.9 million, or 29.1% of operating revenue, for the second quarter of 2024 and $31.3 million, or 28.7% of operating revenue, for the third quarter of 2023. Further adjusted net income1 was $32.9 million for the third quarter of 2024 with these items excluded, equating to further adjusted earnings1 of $0.57 per diluted common share.

    Pre-provision net revenue1 was $41.7 million for the third quarter of 2024, compared to $41.1 million for the second quarter of 2024 and $38.1 million for the third quarter of 2023. Pre-provision net revenue to average assets1 was 1.38% for the third quarter of 2024, compared to 1.37% for the second quarter of 2024, and 1.24% for the third quarter of 2023. Adjusted pre-provision net revenue1 was $44.1 million for the third quarter of 2024, compared to $42.6 million for the second quarter of 2024 and $40.5 million for the third quarter of 2023. Adjusted pre-provision net revenue to average assets1 was 1.46% for the third quarter of 2024, compared to 1.42% for the second quarter of 2024 and 1.32% for the third quarter of 2023.

    Our fee-based businesses continue to add revenue diversification. Total noninterest income was $36.0 million for the third quarter of 2024, compared to $33.8 million for the second quarter of 2024 and $31.0 million for the third quarter of 2023. Busey’s Wealth Management and FirsTech operating segments contributed $16.2 million and $5.6 million, respectively, to our noninterest income for the third quarter of 2024, representing 60.4% of noninterest income on a combined basis.

    Busey views certain non-operating items, including acquisition-related expenses and restructuring charges, as adjustments to net income reported under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). Non-operating pretax adjustments for acquisition and restructuring expenses1 were $1.9 million in the third quarter of 2024. Busey believes that its non-GAAP measures (which are identified with the endnote labeled as 1) facilitate the assessment of its financial results and peer comparability. For more information and a reconciliation of these non-GAAP measures in tabular form, see “Non-GAAP Financial Information“.

    We remain deliberate in our efforts to prudently manage our expense base and operating efficiency given the economic outlook. Noninterest expense was $75.9 million in the third quarter of 2024, compared to $75.5 million in the second quarter of 2024 and $70.9 million in the third quarter of 2023. Adjusted core expense1, which excludes the amortization of intangible assets and new markets tax credits, acquisition and restructuring expenses, and the provision for unfunded commitments, was $71.0 million in the third quarter of 2024, compared to $71.1 million in the second quarter of 2024 and $66.0 million in the third quarter of 2023. The year-over-year comparable period growth in adjusted core expense can be attributed primarily to the acquisition of M&M and general inflationary pressures on compensation and benefits and to a lesser extent certain other expense categories.

    Quarterly pre-tax expense synergies resulting from our acquisition of Merchants and Manufacturers Bank Corporation (the “M&M acquisition”) are anticipated to be $1.6 million to $1.7 million per quarter when fully realized. Quarterly run-rate savings are projected to be achieved by the first quarter of 2025. During the third quarter of 2024, we achieved approximately 79% of the full quarterly savings. We expect to continue to prudently manage our expenses and to realize increased rates of M&M acquisition synergies during the final quarter of 2024.

    Planned Partnership with CrossFirst

    On August 26, 2024, Busey and CrossFirst Bankshares, Inc. (“CrossFirst”) entered into an agreement and plan of merger (the “merger agreement”) pursuant to which CrossFirst will merge with and into Busey (the “merger”) and CrossFirst’s wholly-owned subsidiary, CrossFirst Bank, will merge with and into Busey Bank. This partnership will create a premier commercial bank in the Midwest, Southwest, and Florida, with 77 full-service locations across 10 states—Arizona, Colorado, Florida, Illinois, Indiana, Kansas, Missouri, New Mexico, Oklahoma, and Texas—and approximately $20 billion in combined assets, $17 billion in total deposits, $15 billion in total loans, and $14 billion in wealth assets under care.

    Under the terms of the merger agreement, CrossFirst stockholders will have the right to receive for each share of CrossFirst common stock 0.6675 of a share of Busey’s common stock. Upon completion of the transaction, Busey’s stockholders will own approximately 63.5% of the combined company and CrossFirst’s stockholders will own approximately 36.5% of the combined company, on a fully-diluted basis. Busey common stock will continue to trade on the Nasdaq under the “BUSE” stock ticker symbol.

    Completion of the merger is subject to customary closing conditions, including the approval of both Busey and CrossFirst stockholders and the regulatory approvals for the merger and the bank merger. With approvals, the parties expect to close the merger in the first or second quarter of 2025. The combined holding company will continue to operate under the First Busey Corporation name and the combined bank will operate under the Busey Bank name. It is anticipated that CrossFirst Bank will merge with and into Busey Bank in mid-2025. At the time of the bank merger, CrossFirst Bank locations will become banking centers of Busey Bank. In connection with the merger, Busey incurred one-time pretax acquisition-related expenses of $1.3 million during the third quarter of 2024.

    For further details on the merger, see Busey’s Current Report on Form 8‑K announcing the merger, which was filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on August 27, 2024.

    Busey’s Conservative Banking Strategy

    Busey’s financial strength is built on a long-term conservative operating approach. That focus will not change now or in the future.

    The quality of our core deposit franchise is a critical value driver of our institution. Our granular deposit base continues to position us well, with core deposits1 representing 96.5% of our deposits as of September 30, 2024. Our retail deposit base was comprised of more than 253,000 accounts with an average balance of $22 thousand and an average tenure of 16.7 years as of September 30, 2024. Our commercial deposit base was comprised of more than 33,000 accounts with an average balance of $97 thousand and an average tenure of 12.6 years as of September 30, 2024. We estimate that 29% of our deposits were uninsured and uncollateralized2 as of September 30, 2024, and we have sufficient on- and off-balance sheet liquidity to manage deposit fluctuations and the liquidity needs of our customers.

    Asset quality remains strong by both Busey’s historical and current industry trends. Non-performing assets decreased to $8.3 million during the third quarter of 2024, representing 0.07% of total assets. Busey’s results for the third quarter of 2024 include an insignificant provision expense for credit losses and a $0.4 million provision expense for unfunded commitments. The allowance for credit losses was $85.0 million as of September 30, 2024, representing 1.09% of total portfolio loans outstanding, and providing coverage of 10.34 times our non-performing loan balance. Busey recorded net charge-offs of $0.2 million in the third quarter of 2024. As of September 30, 2024, our commercial real estate loan portfolio of investor-owned office properties within Central Business District3 areas was minimal at $2.1 million. Our credit performance continues to reflect our highly diversified, conservatively underwritten loan portfolio, which has been originated predominantly to established customers with tenured relationships with our company.

    The strength of our balance sheet is also reflected in our capital foundation. In the third quarter of 2024, our Common Equity Tier 1 ratio4 was 13.78% and our Total Capital to Risk Weighted Assets ratio4 was 18.19%. Our regulatory capital ratios continue to provide a buffer of more than $580 million above levels required to be designated well-capitalized. Our Tangible Common Equity ratio1 increased to 8.96% during the third quarter of 2024, compared to 8.36% for the second quarter of 2024 and 7.06% for the third quarter of 2023. Busey’s tangible book value per common share1 increased to $18.19 at September 30, 2024, from $16.97 at June 30, 2024, and $15.07 at September 30, 2023, reflecting a 20.7% year-over-year increase. During the third quarter of 2024, we paid a common share dividend of $0.24.

    Community Banking

    In July 2024—based on their community involvement and academic achievements—Busey awarded 10 deserving students from across Busey’s footprint in Illinois, Missouri, Florida, and Indiana, a $2,500 scholarship to support their continuing education and bright futures. With 70 applications received, and a record number of eligible applicants, the students with the top scores, as determined by Busey’s Scholarship Committee, averaged a 4.16 GPA. Since the inception of the Busey Bank Bridge Scholarship program in 2022, Busey has awarded 30 scholarships to deserving students for a total $75,000. Full details on the scholarship’s eligibility criteria and application process can be found at https://www.busey.com/busey/busey-bank-bridge-scholarship.

    As we build upon Busey’s forward momentum and our strategic growth plans, we are grateful for the opportunities to consistently earn the business of our customers, based on the contributions of our talented associates and the continued support of our loyal shareholders. With our strong capital position, an attractive core funding base, and a sound credit foundation, we remain confident that we are well positioned as we move into the final quarter of 2024 and into 2025. We are mindful of the evolving economic outlook and remain focused on balance sheet strength, profitability, and growth, in that order. The pending CrossFirst transaction fits with our acquisition strategy and we are excited to welcome our CrossFirst colleagues into the Busey family.

        Van A. Dukeman
        Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
        First Busey Corporation
     
    SELECTED FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS (unaudited)
    (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
                       
      Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
      September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
      September 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    EARNINGS & PER SHARE AMOUNTS                  
    Net income $ 32,004     $ 27,357     $ 30,666     $ 85,586     $ 96,816  
    Diluted earnings per common share   0.55       0.47       0.54       1.49       1.72  
    Cash dividends paid per share   0.24       0.24       0.24       0.72       0.72  
    Pre-provision net revenue1, 2   41,744       41,051       38,139       129,168       125,593  
    Operating revenue2   117,688       116,311       109,084       343,676       336,146  
                       
    Net income by operating segment:                  
    Banking   33,221       26,697       31,189       86,410       98,689  
    FirsTech   (61 )     28       317       53       505  
    Wealth Management   5,618       5,561       4,781       16,177       14,571  
                       
    AVERAGE BALANCES                  
    Cash and cash equivalents $ 502,127     $ 346,381     $ 252,730     $ 480,979     $ 237,370  
    Investment securities   2,666,269       2,737,313       3,148,759       2,769,862       3,254,054  
    Loans held for sale   11,539       9,353       2,267       8,585       1,955  
    Portfolio loans   7,869,798       8,010,636       7,834,285       7,826,741       7,767,378  
    Interest-earning assets   10,936,611       10,993,907       11,118,167       10,976,660       11,142,780  
    Total assets   12,007,702       12,089,692       12,202,783       12,040,414       12,225,232  
                       
    Noninterest-bearing deposits   2,706,858       2,816,293       2,925,244       2,743,777       3,082,884  
    Interest-bearing deposits   7,296,921       7,251,582       7,217,463       7,292,884       6,886,277  
    Total deposits   10,003,779       10,067,875       10,142,707       10,036,661       9,969,161  
                       
    Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase   132,688       144,370       190,112       151,835       207,014  
    Interest-bearing liabilities   7,731,459       7,725,832       7,864,355       7,762,867       7,748,218  
    Total liabilities   10,643,325       10,757,877       10,994,376       10,716,295       11,029,374  
    Stockholders’ equity – common   1,364,377       1,331,815       1,208,407       1,324,119       1,195,858  
    Tangible common equity2   994,657       955,591       850,382       957,788       835,204  
                       
    PERFORMANCE RATIOS                  
    Pre-provision net revenue to average assets1, 2, 3   1.38 %     1.37 %     1.24 %     1.43 %     1.37 %
    Return on average assets3   1.06 %     0.91 %     1.00 %     0.95 %     1.06 %
    Return on average common equity3   9.33 %     8.26 %     10.07 %     8.63 %     10.82 %
    Return on average tangible common equity2, 3   12.80 %     11.51 %     14.31 %     11.94 %     15.50 %
    Net interest margin2, 4   3.02 %     3.03 %     2.80 %     2.94 %     2.93 %
    Efficiency ratio2   62.15 %     62.32 %     62.38 %     60.87 %     59.97 %
    Adjusted noninterest income to operating revenue2   29.86 %     29.13 %     28.69 %     29.95 %     27.91 %
                       
    NON-GAAP FINANCIAL INFORMATION                  
    Adjusted pre-provision net revenue1, 2 $ 44,104     $ 42,617     $ 40,491     $ 125,359     $ 132,067  
    Adjusted net income2   33,533       29,016       30,730       89,080       96,889  
    Adjusted diluted earnings per share2   0.58       0.50       0.55       1.55       1.72  
    Adjusted pre-provision net revenue to average assets2, 3   1.46 %     1.42 %     1.32 %     1.39 %     1.44 %
    Adjusted return on average assets2, 3   1.11 %     0.97 %     1.00 %     0.99 %     1.06 %
    Adjusted return on average tangible common equity2, 3   13.41 %     12.21 %     14.34 %     12.42 %     15.51 %
    Adjusted net interest margin2, 4   2.97 %     3.00 %     2.79 %     2.92 %     2.91 %
    Adjusted efficiency ratio2   60.50 %     60.57 %     62.31 %     60.91 %     59.95 %

    ___________________________________________

    1. Net interest income plus noninterest income, excluding securities gains and losses, less noninterest expense.
    2. See “Non-GAAP Financial Information” for reconciliation.
    3. For quarterly periods, measures are annualized.
    4. On a tax-equivalent basis, assuming a federal income tax rate of 21%.
     
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (unaudited)
    (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
     
      As of
      September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    ASSETS          
    Cash and cash equivalents $ 553,709     $ 285,269     $ 337,919  
    Debt securities available for sale   1,818,117       1,829,896       2,182,841  
    Debt securities held to maturity   838,883       851,261       882,614  
    Equity securities   10,315       9,618       8,782  
    Loans held for sale   11,523       11,286       3,051  
               
    Commercial loans   5,631,281       5,799,214       5,824,800  
    Retail real estate and retail other loans   2,177,816       2,199,698       2,031,360  
    Portfolio loans   7,809,097       7,998,912       7,856,160  
               
    Allowance for credit losses   (84,981 )     (85,226 )     (91,710 )
    Premises and equipment   120,279       121,647       122,538  
    Right of use asset   11,100       11,137       11,500  
    Goodwill and other intangible assets, net   368,249       370,580       356,343  
    Other assets   530,548       567,036       588,212  
    Total assets $ 11,986,839     $ 11,971,416     $ 12,258,250  
               
    LIABILITIES & STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY          
    Liabilities          
    Deposits:          
    Noninterest-bearing deposits $ 2,683,543     $ 2,832,776     $ 2,918,574  
    Interest-bearing checking, savings, and money market deposits   5,739,773       5,619,470       5,747,136  
    Time deposits   1,519,925       1,523,889       1,666,652  
    Total deposits   9,943,241       9,976,135       10,332,362  
               
    Securities sold under agreements to repurchase   128,429       140,283       183,702  
    Short-term borrowings   —       —       12,000  
    Long-term debt   227,482       227,245       243,666  
    Junior subordinated debt owed to unconsolidated trusts   74,754       74,693       71,946  
    Lease liability   11,470       11,469       11,783  
    Other liabilities   198,579       207,781       212,633  
    Total liabilities   10,583,955       10,637,606       11,068,092  
               
    Stockholders’ equity          
    Retained earnings   279,868       261,820       224,698  
    Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)   (170,913 )     (220,326 )     (290,730 )
    Other1   1,293,929       1,292,316       1,256,190  
    Total stockholders’ equity   1,402,884       1,333,810       1,190,158  
    Total liabilities & stockholders’ equity $ 11,986,839     $ 11,971,416     $ 12,258,250  
               
    SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS          
    Book value per common share $ 24.67     $ 23.50     $ 21.51  
    Tangible book value per common share2 $ 18.19     $ 16.97     $ 15.07  
    Ending number of common shares outstanding   56,872,241       56,746,937       55,342,017  

    ___________________________________________

    1. Net balance of common stock ($0.001 par value), additional paid-in capital, and treasury stock.
    2. See “Non-GAAP Financial Information” for reconciliation.
     
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (unaudited)
    (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
                       
      Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
      September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
      September 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    INTEREST INCOME                  
    Interest and fees on loans $ 111,336     $ 109,641     $ 99,844     $ 320,302     $ 284,423  
    Interest and dividends on investment securities   18,072       19,173       21,234       57,182       62,360  
    Other interest income   5,092       3,027       1,591       14,590       3,890  
    Total interest income $ 134,500     $ 131,841     $ 122,669     $ 392,074     $ 350,673  
                       
    INTEREST EXPENSE                  
    Deposits $ 46,634     $ 43,709     $ 37,068     $ 134,311     $ 78,576  
    Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase   981       1,040       1,327       3,393       3,772  
    Short-term borrowings   26       418       1,964       676       12,527  
    Long-term debt   3,181       3,181       3,528       9,767       10,631  
    Junior subordinated debt owed to unconsolidated trusts   1,137       1,059       991       3,185       2,849  
    Total interest expense $ 51,959     $ 49,407     $ 44,878     $ 151,332     $ 108,355  
                       
    Net interest income $ 82,541     $ 82,434     $ 77,791     $ 240,742     $ 242,318  
    Provision for credit losses   2       2,277       364       7,317       1,944  
    Net interest income after provision for credit losses $ 82,539     $ 80,157     $ 77,427     $ 233,425     $ 240,374  
                       
    NONINTEREST INCOME                  
    Wealth management fees $ 15,378     $ 15,917     $ 14,235     $ 46,844     $ 43,594  
    Fees for customer services   8,168       7,798       7,502       23,022       21,560  
    Payment technology solutions   5,265       5,915       5,226       16,889       15,772  
    Mortgage revenue   355       478       311       1,579       871  
    Income on bank owned life insurance   1,189       1,442       1,001       4,050       3,682  
    Realized net gains (losses) on the sale of mortgage servicing rights   (18 )     277       —       7,724       —  
    Net securities gains (losses)   822       (353 )     (285 )     (5,906 )     (2,960 )
    Other noninterest income   4,792       2,327       3,018       10,550       8,349  
    Total noninterest income $ 35,951     $ 33,801     $ 31,008     $ 104,752     $ 90,868  
                       
    NONINTEREST EXPENSE                  
    Salaries, wages, and employee benefits $ 44,593     $ 43,478     $ 39,677     $ 130,161     $ 119,867  
    Data processing expense   6,910       7,100       5,930       20,560       17,472  
    Net occupancy expense of premises   4,633       4,590       4,594       13,943       13,896  
    Furniture and equipment expense   1,647       1,695       1,638       5,155       5,065  
    Professional fees   3,118       2,495       1,542       7,866       4,573  
    Amortization of intangible assets   2,548       2,629       2,555       7,586       7,953  
    Interchange expense   1,352       1,733       1,786       4,696       5,509  
    FDIC insurance   1,413       1,460       1,475       4,273       4,483  
    Other noninterest expense   9,712       10,357       11,748       27,992       31,735  
    Total noninterest expense $ 75,926     $ 75,537     $ 70,945     $ 222,232     $ 210,553  
                       
    Income before income taxes $ 42,564     $ 38,421     $ 37,490     $ 115,945     $ 120,689  
    Income taxes   10,560       11,064       6,824       30,359       23,873  
    Net income $ 32,004     $ 27,357     $ 30,666     $ 85,586     $ 96,816  
                       
    SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS                  
    Basic earnings per common share $ 0.56     $ 0.48     $ 0.55     $ 1.52     $ 1.75  
    Diluted earnings per common share $ 0.55     $ 0.47     $ 0.54     $ 1.49     $ 1.72  
    Average common shares outstanding   57,033,359       56,919,025       55,486,700       56,458,430       55,441,980  
    Diluted average common shares outstanding   57,967,848       57,853,231       56,315,492       57,411,299       56,230,624  
                                           

    BALANCE SHEET STRENGTH

    Our balance sheet remains a source of strength. Total assets were $11.99 billion as of September 30, 2024, compared to $11.97 billion as of June 30, 2024, and $12.26 billion as of September 30, 2023.

    We remain steadfast in our conservative approach to underwriting and disciplined approach to pricing, particularly given our outlook for the economy in the coming quarters, and this approach has impacted loan growth as predicted. Portfolio loans totaled $7.81 billion at September 30, 2024, compared to $8.00 billion at June 30, 2024, and $7.86 billion at September 30, 2023.

    Average portfolio loans were $7.87 billion for the third quarter of 2024, compared to $8.01 billion for the second quarter of 2024 and $7.83 billion for the third quarter of 2023. Average interest-earning assets were $10.94 billion for the third quarter of 2024, compared to $10.99 billion for the second quarter of 2024, and $11.12 billion for the third quarter of 2023.

    Total deposits were $9.94 billion at September 30, 2024, compared to $9.98 billion at June 30, 2024, and $10.33 billion at September 30, 2023. Average deposits were $10.00 billion for the third quarter of 2024, compared to $10.07 billion for the second quarter of 2024 and $10.14 billion for the third quarter of 2023. Deposit fluctuations over the last several quarters were driven by a number of elements, including (1) seasonal factors, including ordinary course public fund flows and fluctuations in the normal course of business operations of certain core commercial customers, (2) the macroeconomic environment, including prevailing interest rates and inflationary pressures, (3) depositors moving some funds to accounts at competitors offering above-market rates, and (4) deposits moving within the Busey ecosystem between deposit accounts and our wealth management group. Core deposits1 accounted for 96.5% of total deposits as of September 30, 2024. Cost of deposits was 1.85% in the third quarter of 2024, which represents an increase of 10 basis points from the second quarter of 2024. Excluding time deposits, Busey’s cost of deposits was 1.50% in the third quarter of 2024, an increase of 14 basis points from the second quarter of 2024. Non-maturity deposit cost of funds has increased as Busey Bank continues to offer savings account specials to customers with larger account balances, with the intention of migrating maturing CDs to these managed rate products. Pressure on non-interest bearing deposits along with some elevated balances of higher rate seasonal business and public funds accounts also contributed to increases in overall deposit funding cost during the quarter. Spot rates on total deposit costs, including noninterest bearing deposits, increased by 5 basis points from 1.75% at June 30, 2024, to 1.80% at September 30, 2024. Spot rates on interest bearing deposits increased by 1 basis point from 2.45% at June 30, 2024 to 2.46% at September 30, 2024.

    There were no short term borrowings as of September 30 or June 30, 2024, compared to $12.0 million at September 30, 2023. We had no borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) at the end of the third quarter of 2024, the second quarter of 2024, or the third quarter of 2023. We have sufficient on- and off-balance sheet liquidity5 to manage deposit fluctuations and the liquidity needs of our customers. As of September 30, 2024, our available sources of on- and off-balance sheet liquidity totaled $6.37 billion. We have executed various deposit campaigns to attract term funding and savings accounts at a lower rate than our marginal cost of funds. New certificate of deposit production in the third quarter of 2024 had a weighted average term of 8.1 months at a rate of 4.18%, 67 basis points below our average marginal wholesale equivalent-term funding cost during the quarter. Furthermore, our balance sheet liquidity profile continues to be aided by the cash flows we expect from our relatively short-duration securities portfolio. Those cash flows were approximately $81.1 million in the third quarter of 2024. For the remainder of 2024, cash flows from our securities portfolio are expected to be approximately $97.1 million with a current book yield of 2.18%.

    ASSET QUALITY

    Credit quality continues to be strong. Loans 30-89 days past due totaled $10.1 million as of September 30, 2024, compared to $23.5 million as of June 30, 2024, and $5.9 million as of September 30, 2023. The decrease in loans that were 30-89 days past due is primarily attributable to a single commercial real estate loan in the second quarter that is no longer past due as of September 30, 2024. Non-performing loans were $8.2 million as of September 30, 2024, compared to $9.1 million as of June 30, 2024, and $12.0 million as of September 30, 2023. Continued disciplined credit management resulted in non-performing loans as a percentage of portfolio loans of 0.11% as of both September 30, 2024, and June 30, 2024, and 0.15% as of September 30, 2023. Non-performing assets were 0.07% of total assets for the third quarter of 2024, compared to 0.08% for the second quarter of 2024 and 0.10% for the third quarter of 2023. Our total classified assets were $89.0 million at September 30, 2024, compared to $95.8 million at June 30, 2024, and $59.6 million at September 30, 2023. Our ratio of classified assets to estimated bank Tier 1 capital4 and reserves remains low by historical standards, at 5.9% as of September 30, 2024, compared to 6.4% as of June 30, 2024, and 4.1% as of September 30, 2023.

    Net charge-offs were $0.2 million for the third quarter of 2024, compared to $9.9 million for the second quarter of 2024, and $0.3 million for the third quarter of 2023. Charge-offs in the second quarter of 2024 were primarily in connection with a single commercial and industrial credit relationship that also experienced a partial charge-off during the first quarter of 2024. The allowance as a percentage of portfolio loans was 1.09% as of September 30, 2024, compared to 1.07% as of June 30, 2024, and 1.17% as of September 30, 2023. The ratio was impacted in 2024 by the acquisition of M&M’s Life Equity Loan® portfolio, as Busey did not record an allowance for credit loss for these loans due to no expected credit loss at default, as permitted under the practical expedient provided within the Accounting Standards Codification 326-20-35-6. The allowance coverage for non-performing loans was 10.34 times as of September 30, 2024, compared to 9.36 times as of June 30, 2024, and 7.64 times as of September 30, 2023.

    Busey maintains a well-diversified loan portfolio and, as a matter of policy and practice, limits concentration exposure in any particular loan segment.

     
    ASSET QUALITY (unaudited)
    (dollars in thousands)
               
      As of
      September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    Total assets $ 11,986,839     $ 11,971,416     $ 12,258,250  
    Portfolio loans   7,809,097       7,998,912       7,856,160  
    Loans 30 – 89 days past due   10,141       23,463       5,934  
    Non-performing loans:          
    Non-accrual loans   8,192       8,393       11,298  
    Loans 90+ days past due and still accruing   25       712       709  
    Non-performing loans $ 8,217     $ 9,105     $ 12,007  
    Non-performing loans, segregated by geography:          
    Illinois / Indiana $ 3,981     $ 5,793     $ 7,951  
    Missouri   3,530       3,089       3,747  
    Florida   706       222       309  
    Other non-performing assets   64       90       96  
    Non-performing assets $ 8,281     $ 9,195     $ 12,103  
               
    Allowance for credit losses $ 84,981     $ 85,226     $ 91,710  
               
    RATIOS          
    Non-performing loans to portfolio loans   0.11 %     0.11 %     0.15 %
    Non-performing assets to total assets   0.07 %     0.08 %     0.10 %
    Non-performing assets to portfolio loans and other non-performing assets   0.11 %     0.11 %     0.15 %
    Allowance for credit losses to portfolio loans   1.09 %     1.07 %     1.17 %
    Coverage ratio of the allowance for credit losses to non-performing loans 10.34 x   9.36 x   7.64 x
    NET CHARGE-OFFS (RECOVERIES) AND PROVISION EXPENSE (RELEASE) (unaudited)
    (dollars in thousands)
                       
      Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
      September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
      September 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    Net charge-offs (recoveries) $ 247     $ 9,856     $ 293     $ 15,319     $ 1,842  
    Provision expense (release)   2       2,277       364       7,317       1,944  
                                           

    NET INTEREST MARGIN AND NET INTEREST INCOME

    Net interest margin1 was 3.02% for the third quarter of 2024, compared to 3.03% for the second quarter of 2024 and 2.80% for the third quarter of 2023. Excluding purchase accounting accretion, adjusted net interest margin1 was 2.97% for the third quarter of 2024, compared to 3.00% in the second quarter of 2024 and 2.79% in the third quarter of 2023. Net interest income was $82.5 million in the third quarter of 2024, compared to $82.4 million in the second quarter of 2024 and $77.8 million in the third quarter of 2023.

    After raising federal funds rates by a total of 525 basis points between March 2022 and July 2023, the Federal Open Market Committee (“FOMC”) lowered rates by 50 basis points in September 2024. In anticipation of the FOMC pivot to an easing cycle, we limited our exposure to term funding structures and intentionally priced savings specials to encourage maturing CD balances to migrate to managed rate non-maturity products. During September we began lowering rates on special priced deposit accounts and other managed rate products to benefit from the FOMC rate cuts. In addition, approximately 6% of our deposit portfolio is indexed and immediately repriced with the rate cuts by the FOMC. With our short duration CD balances comprising only 15% of the deposit funding base, we also have the ability to quickly reprice the book at lower market rates. We continue to offer CD specials with shorter term structures as well as offering attractive premium savings rates to encourage rotation of maturing CD deposits into nimble pricing products. Components of the 1 basis point decrease in net interest margin1 during the third quarter of 2024 include:

    • Increased cash and securities portfolio yield contributed +3 basis points
    • Increased loan portfolio and held for sale loan yields contributed +2 basis points
    • Increased purchase accounting contributed +2 basis points
    • Reduced borrowing expense +2 basis points
    • Reduced time deposit funding costs contributed +1 basis point
    • Increased non-maturity deposit funding costs contributed -11 basis points

    Based on our most recent Asset Liability Management Committee (“ALCO”) model, a +100 basis point parallel rate shock is expected to increase net interest income by 2.1% over the subsequent twelve-month period. Busey continues to evaluate off-balance sheet hedging and balance sheet restructuring strategies as well as embedding rate protection in our asset originations to provide stabilization to net interest income in lower rate environments. Time deposit and savings specials have provided funding flows, and we had excess earning cash during the third quarter of 2024. Since the onset of the current FOMC tightening cycle that began in the first quarter of 2022, our cumulative interest-bearing non-maturity deposit beta peaked at 41%. Our total deposit beta for the completed tightening cycle was 34%. Deposit betas were calculated based on an average federal funds rate of 5.43% during the third quarter of 2024. The average federal funds rate decreased by 7 basis points compared to the average rate of 5.50% in the second quarter of 2024.

    NONINTEREST INCOME

    Noninterest income was $36.0 million for the third quarter of 2024, as compared to $33.8 million for the second quarter of 2024 and $31.0 million for the third quarter of 2023. Excluding the impact of net securities gains and losses and immaterial follow-on adjustments from the previously announced mortgage servicing rights sale, adjusted noninterest income1 was $35.1 million, or 29.9% of operating revenue1, during the third quarter of 2024, $33.9 million, or 29.1% of operating revenue, for the second quarter of 2024, and $31.3 million, or 28.7% of operating revenue, for the third quarter of 2023.

    Consolidated wealth management fees were $15.4 million for the third quarter of 2024, compared to $15.9 million for the second quarter of 2024 and $14.2 million for the third quarter of 2023. Wealth management fees for the third quarter of 2024 declined by 3.4% compared to the second quarter of 2024 primarily based on seasonal tax preparation fees. On a segment basis, Wealth Management generated $16.2 million in revenue during the third quarter of 2024, a 12.7% increase over revenue of $14.4 million for the third quarter of 2023. Approximately $0.8 million of revenue attributed to the wealth segment is reported on a consolidated basis as part of other noninterest income. Third quarter of 2024 results marked a new record high reported quarterly revenue for the Wealth Management operating segment. The Wealth Management operating segment generated net income of $5.6 million in both the third quarter of 2024 and the second quarter of 2024, compared to $4.8 million in the third quarter of 2023. Busey’s Wealth Management division ended the third quarter of 2024 with $13.69 billion in assets under care, compared to $13.02 billion at the end of the second quarter of 2024 and $11.55 billion at the end of the third quarter of 2023. Our portfolio management team continues to focus on long-term returns and managing risk in the face of volatile markets and has outperformed its blended benchmark6 over the last three and five years.

    Payment technology solutions revenue was $5.3 million for the third quarter of 2024, compared to $5.9 million for the second quarter of 2024 and $5.2 million for the third quarter of 2023. Excluding intracompany eliminations, the FirsTech operating segment generated revenue of $5.6 million during the third quarter of 2024, compared to $6.2 million in the second quarter of 2024 and $5.7 million in the third quarter of 2023.

    Noninterest income generated from our Wealth Management and FirsTech operating segments comprised 60.4% of our total noninterest income for the quarter ended September 30, 2024, providing a balance to spread-based revenue from traditional banking activities.

    Fees for customer services were $8.2 million for the third quarter of 2024, compared to $7.8 million in the second quarter of 2024 and $7.5 million in the third quarter of 2023.

    Net securities gains were $0.8 million for the third quarter of 2024, comprised primarily of unrealized gains on equity securities.

    Other noninterest income was $4.8 million in the third quarter of 2024, compared to $2.3 million in the second quarter of 2024 and $3.0 million in the third quarter of 2023. Revenue associated with certain wealth management activities reported as other noninterest income on a consolidated basis was $0.8 million for the third quarter of 2024, compared to $0.2 million for the second quarter of 2024 and $0.1 million for the third quarter of 2023. Fluctuations in other noninterest income are primarily attributable to increases in venture capital investments, referral fees, and swap origination fees, partially offset by decreases in commercial loan sales gains. Increases for the year also reflect the addition of Life Equity Loan® servicing income beginning in the second quarter of 2024.

    OPERATING EFFICIENCY

    Noninterest expense was $75.9 million in the third quarter of 2024, compared to $75.5 million in the second quarter of 2024 and $70.9 million for the third quarter of 2023. The efficiency ratio1 was 62.1% for the third quarter of 2024, compared to 62.3% for the second quarter of 2024, and 62.4% for the third quarter of 2023. Adjusted core expense1 was $71.0 million in the third quarter of 2024, compared to $71.1 million in the second quarter of 2024 and $66.0 million in the third quarter of 2023. The adjusted core efficiency ratio1 was 60.2% for the third quarter of 2024, compared to 60.9% for the second quarter of 2024, and 60.2% for the third quarter of 2023. We expect to continue to prudently manage our expenses and to realize increased rates of M&M acquisition synergies during the final quarter of 2024.

    Noteworthy components of noninterest expense are as follows:

    • Salaries, wages, and employee benefits expenses were $44.6 million in the third quarter of 2024, compared to $43.5 million in the second quarter of 2024 and $39.7 million in the third quarter of 2023. Busey recorded $0.1 million of non-operating salaries, wages, and employee benefit expenses in the third quarter of 2024, compared to $1.1 million in the second quarter of 2024 and none in the third quarter of 2023. The increase in the third quarter of 2024 over the second quarter of 2024 was primarily attributable to performance metrics tied to bonus and equity compensation. Our associate-base consisted of 1,510 full-time equivalents as of September 30, 2024, compared to 1,520 as of June 30, 2024, and 1,484 as of September 30, 2023. The increase in our associate-base in the second quarter of 2024 was largely due to the M&M acquisition.
    • Data processing expense was $6.9 million in the third quarter of 2024, compared to $7.1 million in the second quarter of 2024 and $5.9 million in the third quarter of 2023. Busey recorded $0.1 million of non-operating data processing expenses in the third quarter of 2024, compared to $0.3 million in the second quarter of 2024 and none in the third quarter of 2023. Busey has continued to make investments in technology enhancements and has also experienced inflation-driven price increases.
    • Professional fees were $3.1 million in the third quarter of 2024, compared to $2.5 million in the second quarter of 2024 and $1.5 million in the third quarter of 2023. Busey recorded $1.4 million of non-operating professional fees in the third quarter of 2024, as compared to $0.4 million in the second quarter of 2024 and $0.1 million in the third quarter of 2023.
    • Other noninterest expense was $9.7 million for the third quarter of 2024, compared to $10.4 million in the second quarter of 2024 and $11.7 million in the third quarter of 2023. Busey recorded $0.4 million of non-operating costs in other noninterest expense in the third quarter of 2024, compared to $0.3 million in the second quarter of 2024 and none in the third quarter of 2023. In connection with Busey’s adoption of ASU 2023-02 on January 1, 2024, Busey began recording amortization of New Markets Tax Credits as income tax expense instead of other operating expense, which resulted in a decrease to other operating expenses of $2.3 million compared to the third quarter of 2023. Other items contributing to the fluctuations in other noninterest expense included the provision for unfunded commitments, mortgage servicing rights valuation expenses, fixed asset impairment, marketing, business development, and expenses related to recruiting and onboarding.

    Busey’s effective tax rate for the third quarter of 2024 was 24.8%, which was lower than the combined federal and state statutory rate of approximately 28.0% due to the impact of tax exempt interest income, such as municipal bond interest, bank owned life insurance income, and investments in various federal and state tax credits.

    Effective tax rates were higher in 2024, compared to 2023, due to the adoption of ASU 2023-02 in January 2024. Upon adoption of ASU 2023-02 Busey elected to use the proportional amortization method of accounting for equity investments made primarily for the purpose of receiving income tax credits. The proportional amortization method results in the cost of the investment being amortized in proportion to the income tax credits and other income tax benefits received, with the amortization of the investment and the income tax credits being presented net in the income statement as a component of income tax expense as opposed to being presented on a gross basis on the income statement as a component of noninterest expense and income tax expense.

    CAPITAL STRENGTH

    Busey’s strong capital levels, coupled with its earnings, have allowed the Company to provide a steady return to its stockholders through dividends. On October 25, 2024, Busey will pay a cash dividend of $0.24 per common share to stockholders of record as of October 18, 2024. Busey has consistently paid dividends to its common stockholders since the bank holding company was organized in 1980.

    As of September 30, 2024, Busey continued to exceed the capital adequacy requirements necessary to be considered “well-capitalized” under applicable regulatory guidelines. Busey’s Common Equity Tier 1 ratio is estimated4 to be 13.78% at September 30, 2024, compared to 13.20% at June 30, 2024, and 12.52% at September 30, 2023. Our Total Capital to Risk Weighted Assets ratio is estimated4 to be 18.19% at September 30, 2024, compared to 17.50% at June 30, 2024, and 16.72% at September 30, 2023.

    Busey’s tangible common equity1 was $1.04 billion at September 30, 2024, compared to $970.9 million at June 30, 2024, and $841.2 million at September 30, 2023. Tangible common equity1 represented 8.96% of tangible assets at September 30, 2024, compared to 8.36% at June 30, 2024, and 7.06% at September 30, 2023. Busey’s tangible book value per common share1 increased to $18.19 at September 30, 2024, from $16.97 at June 30, 2024, and $15.07 at September 30, 2023, reflecting a 20.7% year-over-year increase. The ratios of tangible common equity to tangible assets1 and tangible book value per common share have been impacted by the fair value adjustment of Busey’s securities portfolio as a result of the current rate environment, which is reflected in the accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) component of shareholder’s equity.

    THIRD QUARTER EARNINGS INVESTOR PRESENTATION

    For additional information on Busey’s financial condition and operating results, please refer to the Q3 2024 Earnings Investor Presentation furnished via Form 8-K on October 22, 2024, in connection with this earnings release.

    CORPORATE PROFILE

    As of September 30, 2024, First Busey Corporation (Nasdaq: BUSE) was an $11.99 billion financial holding company headquartered in Champaign, Illinois.

    Busey Bank, a wholly-owned bank subsidiary of First Busey Corporation, had total assets of $11.95 billion as of September 30, 2024, and is headquartered in Champaign, Illinois. Busey Bank currently has 62 banking centers, with 21 in Central Illinois markets, 17 in suburban Chicago markets, 20 in the St. Louis Metropolitan Statistical Area, three in Southwest Florida, and one in Indianapolis. More information about Busey Bank can be found at busey.com.

    Through Busey’s Wealth Management division, the Company provides a full range of asset management, investment, brokerage, fiduciary, philanthropic advisory, tax preparation, and farm management services to individuals, businesses, and foundations. Assets under care totaled $13.69 billion as of September 30, 2024. More information about Busey’s Wealth Management services can be found at busey.com/wealth-management.

    Busey Bank’s wholly-owned subsidiary, FirsTech, specializes in the evolving financial technology needs of small and medium-sized businesses, highly regulated enterprise industries, and financial institutions. FirsTech provides comprehensive and innovative payment technology solutions, including online, mobile, and voice-recognition bill payments; money and data movement; merchant services; direct debit services; lockbox remittance processing for payments made by mail; and walk-in payments at retail agents. Additionally, FirsTech simplifies client workflows through integrations enabling support with billing, reconciliation, bill reminders, and treasury services. More information about FirsTech can be found at firstechpayments.com.

    For the first time, Busey was named among the World’s Best Banks for 2024 by Forbes, earning a spot on the list among 68 U.S. banks and 403 banks worldwide. Additionally, Busey Bank was honored to be named among America’s Best Banks by Forbes magazine for the third consecutive year. Ranked 40th overall in 2024, Busey was the second-ranked bank headquartered in Illinois of the six that made this year’s list and the highest-ranked bank of those with more than $10 billion in assets. Busey is humbled to be named among the 2023 Best Banks to Work For by American Banker, the 2023 Best Places to Work in Money Management by Pensions and Investments, the 2024 Best Places to Work in Illinois by Daily Herald Business Ledger, the 2024 Best Places to Work in Indiana by the Indiana Chamber of Commerce, and the 2024 Best Companies to Work For in Florida by Florida Trend magazine. We are honored to be consistently recognized globally, nationally and locally for our engaged culture of integrity and commitment to community development.

    For more information about us, visit busey.com.

    Category: Financial
    Source: First Busey Corporation

    Contacts:

    Jeffrey D. Jones, Chief Financial Officer
    217-365-4130

    NON-GAAP FINANCIAL INFORMATION

    This earnings release contains certain financial information determined by methods other than GAAP. Management uses these non-GAAP measures, together with the related GAAP measures, in analysis of Busey’s performance and in making business decisions, as well as for comparison to Busey’s peers. Busey believes the adjusted measures are useful for investors and management to understand the effects of certain non-core and non-recurring noninterest items and provide additional perspective on Busey’s performance over time.

    Below is a reconciliation to what management believes to be the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures—specifically, net interest income, total noninterest income, net security gains and losses, and total noninterest expense in the case of pre-provision net revenue, adjusted pre-provision net revenue, pre-provision net revenue to average assets, and adjusted pre-provision net revenue to average assets; net income in the case of adjusted net income, adjusted diluted earnings per share, adjusted return on average assets, average tangible common equity, return on average tangible common equity, adjusted return on average tangible common equity; net income and net security gains and losses in the case of further adjusted net income and further adjusted diluted earnings per share; net interest income in the case of adjusted net interest income and adjusted net interest margin; net interest income, total noninterest income, and total noninterest expense in the case of adjusted noninterest income, adjusted noninterest expense, noninterest expense excluding non-operating adjustments, adjusted core expense, efficiency ratio, adjusted efficiency ratio, and adjusted core efficiency ratio; net interest income, total noninterest income, net securities gains and losses, and net gains and losses on the sale of mortgage servicing rights in the case of operating revenue and adjusted noninterest income to operating revenue; total assets and goodwill and other intangible assets in the case of tangible assets; total stockholders’ equity in the case of tangible book value per common share; total assets and total stockholders’ equity in the case of tangible common equity and tangible common equity to tangible assets; and total deposits in the case of core deposits and core deposits to total deposits.

    These non-GAAP disclosures have inherent limitations and are not audited. They should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for operating results reported in accordance with GAAP, nor are they necessarily comparable to non-GAAP performance measures that may be presented by other companies. Tax effected numbers included in these non-GAAP disclosures are based on estimated statutory rates, estimated federal income tax rates, or effective tax rates, as noted with the tables below.

    RECONCILIATION OF NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES (Unaudited)

    Pre-Provision Net Revenue, Adjusted Pre-Provision Net Revenue,
    Pre-Provision Net Revenue to Average Assets, and
    Adjusted Pre-Provision Net Revenue to Average Assets
    (dollars in thousands)
                         
        Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
        September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
      September 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    PRE-PROVISION NET REVENUE                     
    Net interest income   $ 82,541     $ 82,434     $ 77,791     $ 240,742     $ 242,318  
    Total noninterest income     35,951       33,801       31,008       104,752       90,868  
    Net security (gains) losses     (822 )     353       285       5,906       2,960  
    Total noninterest expense     (75,926 )     (75,537 )     (70,945 )     (222,232 )     (210,553 )
    Pre-provision net revenue     41,744       41,051       38,139       129,168       125,593  
    Non-GAAP adjustments:                    
    Acquisition and restructuring expenses     1,935       2,212       79       4,555       91  
    Provision for unfunded commitments     407       (369 )     13       (640 )     (357 )
    Amortization of New Markets Tax Credits     —       —       2,260       —       6,740  
    Realized (gain) loss on the sale of mortgage service rights     18       (277 )     —       (7,724 )     —  
    Adjusted pre-provision net revenue   $ 44,104     $ 42,617     $ 40,491     $ 125,359     $ 132,067  
                         
    Pre-provision net revenue, annualized [a] $ 166,069     $ 165,106     $ 151,312     $ 172,538     $ 167,917  
    Adjusted pre-provision net revenue, annualized [b]   175,457       171,405       160,644       167,450       176,573  
    Average total assets [c]   12,007,702       12,089,692       12,202,783       12,040,414       12,225,232  
                         
    Reported: Pre-provision net revenue to average total assets1 [a÷c]   1.38 %     1.37 %     1.24 %     1.43 %     1.37 %
    Adjusted: Pre-provision net revenue to average total assets1 [b÷c]   1.46 %     1.42 %     1.32 %     1.39 %     1.44 %

    ___________________________________________

    1. Annualized measure.
     
    Adjusted Net Income, Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share, Adjusted Return on Average Assets, Average Tangible Common Equity, Return on Average Tangible Common Equity, and Adjusted Return on Average Tangible Common Equity
    (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
                         
        Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
        September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
      September 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    NET INCOME ADJUSTED FOR NON-OPERATING ITEMS                    
    Net income [a] $ 32,004     $ 27,357     $ 30,666     $ 85,586     $ 96,816  
    Non-GAAP adjustments for non-operating expenses:                    
    Acquisition expenses:                    
    Salaries, wages, and employee benefits     73       1,137       —       1,210       —  
    Data processing     90       344       —       534       —  
    Professional fees, occupancy, furniture and fixtures, and other     1,772       731       79       2,688       91  
    Restructuring expenses:                    
    Salaries, wages, and employee benefits     —       —       —       123       —  
    Acquisition and restructuring expenses     1,935       2,212       79       4,555       91  
    Related tax benefit1     (406 )     (553 )     (15 )     (1,061 )     (18 )
    Adjusted net income [b] $ 33,533     $ 29,016     $ 30,730     $ 89,080     $ 96,889  
                         
    DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE                    
    Diluted average common shares outstanding [c]   57,967,848       57,853,231       56,315,492       57,411,299       56,230,624  
                         
    Reported: Diluted earnings per share [a÷c] $ 0.55     $ 0.47     $ 0.54     $ 1.49     $ 1.72  
    Adjusted: Diluted earnings per share [b÷c] $ 0.58     $ 0.50     $ 0.55     $ 1.55     $ 1.72  
                         
    RETURN ON AVERAGE ASSETS                    
    Net income, annualized [d] $ 127,320     $ 110,029     $ 121,664     $ 114,323     $ 129,443  
    Adjusted net income, annualized [e]   133,403       116,702       121,918       118,990       129,540  
    Average total assets [f]   12,007,702       12,089,692       12,202,783       12,040,414       12,225,232  
                         
    Reported: Return on average assets2 [d÷f]   1.06 %     0.91 %     1.00 %     0.95 %     1.06 %
    Adjusted: Return on average assets2 [e÷f]   1.11 %     0.97 %     1.00 %     0.99 %     1.06 %
                         
    RETURN ON AVERAGE TANGIBLE COMMON EQUITY                    
    Average common equity   $ 1,364,377     $ 1,331,815     $ 1,208,407     $ 1,324,119     $ 1,195,858  
    Average goodwill and other intangible assets, net     (369,720 )     (376,224 )     (358,025 )     (366,331 )     (360,654 )
    Average tangible common equity [g] $ 994,657     $ 955,591     $ 850,382     $ 957,788     $ 835,204  
                         
    Reported: Return on average tangible common equity2 [d÷g]   12.80 %     11.51 %     14.31 %     11.94 %     15.50 %
    Adjusted: Return on average tangible common equity2 [e÷g]   13.41 %     12.21 %     14.34 %     12.42 %     15.51 %

    ___________________________________________

    1. Year-to-date tax benefits were calculated by multiplying year-to-date acquisition and restructuring expenses by the effective income tax rate for each year-to-date period, which for 2024 excludes a one-time deferred tax valuation adjustment resulting from a change in Illinois apportionment rate due to recently enacted regulations and deductibility of certain acquisition expenses. Tax rates used in these calculations were 23.3% and 19.8% for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Quarterly tax benefits were calculated as the year-to-date tax benefit amounts less the sum of amounts applied to previous quarters during the year, equating to tax rates of 21.0%, 25.0%, and 19.7% for the three months ended September 30, 2024, June 30, 2024, and September 30, 2023, respectively.
    2. Annualized measure.
     
    Further Adjusted Net Income and Further Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share
    (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
                         
        Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
        September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
      September 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    Adjusted net income1 [a] $ 33,533     $ 29,016     $ 30,730     $ 89,080     $ 96,889  
    Further non-GAAP adjustments:                    
    Net securities (gains) losses     (822 )     353       285       5,906       2,960  
    Realized net (gains) losses on the sale of mortgage servicing rights     18       (277 )     —       (7,724 )     —  
    Tax effect for further non-GAAP adjustments2     199       (19 )     (52 )     453       (585 )
    Tax effected further non-GAAP adjustments3     (605 )     57       233       (1,365 )     2,375  
    Further adjusted net income3 [b] $ 32,928     $ 29,073     $ 30,963     $ 87,715     $ 99,264  
    One-time deferred tax valuation adjustment4     —       1,446       —       1,446       —  
    Further adjusted net income, excluding one-time deferred tax valuation adjustment3 [c] $ 32,928     $ 30,519     $ 30,963     $ 89,161     $ 99,264  
                         
    Diluted average common shares outstanding [d]   57,967,848       57,853,231       56,315,492       57,411,299       56,230,624  
                         
    Adjusted: Diluted earnings per share [a÷d] $ 0.58     $ 0.50     $ 0.55     $ 1.55     $ 1.72  
    Further Adjusted: Diluted earnings per share3 [b÷d] $ 0.57     $ 0.50     $ 0.55     $ 1.53     $ 1.77  
    Further Adjusted, excluding one-time deferred tax valuation adjustment: Diluted earnings per share3 [c÷d] $ 0.57     $ 0.53     $ 0.55     $ 1.55     $ 1.77  

    ___________________________________________

    1. Adjusted net income is a non-GAAP measure. See the table on the previous page for a reconciliation to the nearest GAAP measure.
    2. Tax effects for further non-GAAP adjustments were calculated by multiplying further non-GAAP adjustments by the effective income tax rate for each period. For the nine months ended September 30, 2024, the rate that we used excluded a one-time deferred tax valuation adjustment resulting from a change in Illinois apportionment rate due to recently enacted regulations. Effective income tax rates that we used to calculate the tax effect were 24.8%, 25.0%, and 18.2% for the three months ended September 30, 2024, June 30, 2024, and September 30, 2023, respectively, and were 24.9% and 19.8% for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
    3. Tax-effected measure.
    4. An estimated one-time deferred tax valuation adjustment of $1.4 million resulted from a change to our Illinois apportionment rate due to recently enacted regulations.
     
    Adjusted Net Interest Income and Adjusted Net Interest Margin
    (dollars in thousands)
                         
        Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
        September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
      September 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    Net interest income   $ 82,541     $ 82,434     $ 77,791     $ 240,742     $ 242,318  
    Non-GAAP adjustments:                    
    Tax-equivalent adjustment1     396       402       553       1,247       1,672  
    Tax-equivalent net interest income     82,937       82,836       78,344       241,989       243,990  
    Purchase accounting accretion related to business combinations     (1,338 )     (812 )     (277 )     (2,354 )     (1,093 )
    Adjusted net interest income   $ 81,599     $ 82,024     $ 78,067     $ 239,635     $ 242,897  
                         
    Tax-equivalent net interest income, annualized [a] $ 329,945     $ 333,165     $ 310,821     $ 323,241     $ 326,214  
    Adjusted net interest income, annualized [b]   324,622       329,899       309,722       320,096       324,752  
    Average interest-earning assets [c]   10,936,611       10,993,907       11,118,167       10,976,660       11,142,780  
                         
    Reported: Net interest margin2 [a÷c]   3.02 %     3.03 %     2.80 %     2.94 %     2.93 %
    Adjusted: Net interest margin2 [b÷c]   2.97 %     3.00 %     2.79 %     2.92 %     2.91 %

    ___________________________________________

    1. Tax-equivalent adjustments were calculated using an estimated federal income tax rate of 21%, applied to non-taxable interest income on investments and loans.
    2. Annualized measure.
     
    Adjusted Noninterest Income, Operating Revenue, Adjusted Noninterest Income to Operating Revenue, Noninterest Expense Excluding Amortization of Intangible Assets, Adjusted Noninterest Expense,
    Adjusted Core Expense, Noninterest Expense Excluding Non-Operating Adjustments,
    Efficiency Ratio, Adjusted Efficiency Ratio, and Adjusted Core Efficiency Ratio
    (dollars in thousands)
                         
        Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
        September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
      September 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    Net interest income [a] $ 82,541     $ 82,434     $ 77,791     $ 240,742     $ 242,318  
    Non-GAAP adjustments:                    
    Tax-equivalent adjustment1     396       402       553       1,247       1,672  
    Tax-equivalent net interest income [b]   82,937       82,836       78,344       241,989       243,990  
                         
    Total noninterest income     35,951       33,801       31,008       104,752       90,868  
    Non-GAAP adjustments:                    
    Net security (gains) losses     (822 )     353       285       5,906       2,960  
    Noninterest income excluding net securities gains and losses [c]   35,129       34,154       31,293       110,658       93,828  
    Further adjustments:                    
    Realized net (gains) losses on the sale of mortgage servicing rights     18       (277 )     —       (7,724 )     —  
    Adjusted noninterest income [d] $ 35,147     $ 33,877     $ 31,293     $ 102,934     $ 93,828  
                         
    Tax-equivalent revenue [e = b+c] $ 118,066     $ 116,990     $ 109,637     $ 352,647     $ 337,818  
    Adjusted tax-equivalent revenue [f = b+d]   118,084       116,713       109,637       344,923       337,818  
    Operating revenue [g = a+d]   117,688       116,311       109,084       343,676       336,146  
                         
    Adjusted noninterest income to operating revenue [d÷g]   29.86 %     29.13 %     28.69 %     29.95 %     27.91 %
                         
    Total noninterest expense   $ 75,926     $ 75,537     $ 70,945     $ 222,232     $ 210,553  
    Non-GAAP adjustments:                    
    Amortization of intangible assets [h]   (2,548 )     (2,629 )     (2,555 )     (7,586 )     (7,953 )
    Noninterest expense excluding amortization of intangible assets [i]   73,378       72,908       68,390       214,646       202,600  
    Non-operating adjustments:                    
    Salaries, wages, and employee benefits     (73 )     (1,137 )     —       (1,333 )     —  
    Data processing     (90 )     (344 )     —       (534 )     —  
    Professional fees, occupancy, furniture and fixtures, and other     (1,772 )     (731 )     (79 )     (2,688 )     (91 )
    Adjusted noninterest expense [j]   71,443       70,696       68,311       210,091       202,509  
    Provision for unfunded commitments     (407 )     369       (13 )     640       357  
    Amortization of New Markets Tax Credits     —       —       (2,260 )     —       (6,740 )
    Adjusted core expense [k] $ 71,036     $ 71,065     $ 66,038     $ 210,731     $ 196,126  
                         
    Noninterest expense, excluding non-operating adjustments [j-h] $ 73,991     $ 73,325     $ 70,866     $ 217,677     $ 210,462  
                         
    Reported: Efficiency ratio [i÷e]   62.15 %     62.32 %     62.38 %     60.87 %     59.97 %
    Adjusted: Efficiency ratio [j÷f]   60.50 %     60.57 %     62.31 %     60.91 %     59.95 %
    Adjusted: Core efficiency ratio [k÷f]   60.16 %     60.89 %     60.23 %     61.10 %     58.06 %

    ___________________________________________

    1. Tax-equivalent adjustments were calculated using an estimated federal income tax rate of 21%, applied to non-taxable interest income on investments and loans.
     
    Tangible Book Value and Tangible Book Value Per Common Share
    (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
                 
        As of
        September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    Total stockholders’ equity   $ 1,402,884     $ 1,333,810     $ 1,190,158  
    Non-GAAP adjustments:            
    Goodwill and other intangible assets, net     (368,249 )     (370,580 )     (356,343 )
    Tangible book value [a] $ 1,034,635     $ 963,230     $ 833,815  
                 
    Ending number of common shares outstanding [b]   56,872,241       56,746,937       55,342,017  
                 
    Tangible book value per common share [a÷b] $ 18.19     $ 16.97     $ 15.07  
     
    Tangible Assets, Tangible Common Equity, and Tangible Common Equity to Tangible Assets
    (dollars in thousands)
                 
        As of
        September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    Total assets   $ 11,986,839     $ 11,971,416     $ 12,258,250  
    Non-GAAP adjustments:            
    Goodwill and other intangible assets, net     (368,249 )     (370,580 )     (356,343 )
    Tax effect of other intangible assets1     7,178       7,687       7,354  
    Tangible assets2 [a] $ 11,625,768     $ 11,608,523     $ 11,909,261  
                 
    Total stockholders’ equity   $ 1,402,884     $ 1,333,810     $ 1,190,158  
    Non-GAAP adjustments:            
    Goodwill and other intangible assets, net     (368,249 )     (370,580 )     (356,343 )
    Tax effect of other intangible assets1     7,178       7,687       7,354  
    Tangible common equity2 [b] $ 1,041,813     $ 970,917     $ 841,169  
                 
    Tangible common equity to tangible assets2 [b÷a]   8.96 %     8.36 %     7.06 %

    ___________________________________________

    1. Net of estimated deferred tax liability, calculated using the estimated statutory tax rate of 28%.
    2. Tax-effected measure.
     
    Core Deposits, Core Deposits to Total Deposits, and Portfolio Loans to Core Deposits
    (dollars in thousands)
                 
        As of
        September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    Portfolio loans [a] $ 7,809,097     $ 7,998,912     $ 7,856,160  
                 
    Total deposits [b] $ 9,943,241     $ 9,976,135     $ 10,332,362  
    Non-GAAP adjustments:            
    Brokered deposits, excluding brokered time deposits of $250,000 or more     (13,089 )     (43,089 )     (6,055 )
    Time deposits of $250,000 or more     (338,808 )     (314,461 )     (350,276 )
    Core deposits [c] $ 9,591,344     $ 9,618,585     $ 9,976,031  
                 
    RATIOS            
    Core deposits to total deposits [c÷b]   96.46 %     96.42 %     96.55 %
    Portfolio loans to core deposits [a÷c]   81.42 %     83.16 %     78.75 %
                             

    FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

    This press release may contain “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 with respect to Busey’s financial condition, results of operations, plans, objectives, future performance, and business. Forward-looking statements, which may be based upon beliefs, expectations and assumptions of Busey’s management and on information currently available to management, are generally identifiable by the use of words such as “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “intend,” “estimate,” “may,” “will,” “would,” “could,” “should,” “position,” or other similar expressions. Additionally, all statements in this document, including forward-looking statements, speak only as of the date they are made, and Busey undertakes no obligation to update any statement in light of new information or future events.

    A number of factors, many of which are beyond Busey’s ability to control or predict, could cause actual results to differ materially from those in any forward-looking statements. These factors include, among others, the following: (1) risks related to the proposed transaction with CrossFirst, including (i) the possibility that the proposed transaction will not close when expected or at all because required regulatory, stockholder, or other approvals are not received or other conditions to the closing are not satisfied on a timely basis or at all, or are obtained subject to conditions that are not anticipated (and the risk that required regulatory approvals may result in the imposition of conditions that could adversely affect the combined company or the expected benefits of the proposed transaction); (ii) the possibility that the anticipated benefits of the proposed transaction will not be realized when expected or at all, including as a result of the impact of, or problems arising from, the integration of the two companies or as a result of the strength of the economy and competitive factors in the areas where Busey and CrossFirst do business; (iii) the possibility that the merger may be more expensive to complete than anticipated, including as a result of unexpected factors or events; (iv) diversion of management’s attention from ongoing business operations and opportunities; (v) the possibility that Busey may be unable to achieve expected synergies and operating efficiencies in the merger within the expected timeframes or at all, and to successfully integrate CrossFirst’s operations with those of Busey or that such integration may be more difficult, time consuming or costly than expected; (vi) revenues following the proposed transaction may be lower than expected; and (vii) shareholder litigation that could prevent or delay the closing of the proposed transaction or otherwise negatively impact our business and operations; (2) the strength of the local, state, national, and international economy (including effects of inflationary pressures and supply chain constraints); (3) the economic impact of any future terrorist threats or attacks, widespread disease or pandemics, or other adverse external events that could cause economic deterioration or instability in credit markets (including Russia’s invasion of Ukraine and the conflict in the Middle East); (4) changes in state and federal laws, regulations, and governmental policies concerning Busey’s general business (including changes in response to the failures of other banks or as a result of the upcoming 2024 presidential election); (5) changes in accounting policies and practices; (6) changes in interest rates and prepayment rates of Busey’s assets (including the impact of sustained elevated interest rates); (7) increased competition in the financial services sector (including from non-bank competitors such as credit unions and fintech companies) and the inability to attract new customers; (8) changes in technology and the ability to develop and maintain secure and reliable electronic systems; (9) the loss of key executives or associates; (10) changes in consumer spending; (11) unexpected results of other transactions (including the acquisition of M&M); (12) unexpected outcomes of existing or new litigation, investigations, or inquiries involving Busey (including with respect to Busey’s Illinois franchise taxes); (13) fluctuations in the value of securities held in Busey’s securities portfolio; (14) concentrations within Busey’s loan portfolio (including commercial real estate loans), large loans to certain borrowers, and large deposits from certain clients; (15) the concentration of large deposits from certain clients who have balances above current FDIC insurance limits and may withdraw deposits to diversify their exposure; (16) the level of non-performing assets on Busey’s balance sheets; (17) interruptions involving information technology and communications systems or third-party servicers; (18) breaches or failures of information security controls or cybersecurity-related incidents; and (19) the economic impact of exceptional weather occurrences such as tornadoes, hurricanes, floods, blizzards, and droughts. These risks and uncertainties should be considered in evaluating forward-looking statements and undue reliance should not be placed on such statements.

    Additional information concerning Busey and its business, including additional factors that could materially affect Busey’s financial results, is included in Busey’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

    ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE TRANSACTION AND WHERE TO FIND IT

    Busey has filed a registration statement on Form S‑4 with the SEC to register the shares of Busey’s common stock that will be issued to CrossFirst stockholders in connection with the proposed transaction. The registration statement includes a preliminary joint proxy statement of Busey and CrossFirst, which also constitutes a prospectus of Busey. The definitive joint proxy statement/prospectus will be sent to the stockholders of each of Busey and CrossFirst seeking certain approvals related to the proposed transaction. INVESTORS AND SECURITY HOLDERS OF BUSEY AND CROSSFIRST AND THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES ARE URGED TO READ THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON FORM S‑4 AND THE JOINT PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS TO BE INCLUDED WITHIN THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON FORM S‑4 WHEN THEY BECOME AVAILABLE AND ANY OTHER RELEVANT DOCUMENTS FILED OR TO BE FILED WITH THE SEC IN CONNECTION WITH THE PROPOSED TRANSACTION, AS WELL AS ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS TO THOSE DOCUMENTS, BECAUSE THEY WILL CONTAIN IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT BUSEY, CROSSFIRST, AND THE PROPOSED TRANSACTION. Investors and security holders may obtain a free copies of these documents, as well as other relevant documents filed with the SEC containing information about Busey and CrossFirst, without charge, at the SEC’s website (http://www.sec.gov). Copies of documents filed with the SEC by Busey will be made available free of charge in the “SEC Filings” section of Busey’s website, https://ir.busey.com. Copies of documents filed with the SEC by CrossFirst will be made available free of charge in the “Investor Relations” section of CrossFirst’s website, https://investors.crossfirstbankshares.com.

    PARTICIPANTS IN SOLICITATION

    Busey, CrossFirst, and certain of their respective directors and executive officers may be deemed to be participants in the solicitation of proxies in respect of the proposed transaction under the rules of the SEC. Information regarding Busey’s directors and executive officers is available in its definitive proxy statement, which was filed with the SEC on April 12, 2024, and certain other documents filed by Busey with the SEC. Information regarding CrossFirst’s directors and executive officers is available in its definitive proxy statement, which was filed with the SEC on March 26, 2024, and certain other documents filed by CrossFirst with the SEC. Other information regarding the participants in the solicitation of proxies in respect of the proposed transaction and a description of their direct and indirect interests, by security holdings or otherwise, will be contained in the joint proxy statement/prospectus and other relevant materials filed or to be filed with the SEC when they become available. Free copies of these documents, when available, may be obtained as described in the preceding paragraph.

    END NOTES

    1 Represents a non-GAAP financial measure. For a reconciliation to the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”), see “Non-GAAP Financial Information.”
    2 Estimated uninsured and uncollateralized deposits consist of account balances in excess of the $250 thousand FDIC insurance limit, less intercompany accounts and collateralized accounts (including preferred deposits).
    3 Central Business District areas within Busey’s footprint include downtown St. Louis, downtown Indianapolis, and downtown Chicago.
    4 Capital amounts and ratios for the third quarter of 2024 are not yet finalized and are subject to change.
    5 On- and off-balance sheet liquidity is comprised of cash and cash equivalents, debt securities excluding those pledged as collateral, brokered deposits, and Busey’s borrowing capacity through its revolving credit facility, the FHLB, the Federal Reserve Bank, and federal funds purchased lines.
    6 The blended benchmark consists of 60% MSCI All Country World Index and 40% Bloomberg Intermediate US Government/Credit Total Return Index.

    The MIL Network –

    January 24, 2025
  • MIL-OSI: Baker Hughes Company Announces Third-Quarter 2024 Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

     Third-quarter highlights

    • Orders of $6.7 billion, including $2.9 billion of IET orders.
    • RPO of $33.4 billion, including record IET RPO of $30.2 billion.
    • Revenue of $6.9 billion, up 4% year-over-year.
    • Attributable net income of $766 million.
    • GAAP diluted EPS of $0.77 and adjusted diluted EPS* of $0.67.
    • Adjusted EBITDA* of $1,208 million, up 23% year-over-year.
    • Cash flows from operating activities of $1,010 million and free cash flow* of $754 million.
    • Returns to shareholders of $361 million, including $152 million of share repurchases.

    HOUSTON and LONDON, Oct. 22, 2024 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Baker Hughes Company (Nasdaq: BKR) (“Baker Hughes” or the “Company”) announced results today for the third quarter of 2024.

    “We delivered another quarter of record EBITDA, highlighted by exceptional operational performance across both segments. Our margins continue to improve at an accelerated pace, with total company EBITDA margins increasing to 17.5%. This marks the highest margin quarter since the company was formed. On the back of our solid third-quarter results and stable outlook, we remain confident in achieving our full-year EBITDA guidance midpoint,” said Lorenzo Simonelli, Baker Hughes Chairman and Chief Executive Officer.

    “Orders remain at solid levels, with IET orders of $2.9 billion marking the eighth consecutive quarter at or above these levels. IET continued to demonstrate strong order momentum for gas infrastructure and FPSOs, booking the largest ever ICL compressor award from Dubai Petroleum Establishment for the Margham Gas storage facility and two FPSO awards with separate offshore operators.”

    “Overall, our segments continue to make strong progress on their journey toward 20% EBITDA margins, with both segments achieving high-teen margins during the quarter. Our operational discipline and rigor continue to gain traction.”

    “We are also benefiting from the life-cycle attributes of our service offerings and the breadth of our portfolio. With significant recurring IET service revenue, strong production-levered businesses, untapped market opportunities, and improved cost structure, we are becoming less cyclical and capable of generating more durable earnings and free cash flow across cycles.”

    “We are successfully executing our strategy, and this is a testament to the strength of our people and the culture we are building,” concluded Simonelli.

    * Non-GAAP measure. See reconciliations in the section titled “Reconciliation of GAAP to non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

      Three Months Ended   Variance
    (in millions except per share amounts) September 30,
    2024
    June 30,
    2024
    September 30,
    2023
      Sequential Year-over-year
    Orders $ 6,676 $ 7,526 $ 8,512   (11%)   (22%)  
    Revenue   6,908   7,139   6,641   (3%)   4%  
    Net income attributable to Baker Hughes   766   579   518   32%   48%  
    Adjusted net income attributable to Baker Hughes*   666   568   427   17%   56%  
    Operating income   930   833   714   12%   30%  
    Adjusted operating income*   930   847   716   10%   30%  
    Adjusted EBITDA*   1,208   1,130   983   7%   23%  
    Diluted earnings per share (EPS)   0.77   0.58   0.51   33%   51%  
    Adjusted diluted EPS*   0.67   0.57   0.42   18%   59%  
    Cash flow from operating activities   1,010   348   811   F   25%  
    Free cash flow*   754   106   592   F   27%  

    * Non-GAAP measure. See reconciliations in the section titled “Reconciliation of GAAP to non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

    “F” is used when variance is above 100%. Additionally, “U” is used when variance is below (100)%.

    Certain columns and rows in our tables and financial statements may not sum up due to the use of rounded numbers.

    Quarter Highlights

    Industrial & Energy Technology (“IET”) experienced a strong quarter for its Integrated Compressor Line (“ICL”) technology. In its largest ICL award to-date, and booked under Climate Technology Solutions (“CTS”), Baker Hughes will supply 10 units to Dubai Petroleum Establishment for the Margham Gas storage facility. These ICL units will support gas infrastructure, providing stability to Dubai’s energy supply by strengthening the system’s ability to switch between natural gas and solar power.

    IET’s Gas Technology Equipment (“GTE”) was also awarded a significant contract to supply advanced compression solutions to Saipem for TotalEnergies’ all-electric Kaminho Floating Production Storage and Offloading (“FPSO”) project in Angola. Baker Hughes’ centrifugal BCL compressor and ICL technology were selected because of the capability to minimize greenhouse emissions and eliminate routine flaring by reinjecting associated gas into the reservoir for storage. Separately, IET was selected to provide electric motor-driven process compressors for an FPSO project in Latin America.

    IET’s Gas Technology Services (“GTS”) secured a multi-decade agreement for an LNG facility in the Middle East. The scope encompasses extensive maintenance services and digital solutions, leveraging Baker Hughes’ iCenter™ Remote Monitoring and Diagnostics capabilities.

    Oilfield Services & Equipment (“OFSE”) strengthened the Company’s relationship with Petrobras, receiving contracts to supply 43 miles of flexible pipe systems in Brazil’s Santos Basin. A significant portion of these risers and flowlines will be manufactured in-country at Baker Hughes’ Niteroi plant. The contracts, awarded through an open tender, include multi-year service agreements to support maintenance activities through the life of the project and demonstrate Baker Hughes’ dedication to providing equipment and services critical to help Petrobras achieve its strategic plan to expand operations.

    In OFSE, mature assets solutions (“MAS”) delivered a strong order quarter, illustrating confidence in the Company’s full range of workflows and solutions to accelerate production and total recovery. OFSE won a MAS award to supply Santos Energy’s strategic and historic Cooper Basin Development in Australia with drilling fluids and wireline services, marking Baker Hughes’ return to the basin. Additionally, OFSE signed a multi-year contract extension with a customer in the Middle East for completions and well intervention.

    Baker Hughes saw increased adoption of Leucipa™, the Company’s intelligent automated field production digital solution. A major global operator expanded the use of Leucipa across multiple fields in the Permian Basin, enabling the customer to optimize production through real-time field orchestration to generate lower-carbon, short-cycle barrels. Additionally, a new strategic collaboration was established early in the fourth quarter with Repsol, a major customer of Leucipa, to develop and deploy next-generation artificial intelligence capabilities for this digital solution. The companies will share knowledge and expertise to optimize and enhance production across Repsol’s global portfolio while creating new commercial opportunities for Baker Hughes.

    Baker Hughes continues to innovate new digital technologies to support customers on their decarbonization journey. The Company launched CarbonEdge™, powered by Cordant™, an end-to-end, risk-based digital solution that delivers precise, real-time data and alerts on carbon dioxide (CO2) flows across CCUS infrastructure from subsurface to surface. This solution enables operators to mitigate risk, improve decision-making, enhance operational efficiency, and simplify regulatory reporting across the entire project lifecycle.

    Consolidated Revenue and Operating Income by Reporting Segment

    (in millions) Three Months Ended   Variance
      September 30,
    2024
    June 30,
    2024
    September 30,
    2023
      Sequential Year-over-year
    Oilfield Services & Equipment $ 3,963   $ 4,011   $ 3,951     (1%)   —%  
    Industrial & Energy Technology   2,945     3,128     2,691     (6%)   9%  
    Segment revenue   6,908     7,139     6,641     (3%)   4%  
                 
    Oilfield Services & Equipment   547     493     465     11%   18%  
    Industrial & Energy Technology   474     442     346     7%   37%  
    Corporate(1)   (91 )   (88 )   (95 )   (3%)   4%  
    Restructuring, impairment & other   —     (14 )   (2 )   F   F  
    Operating income   930     833     714     12%   30%  
    Adjusted operating income*   930     847     716     10%   30%  
    Depreciation & amortization   278     283     267     (2%)   4%  
    Adjusted EBITDA* $ 1,208   $ 1,130   $ 983     7%   23%  

    * Non-GAAP measure. See reconciliations in the section titled “Reconciliation of GAAP to non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

    “F” is used when variance is above 100%. Additionally, “U” is used when variance is below (100)%.

    (1)   Corporate costs are primarily reported in “Selling, general and administrative” in the condensed consolidated statements of income (loss).

    Revenue for the quarter was $6,908 million, a decrease of 3% sequentially and an increase of 4% year-over-year. The increase in revenue year-over-year was driven by IET.

    The Company’s total book-to-bill ratio in the quarter was 1.0; the IET book-to-bill ratio in the quarter was also 1.0.

    Operating income as determined in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”), for the third quarter of 2024 was $930 million. Operating income increased $97 million sequentially and increased $216 million year-over-year.

    Adjusted operating income (a non-GAAP financial measure) for the third quarter of 2024 was $930 million. There were no adjustments to operating income in the third quarter. A list of the adjusting items and associated reconciliation from GAAP has been provided in Table 1a in the section titled “Reconciliation of GAAP to non-GAAP Financial Measures.” Adjusted operating income for the third quarter of 2024 was up 10% sequentially and up 30% year-over-year.

    Depreciation and amortization for the third quarter of 2024 was $278 million.

    Adjusted EBITDA (a non-GAAP financial measure) for the third quarter of 2024 was $1,208 million. There were no adjustments to EBITDA in the third quarter. See Table 1b in the section titled “Reconciliation of GAAP to non-GAAP Financial Measures.” Adjusted EBITDA for the third quarter was up 7% sequentially and up 23% year-over-year.

    The sequential increase in adjusted operating income and adjusted EBITDA was driven by higher pricing in both segments and structural cost-out initiatives, partially offset by lower volume in both segments. The year-over-year increase in adjusted operating income and adjusted EBITDA was driven by higher pricing in both segments, higher volume in IET, and structural cost-out initiatives, partially offset by cost inflation in IET and unfavorable business mix in both segments.

    Other Financial Items

    Remaining Performance Obligations (“RPO”) in the third quarter ended at $33.4 billion, a decrease of $0.1 billion from the second quarter of 2024. OFSE RPO was $3.2 billion, down 5% sequentially, while IET RPO was $30.2 billion, up $44 million sequentially. Within IET RPO, GTE RPO was $11.9 billion and GTS RPO was $14.8 billion.

    Income tax expense in the third quarter of 2024 was $235 million.

    Other non-operating income in the third quarter of 2024 was $134 million. Included in other non-operating income were net mark-to-market gains in fair value for certain equity investments of $99 million.

    GAAP diluted earnings per share was $0.77. Adjusted diluted earnings per share (a non-GAAP financial measure) was $0.67. Excluded from adjusted diluted earnings per share were all items listed in Table 1c in the section titled “Reconciliation of GAAP to non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

    Cash flow from operating activities was $1,010 million for the third quarter of 2024. Free cash flow (a non-GAAP financial measure) for the quarter was $754 million. A reconciliation from GAAP has been provided in Table 1d in the section titled “Reconciliation of GAAP to non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

    Capital expenditures, net of proceeds from disposal of assets, were $256 million for the third quarter of 2024, of which $182 million for OFSE and $62 million for IET.

    Results by Reporting Segment
     

    The following segment discussions and variance explanations are intended to reflect management’s view of the relevant comparisons of financial results on a sequential or year-over-year basis, depending on the business dynamics of the reporting segments.

    Oilfield Services & Equipment

    (in millions) Three Months Ended   Variance
    Segment results September 30,
    2024
    June 30,
    2024
    September 30,
    2023
      Sequential Year-over-year
    Orders $ 3,807   $ 4,068   $ 4,178     (6%)   (9%)  
    Revenue $ 3,963   $ 4,011   $ 3,951     (1%)   —%  
    Operating income $ 547   $ 493   $ 465     11%   18%  
    Operating margin   13.8 %   12.3 %   11.8 %   1.5pts   2pts  
    Depreciation & amortization $ 218   $ 223   $ 206     (2%)   6%  
    EBITDA* $ 765   $ 716   $ 670     7%   14%  
    EBITDA margin*   19.3 %   17.8 %   17.0 %   1.5pts   2.3pts  
    (in millions) Three Months Ended   Variance
    Revenue by Product Line September 30,
    2024
    June 30,
    2024
    September 30,
    2023
      Sequential Year-over-year
    Well Construction $ 1,050 $ 1,090 $ 1,128   (4%)   (7%)  
    Completions, Intervention & Measurements   1,009   1,118   1,085   (10%)   (7%)  
    Production Solutions   983   958   967   3%   2%  
    Subsea & Surface Pressure Systems   921   845   770   9%   20%  
    Total Revenue $ 3,963 $ 4,011 $ 3,951   (1%)   —%  
    (in millions) Three Months Ended   Variance
    Revenue by Geographic Region September 30,
    2024
    June 30,
    2024
    September 30,
    2023
      Sequential Year-over-year
    North America $ 971 $ 1,023 $ 1,064   (5%)   (9%)  
    Latin America   648   663   695   (2%)   (7%)  
    Europe/CIS/Sub-Saharan Africa   933   827   695   13%   34%  
    Middle East/Asia   1,411   1,498   1,497   (6%)   (6%)  
    Total Revenue $ 3,963 $ 4,011 $ 3,951   (1%)   —%  
                 
    North America $ 971 $ 1,023 $ 1,064   (5%)   (9%)  
    International   2,992   2,988   2,887   —%   4%  

    * Non-GAAP measure. See reconciliations in the section titled “Reconciliation of GAAP to non-GAAP Financial Measures.” EBITDA margin is defined as EBITDA divided by revenue.

    OFSE orders of $3,807 million for the third quarter decreased by $261 million sequentially. Subsea and Surface Pressure Systems orders were $776 million, down 13% sequentially, and down 23% year-over-year.

    OFSE revenue of $3,963 million for the third quarter was down 1% sequentially, and up $12 million year-over-year.

    North America revenue was $971 million, down 5% sequentially. International revenue was $2,992 million, an increase of $4 million sequentially, driven by growth in Europe/CIS/Sub-Saharan Africa regions partially offset by decline in Middle East/Asia.

    Segment operating income for the third quarter was $547 million, an increase of $54 million, or 11%, sequentially. Segment EBITDA for the third quarter was $765 million, an increase of $49 million, or 7% sequentially. The sequential increase in segment operating income and EBITDA was driven by positive price and productivity, partially offset by pressure from negative business mix and lower volume.

    Industrial & Energy Technology

    (in millions) Three Months Ended   Variance
    Segment results September 30,
    2024
    June 30,
    2024
    September 30,
    2023
      Sequential Year-over-year
    Orders $ 2,868   $ 3,458   $ 4,334     (17%)   (34%)  
    Revenue $ 2,945   $ 3,128   $ 2,691     (6%)   9%  
    Operating income $ 474   $ 442   $ 346     7%   37%  
    Operating margin   16.1 %   14.1 %   12.9 %   2pts   3.2pts  
    Depreciation & amortization $ 54   $ 55   $ 57     (2%)   (6%)  
    EBITDA* $ 528   $ 497   $ 403     6%   31%  
    EBITDA margin*   17.9 %   15.9 %   15.0 %   2pts   2.9pts  
    (in millions) Three Months Ended   Variance
    Orders by Product Line September 30,
    2024
    June 30,
    2024
    September 30,
    2023
      Sequential Year-over-year
    Gas Technology Equipment $ 1,088 $ 1,493 $ 2,813   (27%)   (61%)  
    Gas Technology Services   778   769   724   1%   7%  
    Total Gas Technology   1,866   2,261   3,537   (17%)   (47%)  
    Industrial Products   494   524   477   (6%)   4%  
    Industrial Solutions   293   281   271   4%   8%  
    Total Industrial Technology   787   805   748   (2%)   5%  
    Climate Technology Solutions   215   392   49   (45%)   F  
    Total Orders $ 2,868 $ 3,458 $ 4,334   (17%)   (34%)  
    (in millions) Three Months Ended   Variance
    Revenue by Product Line September 30,
    2024
    June 30,
    2024
    September 30,
    2023
      Sequential Year-over-year
    Gas Technology Equipment $ 1,281 $ 1,539 $ 1,227   (17%)   4%  
    Gas Technology Services   697   691   637   1%   9%  
    Total Gas Technology   1,978   2,230   1,865   (11%)   6%  
    Industrial Products   520   509   520   2%   —%  
    Industrial Solutions   257   262   243   (2%)   6%  
    Total Industrial Technology   777   770   763   1%   2%  
    Climate Technology Solutions   191   128   63   49%   F  
    Total Revenue $ 2,945 $ 3,128 $ 2,691   (6%)   9%  

    * Non-GAAP measure. See reconciliations in the section titled “Reconciliation of GAAP to non-GAAP Financial Measures.” EBITDA margin is defined as EBITDA divided by revenue.

    “F” is used when variance is above 100%. Additionally, “U” is used when variance is below (100)%.

    IET orders of $2,868 million for the third quarter decreased by $1,465 million, or 34% year-over-year. The decrease was driven primarily by GTE orders which were down $1,725 million or 61% year-over-year.

    IET revenue of $2,945 million for the quarter increased $254 million, or 9% year-over-year. The increase was driven primarily by Climate Technology Solutions, up favorably year-over-year, and by Gas Technology, up 6% year-over-year.

    Segment operating income for the quarter was $474 million, up 37% year-over-year. Segment EBITDA for the quarter was $528 million, up $125 million, or 31% year-over-year. The year-over-year increase in segment operating income and EBITDA was primarily driven by higher volume, pricing and productivity, partially offset by cost inflation.

    Reconciliation of GAAP to non-GAAP Financial Measures
     

    Management provides non-GAAP financial measures because it believes such measures are widely accepted financial indicators used by investors and analysts to analyze and compare companies on the basis of operating performance (including adjusted operating income; EBITDA; EBITDA margin; adjusted EBITDA; adjusted net income attributable to Baker Hughes; and adjusted diluted earnings per share) and liquidity (free cash flow) and that these measures may be used by investors to make informed investment decisions. Management believes that the exclusion of certain identified items from several key operating performance measures enables us to evaluate our operations more effectively, to identify underlying trends in the business, and to establish operational goals for certain management compensation purposes. Management also believes that free cash flow is an important supplemental measure of our cash performance but should not be considered as a measure of residual cash flow available for discretionary purposes, or as an alternative to cash flow from operating activities presented in accordance with GAAP.

    Table 1a. Reconciliation of GAAP and Adjusted Operating Income

      Three Months Ended
    (in millions) September 30,
    2024
    June 30,
    2024
    September 30,
    2023
    Operating income (GAAP) $ 930 $ 833 $ 714
    Restructuring, impairment & other   —   14   2
    Total operating income adjustments   —   14   2
    Adjusted operating income (non-GAAP) $ 930 $ 847 $ 716

    Table 1a reconciles operating income, which is the directly comparable financial result determined in accordance with GAAP, to adjusted operating income. Adjusted operating income excludes the impact of certain identified items.

    Table 1b. Reconciliation of Net Income Attributable to Baker Hughes to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA

      Three Months Ended
    (in millions) September 30,
    2024
    June 30,
    2024
    September 30,
    2023
    Net income attributable to Baker Hughes (GAAP) $ 766   $ 579   $ 518  
    Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests   8     2     6  
    Provision for income taxes   235     243     235  
    Interest expense, net   55     47     49  
    Other non-operating income, net   (134 )   (38 )   (94 )
    Operating income (GAAP)   930     833     714  
           
    Depreciation & amortization   278     283     267  
    EBITDA (non-GAAP)   1,208     1,116     981  
    Total operating income adjustments(1)   —     14     2  
    Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP) $ 1,208   $ 1,130   $ 983  

    (1)   See Table 1a for the identified adjustments to operating income.

    Table 1b reconciles net income attributable to Baker Hughes, which is the directly comparable financial result determined in accordance with GAAP, to EBITDA. Adjusted EBITDA excludes the impact of certain identified items.

    Table 1c. Reconciliation of Net Income Attributable to Baker Hughes to Adjusted Net Income Attributable to Baker Hughes

      Three Months Ended
    (in millions, except per share amounts) September 30,
    2024
    June 30,
    2024
    September 30,
    2023
    Net income attributable to Baker Hughes (GAAP) $ 766   $ 579   $ 518  
    Total operating income adjustments(1)   —     14     2  
    Other adjustments (non-operating)(2)   (99 )   (19 )   (95 )
    Tax adjustments(3)   (1 )   (6 )   2  
    Total adjustments, net of income tax   (100 )   (11 )   (91 )
    Less: adjustments attributable to noncontrolling interests   —     —     —  
    Adjustments attributable to Baker Hughes   (100 )   (11 )   (91 )
    Adjusted net income attributable to Baker Hughes (non-GAAP) $ 666   $ 568   $ 427  
           
           
    Denominator:      
    Weighted-average shares of Class A common stock outstanding diluted   999     1,001     1,017  
    Adjusted earnings per share – diluted (non-GAAP) $ 0.67   $ 0.57   $ 0.42  

    (1)   See Table 1a for the identified adjustments to operating income.

    (2)   All periods primarily reflect the net gain or loss on changes in fair value for certain equity investments.

    (3)   All periods reflect the tax associated with the other operating and non-operating adjustments.

    Table 1c reconciles net income attributable to Baker Hughes, which is the directly comparable financial result determined in accordance with GAAP, to adjusted net income attributable to Baker Hughes. Adjusted net income attributable to Baker Hughes excludes the impact of certain identified items.

    Table 1d. Reconciliation of Net Cash Flows From Operating Activities to Free Cash Flow

      Three Months Ended
    (in millions) September 30,
    2024
    June 30,
    2024
    September 30,
    2023
    Net cash flows from operating activities (GAAP) $ 1,010   $ 348   $ 811  
    Add: cash used for capital expenditures, net of proceeds from disposal of assets   (256 )   (242 )   (219 )
    Free cash flow (non-GAAP) $ 754   $ 106   $ 592  

    Table 1d reconciles net cash flows from operating activities, which is the directly comparable financial result determined in accordance with GAAP, to free cash flow. Free cash flow is defined as net cash flows from operating activities less expenditures for capital assets plus proceeds from disposal of assets.

    Financial Tables (GAAP)
     
    Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss)
     
    (Unaudited)
      Three Months Ended
    September 30,
    Nine Months Ended
    September 30,
    (In millions, except per share amounts)   2024     2023     2024     2023  
    Revenue $ 6,908   $ 6,641   $ 20,465   $ 18,671  
    Costs and expenses:        
    Cost of revenue   5,366     5,298     16,155     14,867  
    Selling, general and administrative   612     627     1,873     1,977  
    Restructuring, impairment and other   —     2     21     161  
    Total costs and expenses   5,978     5,927     18,049     17,005  
    Operating income   930     714     2,416     1,666  
    Other non-operating income, net   134     94     200     638  
    Interest expense, net   (55 )   (49 )   (143 )   (171 )
    Income before income taxes   1,009     759     2,473     2,133  
    Provision for income taxes   (235 )   (235 )   (656 )   (614 )
    Net income   774     524     1,817     1,519  
    Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests   8     6     17     16  
    Net income attributable to Baker Hughes Company $ 766   $ 518   $ 1,800   $ 1,503  
             
    Per share amounts:      
    Basic income per Class A common stock $ 0.77   $ 0.51   $ 1.81   $ 1.49  
    Diluted income per Class A common stock $ 0.77   $ 0.51   $ 1.80   $ 1.48  
             
    Weighted average shares:        
    Class A basic   993     1,009     996     1,010  
    Class A diluted   999     1,017     1,001     1,016  
             
    Cash dividend per Class A common stock $ 0.21   $ 0.20   $ 0.63   $ 0.58  
             
    Condensed Consolidated Statements of Financial Position
     
    (Unaudited)
    (In millions) September 30,
    2024
    December 31,
    2023
    ASSETS
    Current Assets:    
    Cash and cash equivalents $ 2,664 $ 2,646
    Current receivables, net   6,920   7,075
    Inventories, net   5,254   5,094
    All other current assets   1,730   1,486
    Total current assets   16,568   16,301
    Property, plant and equipment, less accumulated depreciation   5,150   4,893
    Goodwill   6,167   6,137
    Other intangible assets, net   3,995   4,093
    Contract and other deferred assets   1,904   1,756
    All other assets   3,746   3,765
    Total assets $ 37,530 $ 36,945
    LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
    Current Liabilities:    
    Accounts payable $ 4,431 $ 4,471
    Short-term and current portion of long-term debt   52   148
    Progress collections and deferred income   5,685   5,542
    All other current liabilities   2,622   2,830
    Total current liabilities   12,790   12,991
    Long-term debt   5,984   5,872
    Liabilities for pensions and other postretirement benefits   991   978
    All other liabilities   1,422   1,585
    Equity   16,343   15,519
    Total liabilities and equity $ 37,530 $ 36,945
         
    Outstanding Baker Hughes Company shares:    
    Class A common stock   989   998
             
    Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
     
    (Unaudited)
      Three Months
    Ended
    September 30,
    Nine Months Ended
    September 30,
    (In millions)   2024     2024     2023  
    Cash flows from operating activities:      
    Net income $ 774   $ 1,817   $ 1,519  
    Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash flows from operating activities:      
    Depreciation and amortization   278     844     813  
    Stock-based compensation cost   53     154     148  
    Gain on equity securities   (99 )   (171 )   (639 )
    Provision for deferred income taxes   2     35     68  
    Other asset impairments   —     —     43  
    Working capital   (21 )   (57 )   19  
    Other operating items, net   23     (480 )   159  
    Net cash flows provided by operating activities   1,010     2,142     2,130  
    Cash flows from investing activities:      
    Expenditures for capital assets   (300 )   (925 )   (868 )
    Proceeds from disposal of assets   44     145     150  
    Proceeds from sale of equity securities   —     21     372  
    Proceeds from business dispositions   —     —     293  
    Net cash paid for acquisitions   —     —     (301 )
    Other investing items, net   (13 )   (40 )   (149 )
    Net cash flows used in investing activities   (269 )   (799 )   (503 )
    Cash flows from financing activities:      
    Repayment of long-term debt   (9 )   (134 )   —  
    Dividends paid   (209 )   (628 )   (586 )
    Repurchase of Class A common stock   (152 )   (476 )   (219 )
    Other financing items, net   6     (55 )   (56 )
    Net cash flows used in financing activities   (364 )   (1,293 )   (861 )
    Effect of currency exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents   3     (32 )   (53 )
    Increase in cash and cash equivalents   380     18     713  
    Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period   2,284     2,646     2,488  
    Cash and cash equivalents, end of period $ 2,664   $ 2,664   $ 3,201  
    Supplemental cash flows disclosures:      
    Income taxes paid, net of refunds $ 397   $ 733   $ 463  
    Interest paid $ 49   $ 199   $ 205  
                       

    Supplemental Financial Information

    Supplemental financial information can be found on the Company’s website at: investors.bakerhughes.com in the Financial Information section under Quarterly Results.

    Conference Call and Webcast

    The Company has scheduled an investor conference call to discuss management’s outlook and the results reported in today’s earnings announcement. The call will begin at 9:30 a.m. Eastern time, 8:30 a.m. Central time on Wednesday, October 23, 2024, the content of which is not part of this earnings release. The conference call will be broadcast live via a webcast and can be accessed by visiting the Events and Presentations page on the Company’s website at: investors.bakerhughes.com. An archived version of the webcast will be available on the website for one month following the webcast.

    Forward-Looking Statements

    This news release (and oral statements made regarding the subjects of this release) may contain forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (each a “forward-looking statement”). Forward-looking statements concern future circumstances and results and other statements that are not historical facts and are sometimes identified by the words “may,” “will,” “should,” “potential,” “intend,” “expect,” “would,” “seek,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “overestimate,” “underestimate,” “believe,” “could,” “project,” “predict,” “continue,” “target”, “goal” or other similar words or expressions. There are many risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from our forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are also affected by the risk factors described in the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the annual period ended December 31, 2023 and those set forth from time to time in other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). The documents are available through the Company’s website at: http://www.investors.bakerhughes.com or through the SEC’s Electronic Data Gathering and Analysis Retrieval system at: http://www.sec.gov. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statement, except as required by law. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on any of these forward-looking statements.

    Our expectations regarding our business outlook and business plans; the business plans of our customers; oil and natural gas market conditions; cost and availability of resources; economic, legal and regulatory conditions, and other matters are only our forecasts regarding these matters.

    These forward-looking statements, including forecasts, may be substantially different from actual results, which are affected by many risks, along with the following risk factors and the timing of any of these risk factors:

    • Economic and political conditions – the impact of worldwide economic conditions and rising inflation; the effect that declines in credit availability may have on worldwide economic growth and demand for hydrocarbons; foreign currency exchange fluctuations and changes in the capital markets in locations where we operate; and the impact of government disruptions and sanctions.
    • Orders and RPO – our ability to execute on orders and RPO in accordance with agreed specifications, terms and conditions and convert those orders and RPO to revenue and cash.
    • Oil and gas market conditions – the level of petroleum industry exploration, development and production expenditures; the price of, volatility in pricing of, and the demand for crude oil and natural gas; drilling activity; drilling permits for and regulation of the shelf and the deepwater drilling; excess productive capacity; crude and product inventories; liquefied natural gas supply and demand; seasonal and other adverse weather conditions that affect the demand for energy; severe weather conditions, such as tornadoes and hurricanes, that affect exploration and production activities; Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries (“OPEC”) policy and the adherence by OPEC nations to their OPEC production quotas.
    • Terrorism and geopolitical risks – war, military action, terrorist activities or extended periods of international conflict, particularly involving any petroleum-producing or consuming regions, including Russia and Ukraine; and the recent conflict in the Middle East; labor disruptions, civil unrest or security conditions where we operate; potentially burdensome taxation, expropriation of assets by governmental action; cybersecurity risks and cyber incidents or attacks; epidemic outbreaks.

    About Baker Hughes:

    Baker Hughes (Nasdaq: BKR) is an energy technology company that provides solutions for energy and industrial customers worldwide. Built on a century of experience and conducting business in over 120 countries, our innovative technologies and services are taking energy forward – making it safer, cleaner and more efficient for people and the planet. Visit us at bakerhughes.com

    For more information, please contact:

    Investor Relations

    Chase Mulvehill
    +1 346-297-2561
    investor.relations@bakerhughes.com

    Media Relations

    Adrienne Lynch
    +1 713-906-8407
    adrienne.lynch@bakerhughes.com

    The MIL Network –

    January 24, 2025
  • MIL-OSI United Kingdom: Governments launch largest review of sector since privatisation

    Source: United Kingdom – Executive Government & Departments

    The UK and Welsh Governments have introduced major legislation with new powers to bring criminal charges against water executives and a ban on bonuses.

    An Independent Commission into the water sector and its regulation will be launched by the government tomorrow (Wednesday 23 October), in what is expected to form the largest review of the industry since privatisation.   

    The Commission forms the next stage in the Government’s long-term approach to ensuring we have a sufficiently robust and stable regulatory framework to attract the investment needed to clean up our waterways, speed up infrastructure delivery and restore public confidence in the sector. 

    It follows the Government’s inaugural International Investment Summit last week at which the Prime Minister spoke of the need for regulation and regulators to support growth and investment in the UK.  

    Launched by the UK and Welsh governments, the Commission will report back next year with recommendations to the Government on how to tackle inherited systemic issues in the water sector to restore our rivers, lakes and seas to good health, meet the challenges of the future and drive economic growth. 

    These recommendations will form the basis of further legislation to attract long-term investment and clean up our waters for good – injecting billions of pounds into the economy, speeding up delivery on infrastructure to support house building and addressing water scarcity, given the country needs to source an additional 5 billion litres of water a day by 2050.  

    Former Deputy Governor of the Bank of England, Jon Cunliffe, will chair the Commission. With several decades of economic and regulatory experience, his appointment demonstrates the Government’s serious ambitions.  

    The Commission will draw upon a panel of experts from across the regulatory, environment, health, engineering, customer, investor and economic sectors. It forms part of the Government’s reset of the water sector by establishing a new partnership between government, water companies, customers, investors, and all those who enjoy our waters and work to protect our environment.  

    Launching the review, Secretary of State Steve Reed said:    

    Our waterways are polluted and our water system urgently needs fixing.   

    That is why today we have launched a Water Commission to attract the investment we need to clean up our waterways and rebuild our broken water infrastructure.  

    The Commission’s findings will help shape new legislation to reform the water sector so it properly serves the interests of customers and the environment. 

    Water Commission Chair Sir Jon Cunliffe said:  

    I’m honoured to be appointed as chair of the government’s new Water Commission. It is vital we deliver a better system to attract stable investment and speed up the building of water infrastructure.

    Working over many years in the public sector, in environment, transport and the Treasury, and the Bank of England, I have seen how the regulation of private firms can be fundamental to incentivising performance and innovation, securing resilience and delivering public policy objectives.  

    I am looking forward to working with experts from across the water sector, from environment and customer groups and investors, to help deliver a water sector that works successfully for both customers, investors and our natural environment.

    Huw Irranca Davies, Wales’ Deputy First Minister with responsibility for Climate Change and Rural Affairs, added:  

    This vital review couldn’t come at a more urgent time for our water environment and water industry.      

    This shows the fresh approach of our two governments working together on an issue which affects us all as consumers, investors and as stewards of the natural world.   

    Both the Welsh and UK Governments are determined to improve water quality and the resilience of the water sector for future generations. We have clear priorities for reform and a shared sense of the work needed across both countries’ policy and regulatory regimes to make this change happen.

    A set of recommendations will be delivered to the Defra Secretary of State, and Deputy First Minister and Cabinet Secretary for Climate Change and Rural Affairs next year. The UK Government and Welsh Government will then respond with the proposals they intend to take forward.  

    The objectives of the Commission are to recommend measures to ensure the regulatory system delivers:  

    • Clear Vision: Establishing clear outcomes for the future and a long-term vision for delivering environmental, public health, customer, and economic outcomes.  

    • Strategic Planning: Adopting a collaborative, strategic, catchment approach to managing water, tackling pollution and restoring nature.  

    • Better Regulation: Rationalising and clarifying requirements for companies to secure better customer and environmental outcomes. 

    • Empowered Regulators: Ensuring regulators are effective in holding water companies accountable, for example for illegal pollution.    

    • Improved Delivery: Enhancing the sector’s ability to meet obligations, including clean rivers, lakes, and seas, while driving innovation. 

    • Stable Framework: Ensuring a regulatory environment that attracts investment and supports financial resilience for water companies.  

    • Consumer Protection: Safeguarding consumer interests and affordability through transparent and fair governance.  

    • Resilient Infrastructure: Delivering and maintaining robust infrastructure on time, anticipating future needs and climate challenges.   

    The independent commission is the third stage of the government’s water strategy. In his first week in office, the Secretary of State secured an agreement from water companies and Ofwat to ringfence money for vital infrastructure upgrades so it cannot be diverted to shareholder payouts and bonus payments.   

    In just 70 days, the Government also introduced the Water (Special Measures) Bill, which sets out tough new measures to crack down on water companies failing their customers. This includes:    

    • Bringing criminal charges against persistent lawbreakers, including imprisonment.  

    • Strengthening regulation to ensure water bosses face personal criminal liability for lawbreaking.  

    • Giving the water regulator new powers to ban the payment of bonuses if environmental standards are not met.  

    • Boost accountability for water executives through a new ‘code of conduct’ for water companies, so customers can summon board members and hold executives to account.  

    • Introduce new powers to bring automatic and severe fines.  

    • Require water companies to install real-time monitors at every sewage outlet with data independently scrutinised by the water regulators.  

    In addition, the cost recovery powers of regulators will be expanded to ensure that water companies bear the cost of enforcement action taken in response to their failings. The Environment Agency will undertake a consultation on the implementation of these new powers.

    Further quotes

    Jon Phillips, Chief Executive of the Global Infrastructure Investor Association said:

    The Secretary of State should be congratulated for acting swiftly to put in place this much needed review and reset of the water sector. No parties involved in the sector can be happy with the current arrangements, and that includes investors whose capital is vital to addressing current and future environmental challenges.

    The government has heard loud and clear that the sector needs both a long-term plan and a regulatory framework that places greater emphasis on attracting investment. We look forward to the opportunity to support the Commission’s work and hope that its findings can be put into practice at the earliest opportunity.

    Gail Davies-Walsh, CEO of Afonydd Cymru, said:

    This independent review of Welsh and English water companies is very welcome news and something that we hope will ultimately result in a much needed boost for river health.

    We would like to understand how long-term water company investment can be secured to deliver the environmental performance that we need.

    Afonydd Cymru welcome the collaboration of Welsh Government and the UK Government on this matter, particularly given the current cross-border management issues that hinder river restoration efforts.

    Richard Benwell, CEO of Wildlife and Countryside Link, said:

    The water sector is a perfect example of where stronger, better enforced regulation can drive up investment and drive down pollution.

    We welcome this significant review as the next step in Defra’s work to clean up our water environment. We’ll be looking for strong new rules that tie the industry into environmental investment and improve the way that money is spent in every river catchment to deliver quick, clean results for nature and communities.

    Jamie Cook, CEO of Angling Trust, said:

    The Angling Community has been calling for a root and branch review of Britain’s failing water sector, so we are pleased the Government has moved swiftly to set up an independent commission to deliver this.

    However, there is inevitably going to be a difficult balancing act between economic, consumer and environmental priorities that this review will need to address. We are pleased the views of water users, like the two million anglers, are going to be a key part of this review. 

    The Angling Trust is committed to working with the commission to ensure the health of our rivers, lakes and seas remains front and centre of its work.

    Mark Lloyd, CEO of Rivers Trust, said:

    35 years after water privatisation, this review is long overdue, which makes it even more welcome.  Our rivers have been flatlining for far too long, alongside the failure of our current systems to manage ageing infrastructure and population increase they face huge strategic challenges from climate change and biodiversity decline.

    Incremental policy tweaks will not fix our water system, and the review must look beyond the water industry to include land and water management in both urban and rural areas.  There needs to be much more focus on delivery of cost-effective solutions, through an integrated systems approach. 

    We will be keeping a close eye on the work of the commission to ensure it considers land use, nature, drought, flood and pollution in concert, because they are all intrinsically linked.  We look forward to working closely with Sir Jon Cunliffe and his team on a new system.

    Nicci Russell, CEO of Waterwise, said:

    We welcome this review, its wide scope and the collaborative way the government is approaching it. We agree with the government that now is the time for a reset in the water sector – nothing happens without water, so access to water needs to be at the heart of everything the government does.

    We will aim to put water efficiency at the heart of the Commission’s work, and look forward to working with Sir Jon and his team of experts to do this. The first objective in our Water Efficiency Strategy to 2030 is that governments and regulators show clear, visible leadership for water efficiency and reflect this in their policy and regulatory frameworks. 

    We are also delighted to see that Ministers are placing environmental and social outcomes as equally important to economic ones – because nothing happens without water. This is a great opportunity for the water sector to play a part in the Government’s mission of national renewal – not just in delivering a vital public service, but also in playing a proactive role to ensure a just society and a strong economy.

    Joan Edwards, Director Policy and Public Affairs at The Wildlife Trusts, said:

    This review comes not a moment too soon, given the precarious and polluted state of our waters, and the looming threat of future water shortages.

    It’s crucial that regulation drives companies to invest in the solutions that can best deliver improvements for nature at the same time as limiting bill increases.

    We look forward to supporting the Commission’s work by feeding in on the importance of a healthy environment and the changes needed to get us there.

    Share this page

    The following links open in a new tab

    • Share on Facebook (opens in new tab)
    • Share on Twitter (opens in new tab)

    Updates to this page

    Published 22 October 2024

    MIL OSI United Kingdom –

    January 24, 2025
  • MIL-OSI USA: Congressman Harris Announces Upcoming Military Service Academy Nomination Deadline

    Source: United States House of Representatives – Congressman Andy Harris (MD-01)

    Washington, D.C. – Today the office of Congressman Andy Harris, M.D., announced the upcoming deadline for high school students interested in pursuing a Congressional nomination to submit their application to attend one of the nation’s military service academies.

    To be considered for a nomination, each applicant must submit a complete application before November 1, 2024. A complete application must include:

    • Online application
    • Three Letters of Recommendations: One letter should be written by your High School Principal or Guidance Counselor. Other letters may be written by teachers, coaches, scout masters, clergy or community leaders who can accurately comment and attest to your character, abilities and potential success at a Military Academy. Letters should be sealed and submitted with the application packet.
    • Official High School Transcript: Please include a copy of your Senior Class Schedule. Senior grades should be submitted as soon as they are available and will be accepted after the application deadline.
    • Photograph: 4×6 color photograph
    • Official SAT/ACT Scores: Scores must be sent directly to Congressman Harris’ Office by the testing service. The institution code for SAT scores is 5158 and the ACT scores code is 7443. You are encouraged to take the SAT or ACT exams “early and often” in order to improve your academic competitiveness. Academies will accept the highest scores in each academic area (superscore), regardless of testing date.

    Any questions about this process can be emailed to  MD01Academy@mail.house.gov. The subject line should read “[first name] [last name] Academy Application Process.”


    For media inquiries, please contact Anna Adamian at Anna.A@mail.house.gov

    MIL OSI USA News –

    January 24, 2025
  • MIL-OSI USA: AG Ferguson: Washington successfully defends ban on the sale and distribution of DIY rape kits

    Source: Washington State News

    Leda Health’s over-the-counter rape kits gather evidence that is rarely, if ever, admissible in court

    TACOMA — A federal judge upheld Washington’s ban on selling and distributing over-the-counter sexual assault kits today, dismissing a lawsuit brought by a Pennsylvania company that sells the self-administered kits for profit.

    House Bill 1564, signed into law in 2023, prohibits the sale and distribution of self-administered sexual assault kits. The Legislature found that “at-home sexual assault test kits create false expectations and harm the potential for successful investigations and prosecutions. The sale of over-the-counter sexual assault kits may prevent survivors from receiving accurate information about their options and reporting processes; from obtaining access to appropriate and timely medical treatment and follow up; and from connecting to their community and other vital resources.”

    Sexual assault kits are used as part of a forensic examination, conducted by a trained medical professional, to gather evidence from survivors of sexual assault to be used in subsequent investigations and prosecutions. Washingtonians can receive free sexual assault kits from hospitals and other medical providers. These kits are admissible in court. Individuals can search for a local medical provider that provides free sexual assault exams here: https://depts.washington.edu/uwhatc/ch/sexual-assault-medical-exams-providers.html

    Leda Health sells “early evidence kits” in other states. Leda marketed and distributed its self-collection sexual assault kits in Washington prior to a cease-and-desist letter from the Attorney General’s Office and the passage of the new law.

    Law enforcement and prosecutors rely on these professionally administered exams to protect the integrity of those investigations and prosecutions. Evidence collected using over-the-counter rape kits outside a hospital setting are rarely, if ever, admissible in court.

    Leda challenged Washington’s ban, claiming the new state law violates the First Amendment and due process. Attorney General Bob Ferguson defended the law, and yesterday, U.S. District Court Chief Judge David G. Estudillo granted Ferguson’s motion to dismiss the lawsuit and denied Leda’s motion to block the law.

    “This is a legal victory for sexual assault survivors,” Ferguson said. “By an overwhelming bipartisan vote, the Legislature adopted this state law that prevents companies from exploiting sexual assault survivors. Survivors should know that they are not alone — critical services to help them seek justice are available from trained medical professionals, at no cost.”

    Washington’s law protects victims from misleading marketing from companies like Leda, which wrongfully claim their self-administered kits are a viable alternative to the kits done in a hospital setting.

    Banning “at-home” sexual assault kits

    House Bill 1564 went into effect in July 2023, after garnering overwhelming, bipartisan support from the state Legislature. 

    The law prohibits the sale and distribution of sexual assault kits that are marketed or presented to collect “evidence” at-home or over-the-counter by anyone other than law enforcement or a health care provider.

    Self-administered kits have multiple important differences from an exam conducted by a Sexual Assault Nurse Examiner. These professionals receive specialized training including:

    • Providing comprehensive care to sexual assault survivors, including prevention treatment for STIs and follow-up care,
    • Collecting evidence in a way that avoids cross-contamination,
    • Storing evidence to avoid contamination or spoliation, and
    • Maintaining a chain of custody for the evidence.

    Consequently, evidence kits collected from these exams are accepted by the Washington State Crime Lab and routinely admitted as evidence by Washington courts.

    In contrast, self-administered kits face numerous barriers to admission as evidence, including concerns about cross-contamination, spoliation, validity, and chain of custody.

    Importantly, self-administered kits are not eligible for submission to the Crime Lab, and therefore any DNA collected would not be entered into CODIS, a national DNA profile database that national, state and local law enforcement use to identify repeat offenders, build leads, and track evidence.

    Survivors have the right to have an advocate or personal representative with them during an exam. Survivors do not have to make a decision about talking to law enforcement or reporting a crime in order to obtain a SANE exam. State law requires unreported sexual assault kits be transported to local law enforcement and stored for 20 years from the date of collection. Timely forensic examinations by a trained provider represent the best chance to preserve evidence if a survivor chooses to move forward with reporting the assault and criminal investigation.

    Ferguson’s Survivor Justice Unit

    Ferguson’s Survivor Justice Unit, formerly the Sexual Assault Kit Initiative, is part of a coordinated, statewide effort to test every single backlogged sexual assault kit in the state.

    In October 2023, Ferguson announced the state had effectively cleared Washington’s backlog of sexual assault kits.

    In addition to this project, the unit:

    • Assists local law enforcement to investigate sexually motivated homicides. The SJU is currently assisting with two cold sexually motivated homicides: one in King County and one in Port Orchard.
    • Helps solve cold cases by assisting with genetic forensic genealogy and other advanced DNA testing. A response that is commonly received from such agencies is that they do not have the resources and or personnel available to delve into cold cases to determine whether such testing would be appropriate. For example, in August, AGO-funded forensic genetic genealogy testing helped Kent police narrow the list of suspects and make an arrest in the 44-year-old murder of Dorothy “Dottie” Silzel. Kenneth Duane Kundert, 65, was arrested in Arkansas on Aug. 20 after DNA on a cigarette butt Kundert discarded matched the profile of the suspect in the crime.
    • Stands up for survivors by following up on cold cases from backlogged sexual assault kits. The SJU uses available data to track sexual assault cases and identify serial sex offenders.

    The SJU has helped solve dozens of cold case sexual assaults and homicides.

    Ferguson requests $534,000 for the upcoming biennium to support the ongoing work of this new unit.

    -30-

    Washington’s Attorney General serves the people and the state of Washington. As the state’s largest law firm, the Attorney General’s Office provides legal representation to every state agency, board, and commission in Washington. Additionally, the Office serves the people directly by enforcing consumer protection, civil rights, and environmental protection laws. The Office also prosecutes elder abuse, Medicaid fraud, and handles sexually violent predator cases in 38 of Washington’s 39 counties. Visit http://www.atg.wa.gov to learn more.

    Media Contact:

    Brionna Aho, Communications Director, (360) 753-2727; Brionna.aho@atg.wa.gov

    General contacts: Click here

    MIL OSI USA News –

    January 24, 2025
  • MIL-OSI United Nations: Note to Correspondents: Joint communiqué of the 8th AU-UN Annual Conference

    Source: United Nations secretary general

    1. On 21 October 2024, the African Union Commission Chairperson, Moussa Faki Mahamat and the United Nations Secretary-General António Guterres convened the Eighth African Union-United Nations Annual Conference in Addis Ababa, Ethiopia. They noted with deep concern the current state of peace and security globally, including armed conflicts and humanitarian crises, and in some cases profound disregard for international law and the shared principles of the two organizations.

    2. The Chairperson and the Secretary-General reviewed progress in the implementation of the “Joint UN-AU Framework for Enhanced Partnership in Peace and Security,” the “AU-UN Framework for the Implementation of Agenda 2063 and the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development,” and the “AU-UN Joint Framework on Human Rights.” They welcomed the progress made in the implementation of the three joint frameworks.

    3. The Chairperson and the Secretary-General welcomed the convening of the HighLevel Strategic Dialogue on Sustainable Development co-chaired by the Deputy Secretary-General of the United Nations and the Deputy Chairperson of the African Union Commission, which seeks to advance strategic coordination and alignment within the context of the African Union-United Nations Framework for the Implementation of Agenda 2063 and the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development. They reiterated their commitment to deliver socio-economic development and prosperity in line with the AU Agenda 2063 and UN 2030 Agenda. They welcomed the formulation of the Second Ten-Year Implementation Plan of Agenda 2063 and emphasized the need for the timely and effective implementation of the Plan, as well as a stronger working relationship between the AU and the UN at the continental, regional and national level in its realization towards Africa’s accelerated socio-economic transformation and development. In this regard, they saluted the decision of the AU-UN High-level Strategic Dialogue to engage the African Women Leaders Network to support the mainstreaming of gender throughout the AU-UN strategic coordination process. The Chairperson and the Secretary-General welcomed the progress made, and called for the full operationalization of mechanisms of the five thematic ‘college–to–college’ formations.

    4. The Chairperson and the Secretary-General noted their concern that the absence of fiscal space in African countries to invest in sustainable development continues to undermine progress in the implementation of Agenda 2063 and the 2030 Agenda and called on Member States to approach the 4th International Conference on Financing for Development with the level of ambition needed to achieve transformative results. They reaffirmed the commitment of the African Union and the United Nations to jointly advocate for urgent measures to generate fiscal space, such as the SDG Stimulus and the reform of the international financial architecture. They reaffirmed the readiness of the two organizations to jointly support African Member States in strengthening their domestic resource mobilization systems to ensure the long-term sustainability of financing for development, including the Global Africa Business Initiative (GABI) convened by the UN Global Compact in collaboration with UN partner agencies.

    5. The Annual Conference welcomed the African Union’s membership of the G20 and the commitment of the United Nations to work with and support the African Union in ensuring that Africa’s needs, interests and priorities are well articulated and take the center-stage in the processes, agenda, deliberations and outcomes of the G20 meetings.

    6. The Chairperson and the Secretary-General welcomed the adoption by the United Nations General Assembly of the Pact for the Future, the Global Digital Compact and the Declaration on Future Generations on 22 September, noting that they open pathways to new possibilities and opportunities towards a more effective, inclusive, networked multilateral system that is better equipped to effectively respond to today’s and tomorrow’s political, economic, environmental and technological challenges. They called for urgent and concerted action to implement all agreed commitments.

    7. The Annual Conference underscored the primacy of political solutions and the need to strengthen the capacities of both organizations in preventive diplomacy and mediation. The Annual Conference emphasized the imperative to prioritize good offices missions, and further strengthen collaboration between Africa Union and United Nations Special Representatives and Envoys deployed in various parts of the continent.

    8. The Annual Conference welcomed the ongoing initiatives in promoting the Women Peace and Security and the Youth Peace and Security agendas, as well as protection of children in conflict situations. They reiterated the importance of consolidating and building on the gains made in promoting inclusive political processes through effective engagement and participation of women and the youth in peace processes at the technical, operational, decision-making and policymaking levels.

    9. The Chairperson and the Secretary-General welcomed the ongoing elaboration of the Common African Position on Climate, Peace and Security, which would represent not only a global precedent, but also an important step for mitigation and adaptation strategies on the continent. They underscored the importance of the Common African Position both as a means of underscoring the effects of climate change on Africa’s peace, security, and development efforts, and as a means to strengthen Africa’s calls for support in its sustainable development and for equity in the name of climate justice. In particular, the Annual Conference highlighted the risks posed by the aggravating water crisis across the continent, and called for greater collaboration between the AU and the UN to overcome the crisis. The Annual Conference also looked forward to the outcome of the Ninth Session of the Africa Regional Platform and the High-Level Meeting on Disaster Risk Reduction, scheduled for the 21-24 October in Namibia, and in this context called for the accelerated development of early warning systems, to attain the goal of universal coverage by 2027.

    10.The Chairperson and the Secretary-General welcomed the adoption of United Nations Security Council resolution 2719 (2023) which represents a significant milestone toward ensuring adequate, predictable and sustainable funding for African Union-led peace support operations. They further recognized that the resolution provides opportunities to strengthen the partnership between the two organizations in peace and security under Chapter VIII of the Charter of the United Nations, whilst ensuring that peace operations in general adapt to present day realities. The Annual Conference endorsed the joint AU-UN roadmap on the operationalization of resolution 2719 (2023). The Annual Conference reaffirmed the preservation of the comparative advantages and complementarity of the African Union and the United Nations, based on their respective mandates, principles and shared objectives. It underscored the importance of the implementation of the resolution, whilst maintaining an integrated approach in addressing conflict situations comprehensively, by ensuring that capacities, systems, procedures and processes, as well as joint accountability and institutional readiness continue to be strengthened for the delivery and sustainment of African Union-led peace support operations deployed under resolution 2719 (2023).

    11.The Annual Conference expressed grave concern about the stalled political transition processes in Burkina Faso, Gabon, Guinea, Mali, Niger and Sudan, and called for the timely and peaceful return to constitutional order in these countries. The Annual Conference also noted with concern the heightened instability and insecurity, as well as the shrinking civic space in the affected States. The Annual Conference recognized the importance of dialogue and collaboration between affected States and sub-regional, continental, and global organizations in addressing the political, peace, security, development and human rights challenges.

    12.The Chairperson and the Secretary-General considered the final report of the High-Level Independent Panel on Security and Development in the Sahel presented by the Chair of the Panel, former President of the Republic of Niger Mahamadou Issoufou, and agreed to jointly take forward key recommendations through their respective organs and institutional mechanisms. The Annual Conference reaffirmed the commitment of the African Union and the United Nations to enhance their support in advancing democratic transitions in West Africa and the Sahel, working closely with the Economic Community of West African States (ECOWAS).

    13.On Libya, the Annual Conference welcomed efforts by the United Nations to foster inclusive political dialogue, including recent progress on the governance of the Central Bank. It took note of the persistent political stalemate and entrenched divisions in Libya, which continue to pose challenges for efforts to reunite the country and organize credible presidential and parliamentary elections to put in place unified, representative and legitimate Libyan institutions. The Annual Conference stressed that Libya’s sustainable peace and stability will only be realized through inclusive processes that will bring about legitimate governance and institutions; and in that regard, collective efforts, including of neighbors and international partners, must focus on supporting and encouraging the main Libyan leaders to take ownership of the political process, set aside personal interests and strive to reach political consensus in support for national reconciliation and the conduct of elections without further delays. The Conference expresses full support for the continued engagement of the African Union to promote national reconciliation through the adoption of the Charter on National Reconciliation.

    14.The Annual Conference observed that geopolitical dynamics in the Horn of Africa are becoming increasingly fragile and therefore noted the need for ever more coordinated preventive action and messaging by both organizations and partners on de-escalation and constructive engagement. On Somalia, the Annual Conference reiterated their close collaboration, including on the implementation of Security Council resolution 2748 (2024) to finalize the mission implementation plan for the PSC endorsed African Union Stabilization and Support Mission in Somalia. It also reaffirmed the importance of sustained and full implementation of the Cessation of Hostilities Agreement in Tigray, Ethiopia. On South Sudan, the Annual Conference agreed to enhance coordination of regional and international support for the process led by the Intergovernmental Authority on Development and called on the Transitional Government to sustain momentum in discussions on an agreed updated roadmap and timeline and advance the implementation of the Revitalized Agreement. On Sudan, the Annual Conference expressed grave concerned about the further escalation of fighting between the Sudanese Armed Forces and the Rapid Support Forces. They urged the parties to immediately engage in genuine dialogue to reach a permanent ceasefire, while stressing that the protection of civilians should be guaranteed at all times and unhindered and sustained humanitarian access should be ensured. The African Union and the United Nations strongly condemned external interference in Sudan and urged these actors to stop the flow of arms in Sudan, which continues to fuel the conflict. They welcomed the efforts spearheaded by the African Union and the Intergovernmental Authority on Development to support the transition to a fully democratic government that fulfils the aspirations of the Sudanese people. The Annual Conference also encouraged the good offices of the Personal Envoy of the Secretary-General on Sudan and AU High-Level Panel on Sudan and called for strengthened diplomatic push underpinned by the coordination and complementarity of initiatives. They welcomed the establishment of the PSC Presidential Ad Hoc Committee on Sudan, and reaffirmed their commitment to support the Committee in executing its mandate.

    15.On the Great Lakes region, the Annual Conference welcomed the 4 August ceasefire between the Democratic Republic of the Congo (DRC) and Rwanda, which has contributed to a reduction in hostilities in the North Kivu province of the DRC, while expressing concern about the humanitarian situation in North Kivu and Ituri, where armed groups activities continue to affect civilians and impede activities of humanitarian workers. The Annual Conference commended African Union mediator President João Lourenço of Angola for his steadfast efforts through the Luanda process, and the efforts deployed under the auspices of the East African Community (EAC) and the Southern African Development Community (SADC), including the deployment of the SADC Mission in the Democratic Republic of the Congo (SAMIDRC), aimed at restoring peace and security in the eastern Democratic Republic of the Congo. The Annual Conference stressed that attaining sustainable peace calls for addressing the root causes, including through full implementation of the Peace, Security and Cooperation Framework for the Democratic Republic of the Congo and the region, and in that regard, called for enhanced coordination of regional peace initiatives, including through the Quadripartite Process facilitated by the African Union.

    16.The Annual Conference took note of the expiry of the terms of office of the African Union Commission Chairperson, Deputy Chairperson and Commissioners in early 2025. The Secretary-General took the opportunity to commend the African Union Commission leadership for the commitment and support to the partnership during their terms of office. He paid special tribute to Chairperson Moussa Faki Mahamat for his leadership of the African Union Commission over the last eight years.

    17.The Chairperson and Secretary-General agreed to convene the Ninth African Union – United Nations Annual Conference in 2025 in New York at a mutually convenient date.

    MIL OSI United Nations News –

    January 24, 2025
  • MIL-OSI USA: Governor Polis, USDOT Deputy Secretary Trottenberg, CDOT and Local Agencies Celebrate Opening of I-25 Mobility Hubs

    Source: US State of Colorado

    LOVELAND — Today, Governor Jared Polis, U.S. Department of Transportation Deputy Secretary Polly Trottenberg, Colorado Department of Transportation Executive Director Shoshana Lew, and local partners celebrated the opening of three new mobility hubs along Interstate 25, between Longmont and Loveland. These new mobility hubs enhance transportation options along the busy I-25 corridor by connecting Coloradans and communities, reducing traffic and congestion, and protecting our air. 

    “Expanding and improving transportation options for Coloradans helps us reduce traffic, reach our climate, air quality, and housing goals all while saving people time and money. Today, as we open these three mobility hubs, we begin a new era of transportation along I-25 where Coloradans have more options to get where they need to go safely, conveniently, and affordably,” said Governor Polis. 

    These three new mobility hubs will strengthen the future of transit and general traffic safety on I-25 while connecting northern Coloradans with the rest of the state, improving rider experience, and saving riders time. 

    “The U.S. Department of Transportation is proud to invest in Colorado’s new mobility hubs on Interstate 25 that improve access, mobility and give people more options to safely travel between communities in Northern Colorado and downtown Denver,” said U.S. Transportation Deputy Secretary Polly Trottenberg. “The I-25 North Corridor is the backbone of the Front Range, and as Colorado continues to grow, it is critical that we continue to expand transportation options like bus transit to serve the needs of all Coloradans.” 

    The hubs were designed with safety and operational efficiency, with a center-loading area for passengers between the northbound and southbound lanes at the Berthoud and Centerra Loveland hubs. 

    “This infrastructure allows transit trips in Northern Colorado to be more convenient, efficient and comfortable. Along with better access to Bustang’s North Line, our network of I-25 mobility hubs is encouraging transit-oriented development that will give local residents new and better travel options, as well as better access to all that Northern Colorado has to offer,” said CDOT Executive Director Shoshana Lew. 

    The mobility hubs offer affordable, reliable, and relaxing transportation choices to move people safely between downtown Denver and Fort Collins, providing a catalyst for more housing Coloradans can afford and connecting more people to other cities and towns, employment centers, and entertainment and cultural facilities. The Berthoud and Centerra Loveland mobility hubs were constructed as part of the I-25 North Express Lanes Project, Berthoud to Fort Collins. Roadway and Express Lanes construction between Colorado State Highway 56 and Prospect Road reached substantial completion in December 2023. With the opening of the mobility hubs, this section of the I-25 North corridor will provide a truly efficient, multimodal and safe transportation connection for northern Coloradans and anyone passing through the I-25 North corridor. 

    “As the City of Loveland Mayor Pro Tem, a resident, and the current chair of the North Front Range Metropolitan Planning Organization (NFRMPO) I am extremely pleased to see the Centerra-Loveland Mobility Hub completed. I’ve watched it being constructed over the past couple of years and can say everyone should be very proud of the outcome,” said Jon Mallo. “I think the biggest plus for Loveland’s residents is how much more convenient and faster it will be to get back and forth to Denver. All of my kids and grandchildren live in the Denver area and I use Bustang exclusively for visits and ballgames.” 

    “After nearly a decade in the making, the new Centerra-Loveland Station and Kendall Parkway connection not only ensures commuters have access to more transit options but also helps to reduce congestion and contribute to more sustainable transit for Northern Colorado,” said the President of the Centerra Metro District, Kim Perry. “We’re proud to partner with CDOT to bring these innovative transit solutions to our residents, providing opportunities to save time, reduce emissions, and improve traffic safety.” 

    Work on the next segment of the I-25 North Express Lanes Project, Mead to Berthoud, kicked off in May 2024 and will continue through 2028. As construction continues, remember to account for travel delays, obey posted speed limits and never drive distracted. With the mobility hubs complete, now is a great time to take advantage of Bustang and other regional public transportation services to make navigating construction a bit easier. 

    About the I-25 North Mobility Hubs 

    CDOT has proactively recognized and planned for the rapid population increase occurring in northern Colorado and has committed to provide multimodal choices in the form of Express Lanes, mobility hubs and carpool lots, to reduce congestion and greenhouse gasses along the I-25 corridor. As part of the 26-mile long operational and safety improvement projects recently completed, three hubs were constructed at Firestone-Longmont (CO 119), Berthoud (CO 56) and Centerra Loveland (off new Kendall Parkway, north of the US 34 interchange), completing the build out of the hub network in Northern Colorado.

    Left to Right: Chris Boespflug, (I-25 Project manager), Kim Perry, McWhinney, Gov, Polly, SL, Heather, Andy Wilson (FHWA CO Division Deputy Director), Transportation Commissioner Karen Stuart

     

    Governor Polis Speaking at Grand Opening of I-25 Mobility Hub in Loveland

     

    U.S. Department of Transportation Deputy Secretary Polly Trottenberg Speaking at I-25 Mobility Hub

    ###

    MIL OSI USA News –

    January 24, 2025
  • MIL-OSI USA: Governor Lamont Announces $30 Million Investment for Infrastructure Improvements at State Parks

    Source: US State of Connecticut

    (HARTFORD, CT) – Governor Ned Lamont, chairman of the State Bond Commission, today announced that the commission voted at its meeting this morning to approve an allocation of $30 million that will be used for infrastructure repairs and refurbishment needed across the Connecticut State Parks system, including $3 million that will be used to make critical repairs at state parks impacted by the extreme flash flooding event Connecticut experienced on August 18, 2024.

    This funding supports the Restore CT State Parks initiative, which is an historic effort by the Lamont administration and the state legislature to address the backlog of needed repairs across Connecticut’s 110 state parks and 32 state forests. Since 2022, the state has committed more than $70 million of American Rescue Plan Act and state bond funds to support investment in outdoor recreation across Connecticut.

    The August 18 flooding event caused serious damage at Larkin Trail State Park (Middlebury, Naugatuck, Oxford, Southbury), Kettletown State Park (Southbury), Southford Falls State Park (Southbury), and other outdoor recreational areas in the vicinity. This investment will support the most urgent repairs, including stabilizing affected areas to prevent future damage and addressing critical public safety concerns.

    “Our state parks and forests are a big part of our incredible quality of life in Connecticut,” Governor Lamont said. “These destinations are also well-loved, welcoming an estimated 17 million visitors annually – that’s more than four times the population of Connecticut. We’re restoring our parks to ensure that residents and visitors now and into the future can have a wonderful outdoor recreation experience in Connecticut.”

    The Connecticut State Parks system is administered and maintained by the Department of Energy and Environmental Protection (DEEP).

    “Thanks to the governor’s and the legislature’s historic commitment, we’ve already made significant progress addressing our backlog of repairs and refurbishment, completing dozens of projects with many more projects in process,” DEEP Commissioner Katie Dykes said. “From brand-new windows in the Heublein Tower, to terrace reconstruction at Gillette Castle, to a new boardwalk at Rocky Neck, and countless more projects, we’re delivering an improved parks experience for current and future visitors.”

    Under the Restore CT State Parks initiative, DEEP is working on projects across the state to improve ADA access, repair historic and cultural infrastructure, such as Gillette Castle, Fort Trumbull, and Heublein Tower; and address critical maintenance backlogs, such as paving and bathhouse and utility repairs.

    For more information on Restore CT State Parks, including a list of projects completed, in progress, or planned, click here.

     

    MIL OSI USA News –

    January 24, 2025
  • MIL-OSI Security: Cape Girardeau Felon Admits Stealing Gun, Possessing Machine Guns

    Source: United States Bureau of Alcohol Tobacco Firearms and Explosives (ATF)

    CAPE GIRARDEAU – A convicted felon on Tuesday admitted stealing a pistol from a Cape Girardeau County gun store and being caught days later with two machine guns.

    Dayvion Jyraud Parker, 21, pleaded guilty in U.S. District Court in Cape Girardeau to five felonies: stealing a firearm from a licensed dealer, two counts of being a felon in possession of a firearm and two counts of possession of a machine gun.

    Parker admitted that on June 17, 2024, he and another man stole a Sig Sauer 9mm pistol from a federally licensed firearm dealer in Cape Girardeau County. Parker first hid the pistol under his jacket before placing it between his back and the back of his wheelchair. On June 25, law enforcement officers performing a court-approved search of a home in Cape Girardeau found Parker lying on a bed with two pistols between the bed frame and the wall. Both pistols were equipped with auto sears, or “switches,” that rendered them fully automatic.

    Parker is a felon and is barred from possession firearms. He was also wanted on an outstanding arrest warrant and was on probation in Illinois for aggravated discharge of a firearm.

    Parker is scheduled to be sentenced Jan. 28, 2025. The theft charge carries a potential penalty of up to 5 years in prison. The felon in possession charges each carry a penalty of up to 15 years in prison and the machine gun charge carries a potential 10-year prison term.

    Parker’s co-defendant, Danaje Raymond Webster, 23, has not yet been arrested. Charges set forth in an indictment are merely accusations and do not constitute proof of guilt.  Every defendant is presumed to be innocent unless and until proven guilty.

    The Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives, the U.S. Marshals Service and the Cape Girardeau County Sheriff’s Office investigated the case. Assistant U.S. Attorney Timothy Willis is prosecuting the case.

    This case is part of Project Safe Neighborhoods (PSN), a program bringing together all levels of law enforcement and the communities they serve to reduce violent crime and gun violence, and to make our neighborhoods safer for everyone. On May 26, 2021, the Department launched a violent crime reduction strategy strengthening PSN based on these core principles: fostering trust and legitimacy in our communities, supporting community-based organizations that help prevent violence from occurring in the first place, setting focused and strategic enforcement priorities, and measuring the results.

    MIL Security OSI –

    January 24, 2025
  • MIL-OSI Global: Is conservatism really on the rise in Canada? Blaine Higgs’ big loss in New Brunswick suggests not

    Source: The Conversation – Canada – By Noah Fry, PhD Candidate, Political Science, McMaster University

    Make no mistake, New Brunswick Premier Blaine Higgs lost big on Monday night. The province’s voters delivered a forceful rebuke of Higgs’ Progressive Conservatives similar to the 1995 election, when the party won only six seats against Frank McKenna’s Liberals.

    This time, the PCs were reduced to 16 seats while the Liberals won 31. The Greens dropped to two seats.

    This seat count downplays the Liberals’ 13-point popular vote lead in a tough political environment.

    Historically, the Liberals have had inefficient support that’s been concentrated in safe francophone ridings. This time, they made inroads with anglophones beyond Moncton.

    Higgs, among Canada’s most socially conservative premiers, lost his own safe seat of Quispamsis, which was among the province’s most Conservative ridings in the 2020 election.

    The result was a referendum on Higgs’ brand of conservatism. Along with the failure of the resurgent Conservatives in British Columbia to win a clear victory on Oct. 19, Higgs’ loss challenges the narrative that conservatism is on the rise across Canada.




    Read more:
    Move over, Danielle Smith: What Canadians should know about New Brunswick’s Blaine Higgs


    Governing to the (far) right

    Since gaining power in 2018, Higgs embraced a neoconservative social agenda.

    Most notably, he triggered a national conversation on trans children’s recognition in schools. Using the language of “parental rights,” Higgs introduced parent consent restrictions for name and pronoun changes for children under 16.




    Read more:
    New Brunswick’s LGBTQ+ safe schools debate makes false opponents of parents and teachers


    Research shows trans children have high rates of suicidal ideation, especially when they’re not supported in how they identify.

    Over time, Higgs supported anti-trans and anti-sex education protesters, even as many advocates, parents and educators raised concerns about the safety and mental well-being of LGBTQ+ youth. He also refused to deny what’s known as the so-called kitty litter myth that falsely alleges students are allowed to identify as animals and use litter boxes.

    When confronted by parents about a safe-sex presentation slide for a high-school audience, Higgs banned the group that conducted the presentation.

    It didn’t end there. Higgs erroneously suggested an Indigenous nation sought to claim most of the province from property owners. In 2021, his government discouraged land acknowledgements by provincial employees. Higgs also argued that Indigenous people had already ceded their land.

    Taking aim at francophones, social issues

    Higgs’ relationship with francophones was just as bad. He refused to learn French in Canada’s only bilingual province after promising he would. He alleged he was unfairly targeted as an anglophone.

    When coming to power in 2018 with a minority government, Higgs weakened bilingual requirements for paramedic positions. Later, he controversially proposed ending French immersion programs, arguing it was unfair to “English Prime” students in the province.

    When he won a majority in 2020, Higgs lowered taxes on the highest income earners while constraining increases to health care and education.

    Higgs was successful in uniting the right. As a former leadership contender of the linguistic segregationist Confederation of Regions party, Higgs welcomed far-right People’s Alliance representatives to his party.

    But his tenure faced internal opposition. Atlantic conservatism tends to be closer to the political centre. Higgs’ Maritime counterparts, Premiers Dennis King of Prince Edward Island and Tim Houston of Nova Scotia, have largely avoided social issues.

    On the province’s Policy 713, also called the Sexual Orientation and Gender Identity policy, six PCs voted with an opposition motion against the proposed changes. Four were cabinet ministers.

    Several ministers resigned from cabinet with letters blasting Higgs’ leadership.

    Almost half of PC riding associations sought a leadership review. They fell just short of the minimum needed to trigger a review.

    Most leaders recognize when their time was up. Not Higgs.

    An embattled campaign

    The PCs’ tumultuous time in government made for an uninspired campaign. Twelve of the 26 winning PC representatives from 2020 did not run again. In their place came more social conservatives who would not oppose Higgs.

    The PCs received bad news early. They were projected to fall short of their 2024-25 balanced budget aims.

    Still, Higgs campaigned on his fiscal management. He offered a two per cent HST cut as a reward. For some, this proposal rang as vote-buying from a government that could have pursued a sales tax cut at any point in its six-year tenure.

    The PCs campaigned on few other commitments. Their two-page platform made generic promises like “respect parents.” They also sought to “compel individuals into drug treatment” and “axe the carbon tax.”

    Meanwhile, the Liberals hammered the PCs on housing, health care and education. All three areas had been stressed by population growth and tight funding. Housing policy was a particular weakness given the PCs’ long-term resistance to rent caps and its record as a housing-starts laggard.

    Higgs’ confidence in his record was misplaced. While his social conservativism has an audience in New Brunswick, few saw it as a priority relative to the cost of living.

    His other campaign efforts made little difference. Higgs sought to make his opponent Prime Minister Justin Trudeau. He also stirred anti-immigration sentiment over federal asylum-seeker plans. Both efforts seemed desperate.

    Rejection of grievance politics?

    The Liberals’ return to power could be attributed to a referendum on Higgs. There is no doubt Higgs had personal defects that cost him his own riding.

    But his loss is more than a personal rejection. It also seems a rejection of a grievance politics that favours anger over substance.

    After repeatedly focusing on social issues over matters like housing, the grievances lost their allure. Even for the most steadfast Conservative voters, Higgs’ targeting of minorities came across as bullying.

    While Higgs may be the worst offender, he is not the only practitioner of grievance conservatism. Federal Conservative Leader Pierre Poilievre and Alberta Premier Danielle Smith play the same tune. Will their political fates be any different?

    Noah Fry does not work for, consult, own shares in or receive funding from any company or organisation that would benefit from this article, and has disclosed no relevant affiliations beyond their academic appointment.

    – ref. Is conservatism really on the rise in Canada? Blaine Higgs’ big loss in New Brunswick suggests not – https://theconversation.com/is-conservatism-really-on-the-rise-in-canada-blaine-higgs-big-loss-in-new-brunswick-suggests-not-241971

    MIL OSI – Global Reports –

    January 24, 2025
  • MIL-OSI USA: Brown, UAW Workers, Cleveland-Cliffs, and Zanesville Mayor Don Mason Tout Successful Fight to Save Local Jobs by Fixing Misguided Biden Administration Rule

    US Senate News:

    Source: United States Senator for Ohio Sherrod Brown

    ZANESVILLE, OH – Today, U.S. Senator Sherrod Brown (D-OH) joined Zanesville Mayor Don Mason and UAW workers to highlight his successful fight pushing the Biden Administration to fix a flawed electrical distribution transformer regulation that would have cost Ohioans’ jobs and devastated U.S. electrical steel manufacturers—including Ohio-based Cleveland-Cliffs. Cleveland-Cliffs makes grain-oriented electrical steel used to form the cores of electric distribution and power transformers and non-grained-oriented steel used in other end uses at its Zanesville plant.

    The Administration’s rule would have required all new transformers to be produced with a different kind of steel metal that’s almost entirely manufactured overseas – rather than what’s known as grain-oriented electric steel, which Cleveland-Cliffs produces in Ohio, at its Zanesville plant, and in Pennsylvania.

    “This was a bipartisan effort with the mayor, UAW, Cleveland-Cliffs, and other Ohioans,” said Brown. “Together we got the Biden Administration to back down, saving union jobs in Zanesville. I will always go to bat for Ohio workers and Ohio businesses, and stand up to anyone who threatens our jobs.”

    “Senator Brown understands that the United States cannot become reliant on countries like Japan, China and Mexico for our energy security. That’s why he fought back against the Department of Energy’s flawed transformer rule and helped achieved changes to the regulation that will preserve utilization of GOES in transformers.  Because of Senator Brown’s successful advocacy, Cleveland-Cliffs is now making investments in the production of electrical steel and preserving good-paying, UAW jobs at Zanesville Works,” said Lourenco Goncalves, Chairman, President & CEO, Cleveland-Cliffs Inc. 

    “The hard-working people of the Zanesville community appreciate the efforts and support of Senator Sherrod Brown and other federal legislators. Those successful efforts persuaded the Department of Energy to back off their proposal and will keep well-paying American  jobs in Zanesville,” said Zanesville Mayor Don Mason. “Without those efforts, materials and supplies for the transmission grid and industry would have shifted from reliable domestic sources to unreliable offshore sources. Those efforts also support reliability in the delivery of electricity to businesses and homes at a time when reliability is most needed. Furthermore, those successful efforts support the continued investment by American companies in American cities and American workers.”

    “I would like to thank Cleveland-Cliffs, our UAW leaders, and our elected officials, especially Senator Sherrod Brown, and Mayor Don Mason, who represent us and have fought against regulations that would have closed our plant, by forcing transformers manufacturers away from the Grain Oriented Electrical steel that we finish here at Zanesville,” said Eric Spiker, President, UAW Local 4104. “We are not the only ones that benefit from the work that the Senator has done. The communities that surround us, the State, and the country as well benefit.”

    Brown joined Ohio manufacturers, Ohio workers, and rural electric co-ops to fight the regulation. His push—which included proposing the bipartisan Distribution Transformer Efficiency & Supply Chain Reliability Act of 2024 with U.S. Senator Ted Cruz (R-TX)—led the Biden administration to correct major deficiencies in the proposed rule. This bill was built upon another bipartisan Senate effort from last June when Brown, Cruz, and Senator Bill Hagerty (R-TN) sent a bipartisan letter to Department of Energy Secretary Jennifer Granholm, signed by an additional 13 Democrats and 32 Republicans, calling on the Department to fix the proposed regulations.

    MIL OSI USA News –

    January 24, 2025
  • MIL-OSI Australia: G20 meetings in the United States

    Source: Australian Treasurer

    I will join key economic ministers and central bank governors from the world’s most significant economies at the G20, International Monetary Fund and World Bank annual meetings over the coming days in Washington DC.

    Australia is not immune from the volatility and vulnerability which characterises the global economy.

    The risk of further escalation in the Middle East threatens a resurgence in oil prices and casts a dark shadow over the global outlook.

    Conflict in the Middle East compounds the pressures already coming at us from the war in Ukraine, the slowdown in China, persistent global inflation, tepid global growth and sharp movements on stock markets.

    There is always a premium on responsible economic management and engagement but especially now, with all this uncertainty around the world.

    This is a really critical time to confer with colleagues and counterparts.

    There will be in‑depth discussions on the global economy, the energy transformation, economic security and reform of our multilateral institutions.

    This will include meetings with:

    • New Japanese Finance Minister Katsonobu Kato, who I will meet for the first time;
    • US Treasury Secretary Janet Yellen, for our sixth bilateral;
    • Chair of the US Federal Reserve Jerome Powell;
    • Director of President Biden’s National Economic Council Lael Brainard;
    • South Korean Deputy Prime Minister and Minister of Economy Choi Sang‑Mok; and
    • Canadian Deputy Prime Minister Chrystia Freeland.

    I will participate in discussions as part of the G20 Taskforce on a Global Mobilisation Against Climate Change. Our focus will be on attracting the capital we need to create new jobs and opportunities in the transformation to cleaner and cheaper energy.

    I’ll also have an opportunity to be briefed on Australia’s interests in the United States by Ambassador Kevin Rudd.

    Responsible economic management is a defining feature of the Albanese Labor Government in these uncertain times.

    Our Budget surpluses aren’t an end in themselves, they help in the fight against inflation, provide room for our priorities and they help build buffers against some of this global volatility.

    Getting inflation down, helping with the cost of living, repairing the Budget and reforming our economy are the essential components of our strategy and we are making welcome progress.

    In a little over two years we have halved inflation, created a million new jobs, got real wages growing again, provided tax relief to every taxpayer, delivered the first back‑to‑back surpluses in two decades, avoided $150 billion of inherited debt and saved tens of billions of dollars in interest costs.

    These meetings will provide important perspectives on the global outlook and allow us to make further progress at home and with our key international partners.

    MIL OSI News –

    January 24, 2025
  • MIL-OSI Australia: Child protection caseworkers and government sign historic deal

    Source: New South Wales Premiere

    Published: 23 October 2024

    Released by: Minister for Families and Communities


    The NSW Government and the Public Service Association (PSA) have signed a reform agreement to deliver an immediate $8,283 pay increase for new caseworkers and improve rates of pay, roles and conditions for the state’s child protection workforce.

    The agreement covers more than 2,000 public sector caseworkers who do one of the most important jobs in the state, keeping vulnerable children safe.

    Under the reform agreement:

    • Child protection caseworkers will receive a 4 per cent pay increase this year, backdated to 1 July 2024, plus 0.5 per cent in superannuation. This totals 8 per cent in the first two years of the Labor Government;
    • The commencing rate for new child protection caseworkers in 2024-25 has been lifted by $8,283, including the 4 per cent;
    • A standalone child protection worker classification will be established for the first time in NSW history (currently child protection workers are under the general classification structure which covers nearly 80,000 workers);
    • The NSW Government and the PSA will enter into a reform process to update role descriptions and examine specific conditions such assafe working allocation guidelines;
    • At the conclusion of the reform process a three-year pay agreement will be made from 2025-26 onwards under a new Child Protection Award.

    This agreement delivers on a promise by the NSW Government to better support the vital work caseworkers do and consigns the former Coalition government’s punitive public sector wages cap to history.

    The NSW Government is also undertaking significant structural reform of the child protection system following years of neglect under the former government.

    The government will ban the use of unaccredited emergency accommodation for vulnerable children in the foster care system from March next year, with the government already achieving a 72 per cent reduction in the number of these arrangements since November 2023.

    The 2024-25 NSW Budget has invested $224 million in funding that will allow the Department of Communities and Justice (DCJ) to: 

    • re-enter the market as a foster care provider and expand the recruitment of DCJ emergency foster carers to include longer-term carers,
    • introduce government-run intensive and professional foster care models,
    • deliver government-run residential care for children where non-government providers are unable to offer stable placements,
    • ensure children living in residential care are supported by high quality, accredited providers, and
    • commence recruiting family time workers and additional caseworkers to undertake carer authorisation assessments. 

    These initial measures will help rebuild the broken out-of-home care system and ensure that more children grow up in safe and loving homes in NSW. 

    Minister for Families and Communities, Kate Washington said:

    “Child protection caseworkers have one of the most challenging and important jobs in the world, keeping vulnerable children safe.

    “When we came into government, we inherited a broken child protection system with a workforce walking out the door because they hadn’t felt valued in years.

    “I have seen firsthand the incredible difference these workers make to children and families, and I hope that this agreement will encourage more caseworkers to take up positions with DCJ.

    “I thank the PSA and their hardworking members for their advocacy and commitment to keeping children in NSW safe.”

    MIL OSI News –

    January 24, 2025
  • MIL-OSI Australia: NSW invites technology and AI solutions to improve planning assessments

    Source: New South Wales Premiere

    Published: 23 October 2024

    Released by: Minister for Planning and Public Spaces


    The Minns Labor Government is calling on the best and brightest in developing Artificial Intelligence (AI) and technology tools to improve the NSW Planning Portal and speed up assessment timeframes to deliver more homes, jobs and infrastructure.

    The NSW Planning Portal processes all the state’s Development Applications (DA) as well as Complying Development Certificates (CDC) and Concurrence and Referrals (C&R) for DAs that require state agency advice.

    The NSW Government has launched two Requests for Proposals (RFP) seeking innovative technology and AI solutions to integrate into the Planning Portal as a feature of the Next Generation NSW Planning Portal Ecosystem. The first RFP asks for:

    • Products to improve DA quality and assessment times that can be integrated into the existing Portal
    • Products or services that use AI to provide data analytics and spatial insights
    • Products to strengthen cybersecurity and improve user privacy including document security and certificate forgery

    A second tender seeking a range of technology enhancements to upgrade the core platform functionality of the NSW Planning Portal which include:

    • Making this legacy platform more efficient through upgrades to assessment and implementation planning
    • Seeking products that improve security through data processing and document migration and validation
    • Enhancements to the core platform, making it more reliable and improving the user experience

    These two RFPs follow the NSW Government’s $5.6 million investment to introduce AI into the planning system with 16 councils currently trialling AI solutions through the AI Early Adopter Grant.

    To provide a Request for Proposal for the NSW Planning Portal, applicants should respond by 3pm on Friday 1 November: NSW Planning Portal – Pega Upgrade – SR00252 | buy.nsw

    To provide a Request for Proposal for the Next Generation NSW Planning Portal ecosystem applicants should respond by 3pm on Monday 4 November: Next Generation NSW Planning Portal Ecosystem – SR00132 | buy.nsw

    Minister for Planning and Public Spaces Paul Scully said:

    “The NSW Planning Portal services millions of people, it should be utilising the best technological platforms available to us.

    “AI can assist planners to determine DAs much faster and that means faster assessments for housing across NSW.

    “We are also looking for solutions to improve the core technology of the Planning Portal to improve user experience.

    “The Minns Labor Government is bringing the planning system into the 21st century.

    “Our Early Adopter AI grant Program has already seen 16 councils commence technology trials to help their planners free up valuable time and energy to improve assessment times. This next round of technology enhancements will bring us even closer to the future of digital assessment in the planning system.”

    MIL OSI News –

    January 24, 2025
  • MIL-OSI: Enterprise Bancorp, Inc. Announces Third Quarter Financial Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    LOWELL, Mass., Oct. 22, 2024 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Enterprise Bancorp, Inc. (NASDAQ: EBTC), parent of Enterprise Bank, announced its financial results for the three months ended September 30, 2024. Net income amounted to $10.0 million, or $0.80 per diluted common share, for the three months ended September 30, 2024 compared to $9.5 million, or $0.77 per diluted common share, for the three months ended June 30, 2024 and $9.7 million, or $0.79 per diluted common share, for the three months ended September 30, 2023.

    Selected financial results at or for the quarter ended September 30, 2024 compared to June 30, 2024 were as follows:

    • The returns on average assets and average equity were 0.82% and 11.20%, respectively.
    • Tax-equivalent net interest margin (non-GAAP) (“net interest margin”) was 3.22%, an increase of 3 basis points.
    • Total loans amounted to $3.86 billion, an increase of 2.4%.
    • Total deposits amounted to $4.19 billion, a decrease of 1.4%.
    • Wealth assets under management and administration amounted to $1.51 billion, an increase of 8.5%.

    Chief Executive Officer Steven Larochelle commented, “Our team continued to deliver strong results in the third quarter. Loan growth was 2.4% for the quarter and 13.4% over the past twelve months. Customer deposits, which were down slightly during the quarter, have increased 5.3% in 2024 and 3.2% over the last twelve months. We continue to be primarily core funded and had no brokered deposits at September 30, 2024. Total borrowings were down $1.8 million compared to June 30, 2024, and amounted to only $59.9 million, or 1.3% of total assets. Higher deposit costs and the inverted yield curve continued to be a headwind, but net interest margin increased to 3.22% in the third quarter of 2024 from 3.19% in the prior quarter and benefited by 2 basis points from a large seasonal deposit.”

    Mr. Larochelle continued, “We remain committed to our long-term strategy of geographic expansion and customer acquisition through organic growth and investment in our team members, communities, products and technology. We are well positioned with a strong balance sheet, centered around a high-quality loan portfolio and favorable liquidity, core deposit funding and capital, paired with a conservative credit and reserve culture.”

    Executive Chairman & Founder George Duncan stated, “I would like to congratulate Steve, who completed his first quarter as CEO of Enterprise, and the whole team for a very successful quarter. I am particularly impressed that the team has been able to achieve such strong loan and deposit growth while stabilizing our net interest margin and without significant increases in wholesale funding. I firmly believe this is a testament to our relationship based, sales and service culture partnered with our strong commitment to community outreach and involvement.”

    Mr. Duncan added, “On September 5th, we were once again recognized at the Boston Business Journal’s Corporate Citizenship Summit for our significant contributions in employee volunteerism and corporate philanthropy. In particular, I am very proud that we ranked 2nd in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts for the highest average of volunteer hours per employee.”

    Net Interest Income
    Net interest income for the three months ended September 30, 2024, amounted to $38.0 million, a decrease of $482 thousand, or 1%, compared to the three months ended September 30, 2023. The decrease was due primarily to increases in deposit interest expense of $7.7 million and borrowings interest expense of $646 thousand and a decrease in income on other interest-earning assets of $971 thousand, partially offset by an increase in loan interest income of $9.3 million.

    The increase in interest expense during the period was attributed primarily to an increase in the cost of funds and changes in deposit mix, while the increase in interest income during the period was due primarily to loan growth and higher market interest rates.

    Net Interest Margin
    Net interest margin was 3.22% for the three months ended September 30, 2024, compared to 3.19% for the three months ended June 30, 2024 and 3.46% for the three months ended September 30, 2023.

    Asset yields for the third quarter of 2024 were 5.09%, an increase of 8 basis points compared to the second quarter of 2024, due primarily to new loan originations, loans repricing and an increase in the average balance of other interest-earning assets, which resulted mainly from deposit inflows during the period. Average total loans increased $105.3 million, or 3%, and average other interest-earning assets increased $57.6 million, or 46%, compared to the second quarter of 2024.

    The cost of funds for the third quarter of 2024 was 1.99%, an increase of 5 basis points compared to the second quarter of 2024. During the third quarter of 2024, average total deposits increased $128.8 million, or 3%, and the cost of deposits increased 6 basis points, compared to the second quarter of 2024. The increase in average total deposits was comprised of increases in average lower-cost checking account balances of $59.4 million, or 3%, which was driven primarily by a large seasonal deposit, and higher-cost savings, money market and certificate of deposit account balances of $69.4 million, or 3%.

    Provision for Credit Losses
    The provision for credit losses for the three-month periods ended September 30, 2024 and September 30, 2023 are presented below:

        Three months ended   Increase / (Decrease)
    (Dollars in thousands)   September 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    Provision for credit losses on loans – collectively evaluated   $ (663 )   $ (1,518 )   $ 855  
    Provision for credit losses on loans – individually evaluated     2,311       2,512       (201 )
    Provision for credit losses on loans     1,648       994       654  
                 
    Provision for unfunded commitments     (316 )     758       (1,074 )
                 
    Provision for credit losses   $ 1,332     $ 1,752     $ (420 )

    The increase in the provision for credit losses on loans of $654 thousand was due primarily to a net increase in reserves on individually evaluated loans. The increase in reserves on individually evaluated loans for the three months ended September 30, 2024 was driven by one individually evaluated commercial relationship which was downgraded, placed on non-accrual and assigned specific reserves of $3.4 million, partially offset by a reduction of $1.2 million in specific reserves resulting from a commercial relationship that experienced improvement in its collateral valuation during the period. The reduction in the provision for unfunded commitments of $1.1 million was driven primarily by a decrease in off-balance sheet commitments during the period.

    Non-Interest Income
    Non-interest income for the three months ended September 30, 2024, amounted to $6.1 million, an increase of $1.7 million compared to the three months ended September 30, 2023. The increase in non-interest income was due primarily to increases in gains on equity securities, wealth management fees and deposit and interchange fees.

    Non-Interest Expense
    Non-interest expense for the three months ended September 30, 2024, amounted to $29.4 million, an increase of $1.0 million, or 4%, compared to the three months ended September 30, 2023. The increase in non-interest expense was due primarily to an increase in salaries and employee benefits expense of $938 thousand, or 5%.

    Balance Sheet
    Total assets amounted to $4.74 billion at September 30, 2024, compared to $4.47 billion at December 31, 2023, an increase of 6%.

    Total investment securities at fair value amounted to $632.0 million at September 30, 2024, compared to $668.2 million at December 31, 2023. The decrease of 5% during the nine months ended September 30, 2024 was largely attributable to principal pay-downs, calls and maturities. Unrealized losses on debt securities amounted to $80.8 million at September 30, 2024, compared to $102.9 million at December 31, 2023, a decrease of 21% that resulted from lower term interest rates.

    Total loans amounted to $3.86 billion at September 30, 2024, compared to $3.57 billion at December 31, 2023. The increase of 8% during the nine months ended September 30, 2024 was due primarily to increases in commercial real estate and construction loans of $175.2 million and $89.3 million, respectively.

    Total deposits amounted to $4.19 billion at September 30, 2024, compared to $3.98 billion at December 31, 2023. The increase of 5% during the nine months ended September 30, 2024 was due primarily to increases in money market and certificate of deposit balances of $85.5 million and $153.6 million, respectively.

    Total borrowed funds amounted to $59.9 million at September 30, 2024, compared to $25.8 million at December 31, 2023. The increase during the nine months ended September 30, 2024 resulted from a term advance in the first quarter of 2024.

    Total shareholders’ equity amounted to $368.1 million at September 30, 2024, compared to $329.1 million at December 31, 2023. The increase of 12% during the nine months ended September 30, 2024 was due primarily to an increase in retained earnings of $19.1 million and a decrease in the accumulated other comprehensive loss of $17.1 million.

    Credit Quality
    Selected credit quality metrics at September 30, 2024, compared to December 31, 2023, were as follows:

    • The ACL for loans amounted to $63.7 million, or 1.65% of total loans, compared to $59.0 million, or 1.65% of total loans.
    • The reserve for unfunded commitments (included in other liabilities) amounted to $4.6 million, compared to $7.1 million.
    • Non-performing loans amounted to $25.9 million, or 0.67% of total loans, compared to $11.4 million, or 0.32% of total loans. The increase in non-performing loans during the nine months ended September 30, 2024 resulted primarily from two individually evaluated commercial construction loans which were placed on non-accrual.

    Net recoveries amounted to $7 thousand for the three months ended September 30, 2024, compared to $12 thousand for the three months ended September 30, 2023.

    Wealth Management
    Wealth assets under management and administration, which are not carried as assets on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets, amounted to $1.51 billion at September 30, 2024, an increase of $194.9 million, or 15%, compared to December 31, 2023, and resulted primarily from an increase in market values.

    About Enterprise Bancorp, Inc.
    Enterprise Bancorp, Inc. is a Massachusetts corporation that conducts substantially all its operations through Enterprise Bank and Trust Company, commonly referred to as Enterprise Bank, and has reported 140 consecutive profitable quarters. Enterprise Bank is principally engaged in the business of attracting deposits from the general public and investing in commercial loans and investment securities. Through Enterprise Bank and its subsidiaries, the Company offers a range of commercial, residential and consumer loan products, deposit products and cash management services, electronic and digital banking options, as well as wealth management, and trust services. The Company’s headquarters and Enterprise Bank’s main office are located at 222 Merrimack Street in Lowell, Massachusetts. The Company’s primary market area is the Northern Middlesex, Northern Essex, and Northern Worcester counties of Massachusetts and the Southern Hillsborough and Southern Rockingham counties in New Hampshire. Enterprise Bank has 27 full-service branches located in the Massachusetts communities of Acton, Andover, Billerica (2), Chelmsford (2), Dracut, Fitchburg, Lawrence, Leominster, Lexington, Lowell (2), Methuen, North Andover, Tewksbury (2), Tyngsborough and Westford and in the New Hampshire communities of Derry, Hudson, Londonderry, Nashua (2), Pelham, Salem and Windham.

    Forward-Looking Statements
    This earnings release contains statements about future events that constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements may be identified by references to a future period or periods or by the use of the words “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “estimate,” “assume,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “plan,” and other similar terms or expressions. Forward-looking statements should not be relied on because they involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, some of which are beyond the control of the Company. These risks, uncertainties, and other factors may cause the actual results, performance, and achievements of the Company to be materially different from the anticipated future results, performance or achievements expressed in, or implied by, the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause such differences include, but are not limited to, the impact on us and our customers of a decline in general economic conditions and any regulatory responses thereto; potential recession in the United States and our market areas; the impacts related to or resulting from bank failures and any uncertainty in the banking industry, including the associated impact to the Company and other financial institutions of any regulatory changes or other mitigation efforts taken by government agencies in response thereto; increased competition for deposits and related changes in deposit customer behavior; the impact of changes in market interest rates, whether due to the current elevated interest rate environment or future reductions in interest rates and a resulting decline in net interest income; the resurgence of elevated levels of inflation or inflationary pressures in our market areas and the United States; the uncertain impacts of ongoing quantitative tightening and current and future monetary policies of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System; increases in unemployment rates in the United States and our market areas; declines in commercial real estate values and prices; uncertainty regarding United States fiscal debt, deficit and budget matters; cyber incidents or other failures, disruptions or breaches of our operational or security systems or infrastructure, or those of our third-party vendors or other service providers, including as a result of cyber-attacks; severe weather, natural disasters, acts of war or terrorism, geopolitical instability or other external events, including as a result of changes in U.S. presidential administrations or Congress; competition and market expansion opportunities; changes in non-interest expenditures or in the anticipated benefits of such expenditures; changes in tax laws; the risks related to the development, implementation, use and management of emerging technologies, including artificial intelligence and machine learnings; potential increased regulatory requirements and costs related to the transition and physical impacts of climate change; and current or future litigation, regulatory examinations or other legal and/or regulatory actions. Therefore, the Company can give no assurance that the results contemplated in the forward-looking statements will be realized and readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on the forward-looking statements contained in this press release. For more information about these factors, please see our reports filed with or furnished to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), including our most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K and Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q on file with the SEC, including the sections entitled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Any forward-looking statements contained in this earnings release are made as of the date hereof, and we undertake no duty, and specifically disclaim any duty, to update or revise any such statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by applicable law.

    ENTERPRISE BANCORP, INC.
    Consolidated Balance Sheets
    (unaudited)

    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)   September 30,
    2024
      December 31,
    2023
      September 30,
    2023
    Assets            
    Cash and cash equivalents:            
    Cash and due from banks   $ 60,466     $ 37,443     $ 45,345  
    Interest-earning deposits with banks     28,166       19,149       180,076  
    Total cash and cash equivalents     88,632       56,592       225,421  
    Investments:            
    Debt securities at fair value (amortized cost of $703,311, $763,981 and $806,077, respectively)     622,527       661,113       672,894  
    Equity securities at fair value     9,448       7,058       6,038  
    Total investment securities at fair value     631,975       668,171       678,932  
    Federal Home Loan Bank stock     2,482       2,402       2,403  
    Loans held for sale     1,229       200       —  
    Loans:            
    Total loans     3,858,940       3,567,631       3,404,014  
    Allowance for credit losses     (63,654 )     (58,995 )     (57,905 )
    Net loans     3,795,286       3,508,636       3,346,109  
    Premises and equipment, net     43,291       44,931       43,391  
    Lease right-of-use asset     24,291       24,820       24,979  
    Accrued interest receivable     20,529       19,233       18,572  
    Deferred income taxes, net     44,067       49,166       55,080  
    Bank-owned life insurance     66,899       65,455       65,106  
    Prepaid income taxes     4,645       1,589       2,548  
    Prepaid expenses and other assets     13,827       19,183       14,177  
    Goodwill     5,656       5,656       5,656  
    Total assets   $ 4,742,809     $ 4,466,034     $ 4,482,374  
    Liabilities and Shareholders‘Equity            
    Liabilities            
    Deposits   $ 4,189,461     $ 3,977,521     $ 4,060,403  
    Borrowed funds     59,949       25,768       4,290  
    Subordinated debt     59,736       59,498       59,419  
    Lease liability     24,010       24,441       24,589  
    Accrued expenses and other liabilities     32,116       45,011       31,288  
    Accrued interest payable     9,428       4,678       2,686  
    Total liabilities     4,374,700       4,136,917       4,182,675  
    Commitments and Contingencies            
    Shareholders‘Equity            
    Preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share; 1,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued     —       —       —  
    Common stock, $0.01 par value per share; 40,000,000 shares authorized; 12,428,426, 12,272,674 and 12,256,964 shares issued and outstanding, respectively.     124       123       123  
    Additional paid-in capital     110,110       107,377       106,451  
    Retained earnings     320,497       301,380       296,291  
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss     (62,622 )     (79,763 )     (103,166 )
    Total shareholders’ equity     368,109       329,117       299,699  
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity   $ 4,742,809     $ 4,466,034     $ 4,482,374  

    ENTERPRISE BANCORP, INC.
    Consolidated Statements of Income
    (unaudited)

        Three months ended   Nine months ended
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)   September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
      September 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    Interest and dividend income:                    
    Other interest-earning assets   $         2,497             $         1,697           $         3,468             $         5,366             $         7,593          
    Investment securities             3,835                       3,943                     4,316                       11,812                       14,356          
    Loans and loans held for sale             53,809                       51,224                     44,501                       153,850                       125,855          
    Total interest and dividend income             60,141                       56,864                     52,285                       171,028                       147,804          
    Interest expense:                    
    Deposits             20,581                       19,172                     12,889                       57,025                       28,568          
    Borrowed funds             674                       664                     28                       2,032                       70          
    Subordinated debt             866                       867                     866                       2,600                       2,600          
    Total interest expense             22,121                       20,703                     13,783                       61,657                       31,238          
    Net interest income             38,020                       36,161                     38,502                       109,371                       116,566          
    Provision for credit losses             1,332                       137                     1,752                       2,091                       6,756          
    Net interest income after provision for credit losses             36,688                       36,024                     36,750                       107,280                       109,810          
    Non-interest income:                    
    Wealth management fees             2,025                       1,970                     1,673                       5,845                       4,933          
    Deposit and interchange fees             2,282                       2,284                     1,987                       6,635                       6,330          
    Income on bank-owned life insurance, net             518                       503                     327                       1,479                       950          
    Net losses on sales of debt securities             (2 )             —                     —                       (2 )             (2,419 )
    Net gains on sales of loans             57                       44                     14                       123                       34          
    Net gains (losses) on equity securities             604                       101                     (181 )             1,170                       (8 )
    Other income             656                       726                     666                       2,013                       2,242          
    Total non-interest income             6,140                       5,628                     4,486                       17,263                       12,062          
    Non-interest expense:                    
    Salaries and employee benefits             20,097                       19,675                     19,159                       58,948                       53,815          
    Occupancy and equipment expenses             2,438                       2,406                     2,433                       7,303                       7,439          
    Technology and telecommunications expenses             2,618                       2,658                     2,626                       8,021                       7,937          
    Advertising and public relations expenses             559                       674                     592                       1,976                       2,077          
    Audit, legal and other professional fees             569                       711                     735                       2,014                       2,157          
    Deposit insurance premiums             900                       862                     654                       2,621                       1,944          
    Supplies and postage expenses             261                       240                     251                       738                       753          
    Other operating expenses             1,911                       1,803                     1,862                       5,669                       5,853          
    Total non-interest expense             29,353                       29,029                     28,312                       87,290                       81,975          
    Income before income taxes             13,475                       12,623                     12,924                       37,253                       39,897          
    Provision for income taxes             3,488                       3,111                     3,225                       9,247                       9,746          
    Net income   $         9,987             $         9,512           $         9,699             $         28,006             $         30,151          
                         
    Basic earnings per common share   $         0.80             $         0.77           $         0.79             $         2.26             $         2.47          
    Diluted earnings per common share   $         0.80             $         0.77           $         0.79             $         2.26             $         2.46          
                         
    Basic weighted average common shares outstanding             12,428,543                       12,389,917                     12,247,892                       12,370,812                       12,210,740          
    Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding             12,438,160                       12,394,463                     12,264,778                       12,379,390                       12,233,861          

    ENTERPRISE BANCORP, INC.
    Selected Consolidated Financial Data and Ratios
    (unaudited)

        At or for the three months ended
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)   September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
      December 31,
    2023
      September 30,
    2023
    Balance Sheet Data                    
    Total cash and cash equivalents   $ 88,632     $ 199,719     $ 147,834     $ 56,592     $ 225,421  
    Total investment securities at fair value     631,975       636,838       652,026       668,171       678,932  
    Total loans     3,858,940       3,768,649       3,654,322       3,567,631       3,404,014  
    Allowance for credit losses     (63,654 )     (61,999 )     (60,741 )     (58,995 )     (57,905 )
    Total assets     4,742,809       4,773,681       4,624,015       4,466,034       4,482,374  
    Total deposits     4,189,461       4,248,801       4,106,119       3,977,521       4,060,403  
    Borrowed funds     59,949       61,785       63,246       25,768       4,290  
    Subordinated debt     59,736       59,657       59,577       59,498       59,419  
    Total shareholders’ equity     368,109       340,441       333,439       329,117       299,699  
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity     4,742,809       4,773,681       4,624,015       4,466,034       4,482,374  
                         
    Wealth Management                    
    Wealth assets under management   $ 1,212,076     $ 1,129,147     $ 1,105,036     $ 1,077,761     $ 984,647  
    Wealth assets under administration   $ 302,891     $ 267,529     $ 268,074     $ 242,338     $ 211,046  
                         
    Shareholders’ Equity Ratios                    
    Book value per common share   $ 29.62     $ 27.40     $ 26.94     $ 26.82     $ 24.45  
    Dividends paid per common share   $ 0.24     $ 0.24     $ 0.24     $ 0.23     $ 0.23  
                         
    Regulatory Capital Ratios                    
    Total capital to risk weighted assets     13.07 %     13.07 %     13.20 %     13.12 %     13.45 %
    Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets(1)     10.36 %     10.34 %     10.43 %     10.34 %     10.61 %
    Tier 1 capital to average assets     8.68 %     8.76 %     8.85 %     8.74 %     8.59 %
                         
    Credit Quality Data                    
    Non-performing loans   $ 25,946     $ 17,731     $ 18,527     $ 11,414     $ 11,656  
    Non-performing loans to total loans     0.67 %     0.47 %     0.51 %     0.32 %     0.34 %
    Non-performing assets to total assets     0.55 %     0.37 %     0.40 %     0.26 %     0.26 %
    ACL for loans to total loans     1.65 %     1.65 %     1.66 %     1.65 %     1.70 %
    Net (recoveries) charge-offs   $ (7 )   $ (130 )   $ 122     $ 15     $ (12 )
                         
    Income Statement Data                    
    Net interest income   $ 38,020     $ 36,161     $ 35,190     $ 36,518     $ 38,502  
    Provision for credit losses     1,332       137       622       2,493       1,752  
    Total non-interest income     6,140       5,628       5,495       5,547       4,486  
    Total non-interest expense     29,353       29,029       28,908       28,224       28,312  
    Income before income taxes     13,475       12,623       11,155       11,348       12,924  
    Provision for income taxes     3,488       3,111       2,648       3,441       3,225  
    Net income   $ 9,987     $ 9,512     $ 8,507     $ 7,907     $ 9,699  
                         
    Income Statement Ratios                    
    Diluted earnings per common share   $ 0.80     $ 0.77     $ 0.69     $ 0.64     $ 0.79  
    Return on average total assets     0.82 %     0.82 %     0.75 %     0.69 %     0.85 %
    Return on average shareholders’ equity     11.20 %     11.55 %     10.47 %     10.21 %     12.53 %
    Net interest margin (tax-equivalent)(2)     3.22 %     3.19 %     3.20 %     3.29 %     3.46 %

    (1)   Ratio also represents common equity tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets as of the periods presented.
    (2)   Tax-equivalent net interest margin is net interest income adjusted for the tax-equivalent effect associated with tax-exempt loan and investment income, expressed as a percentage of average interest-earning assets.

    ENTERPRISE BANCORP, INC.
    Consolidated Loan and Deposit Data
    (unaudited)

    Major classifications of loans at the dates indicated were as follows:

    (Dollars in thousands)   September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
      December 31,
    2023
      September 30,
    2023
    Commercial real estate owner-occupied   $ 660,063     $ 660,478     $ 635,420     $ 619,302     $ 618,903  
    Commercial real estate non owner-occupied     1,579,827       1,544,386       1,524,174       1,445,435       1,413,555  
    Commercial and industrial     415,642       426,976       417,604       430,749       425,334  
    Commercial construction     674,434       622,094       583,711       585,113       501,179  
    Total commercial loans     3,329,966       3,253,934       3,160,909       3,080,599       2,958,971  
                         
    Residential mortgages     424,030       413,323       400,093       393,142       362,514  
    Home equity loans and lines     95,982       93,220       85,144       85,375       74,433  
    Consumer     8,962       8,172       8,176       8,515       8,096  
    Total retail loans     528,974       514,715       493,413       487,032       445,043  
    Total loans     3,858,940       3,768,649       3,654,322       3,567,631       3,404,014  
                         
    ACL for loans     (63,654 )     (61,999 )     (60,741 )     (58,995 )     (57,905 )
    Net loans   $ 3,795,286     $ 3,706,650     $ 3,593,581     $ 3,508,636     $ 3,346,109  

    Deposits are summarized as follows as of the periods indicated:

    (Dollars in thousands)   September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
      December 31,
    2023
      September 30,
    2023
    Non-interest checking   $ 1,064,424   $ 1,041,771   $ 1,038,887   $ 1,061,009   $ 1,118,714
    Interest-bearing checking     682,050     788,822     730,819     697,632     727,817
    Savings     279,824     294,566     285,090     294,865     302,381
    Money market     1,488,437     1,504,551     1,469,181     1,402,939     1,434,036
    CDs $250,000 or less     375,055     358,149     337,367     295,789     262,975
    CDs greater than $250,000     299,671     260,942     244,775     225,287     214,480
    Deposits   $ 4,189,461   $ 4,248,801   $ 4,106,119   $ 3,977,521   $ 4,060,403

    ENTERPRISE BANCORP, INC.
    Consolidated Average Balance Sheets and Yields (tax-equivalent basis)
    (unaudited)

    The following table presents the Company’s average balance sheets, net interest income and average rates for the periods indicated:

        Three months ended September 30, 2024   Three Months Ended June 30, 2024   Three months ended September 30, 2023
    (Dollars in thousands)   Average
    Balance
      Interest(1)   Average
    Yield(1)
      Average
    Balance
      Interest(1)   Average
    Yield(1)
      Average
    Balance
      Interest(1)   Average
    Yield(1)
    Assets:                                    
    Other interest-earning assets(2)   $ 181,465   $ 2,497   5.48 %   $ 123,887   $ 1,697   5.51 %   $ 260,475   $ 3,468   5.28 %
    Investment securities(3)(tax-equivalent)     731,815     3,945   2.16 %     750,822     4,057   2.16 %     820,156     4,444   2.17 %
    Loans and loans held for sale(4)(tax-equivalent)     3,813,800     53,956   5.63 %     3,708,485     51,366   5.57 %     3,372,754     44,644   5.25 %
    Total interest-earnings assets (tax-equivalent)     4,727,080     60,398   5.09 %     4,583,194     57,120   5.01 %     4,453,385     52,556   4.69 %
    Other assets     104,284             96,991             82,190        
    Total assets   $ 4,831,364           $ 4,680,185           $ 4,535,575        
                                         
    Liabilities and stockholders’ equity:                                    
    Non-interest checking   $ 1,069,130     —       $ 1,044,648     —       $ 1,186,243     —    
    Interest checking, savings and money market     2,574,439     13,017   2.01 %     2,520,439     12,381   1.98 %     2,491,229     9,185   1.47 %
    CDs     651,614     7,564   4.62 %     601,339     6,791   4.54 %     430,376     3,704   3.41 %
    Total deposits     4,295,183     20,581   1.91 %     4,166,426     19,172   1.85 %     4,107,848     12,889   1.24 %
    Borrowed funds     61,232     674   4.38 %     62,513     664   4.27 %     4,938     28   2.30 %
    Subordinated debt(5)     59,689     866   5.81 %     59,609     867   5.82 %     59,372     866   5.84 %
    Total funding liabilities     4,416,104     22,121   1.99 %     4,288,548     20,703   1.94 %     4,172,158     13,783   1.31 %
    Other liabilities     60,524             60,270             56,414        
    Total liabilities     4,476,628             4,348,818             4,228,572        
    Stockholders’ equity     354,736             331,367             307,003        
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity   $ 4,831,364           $ 4,680,185           $ 4,535,575        
                                         
    Net interest-rate spread (tax-equivalent)           3.10 %           3.07 %           3.38 %
    Net interest income (tax-equivalent)         38,277             36,417             38,773    
    Net interest margin (tax-equivalent)           3.22 %           3.19 %           3.46 %
    Less tax-equivalent adjustment         257             256             271    
    Net interest income       $ 38,020           $ 36,161           $ 38,502    
    Net interest margin           3.20 %           3.17 %           3.43 %

    (1)   Average yields and interest income are presented on a tax-equivalent basis, calculated using a U.S. federal income tax rate of 21% for each period presented, based on tax-equivalent adjustments associated with tax-exempt loans and investments interest income.
    (2)   Average other interest-earning assets include interest-earning deposits with banks, federal funds sold and Federal Home Loan Bank stock
    (3)   Average investment securities are presented at average amortized cost.
    (4)   Average loans and loans held for sale are presented at average amortized cost and include non-accrual loans.
    (5)   Subordinated debt is net of average deferred debt issuance costs.

    Contact Info:        Joseph R. Lussier, Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (978) 656-5578

    The MIL Network –

    January 24, 2025
  • MIL-OSI New Zealand: Police Perpetuate Siege on Ōpōtiki

    Source: Te Pati Maori

    Te Pāti Māori MP for Waiariki, Rawiri Waititi, says today’s police-sponsored terrorism in Ōpōtiki is a continuation of the State’s predatory behaviour towards the iwi of Te Whakatōhea.

    “Ōpōtiki is once again being intentionally targeted and is the direct byproduct of this Government’s ‘tough on crime’ legislative changes,” said MP for Waiariki, Rawiri Waititi.

    “This predatory action only exacerbates the broken relationship between Te Whakatōhea and authorities, which has been strained for centuries, ever since the death of Rev. Carl Sylvius Völkner in 1865.

    “Violating whānau in their own homes on a hunch, and then throwing our people into this racist system, will do nothing to address the systemic issues created by this and successive Governments.

    “In anticipation of what we know will be yet another empty apology from the Government this week, we recognise these targeted attacks as merely doubling down on this Government’s racist agenda to exterminate our people.”

    “I demand that the Police Commissioner immediately convene a meeting with Te Whakatōhea and explain why the police have chosen to activate their state-sponsored terrorism in Ōpōtiki today, when te iwi Māori converges on Tuahiwi Marae in Ōtautahi for the hui ā-motu that empowers te iwi Māori to move towards our own nationalism and liberation from this oppressive Pākehā system.

    “Ōpōtiki needs stability, support, and meaningful community intervention, rather than actions that incite fear and division. It doesn’t need the state to continuously torment them,” said Waititi.

    MIL OSI New Zealand News –

    January 24, 2025
  • MIL-OSI USA: Governor Cooper Urges Western North Carolinians to Enroll in Disaster Supplement Nutrition Assistance Program (D-SNAP) as Relief Efforts Continue

    Source: US State of North Carolina

    Headline: Governor Cooper Urges Western North Carolinians to Enroll in Disaster Supplement Nutrition Assistance Program (D-SNAP) as Relief Efforts Continue

    Governor Cooper Urges Western North Carolinians to Enroll in Disaster Supplement Nutrition Assistance Program (D-SNAP) as Relief Efforts Continue
    mseets
    Tue, 10/22/2024 – 17:14

    As relief efforts continue in Western North Carolina, Governor Cooper is encouraging Western North Carolinians affected by Hurricane Helene to enroll in Disaster Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (D-SNAP) this week by the Thursday deadline. Eligible households can apply for help buying food through D-SNAP.

    “We know many North Carolinians were affected by Helene and D-SNAP is one of the many ways we are taking action to get help to those who need it,” said Governor Cooper. “I encourage all those eligible to apply by Thursday’s deadline. We will continue to support communities and families every step of the way as they recover.”

    The deadline to apply for D-SNAP is Thursday, October 24, 2024. Eligible households may apply for D-SNAP through Thursday, October 24 by phone or in person. More information including a list of application sites by county is available at ncdhhs.gov/dsnap.

    North Carolina National Guard and Military Response

    Over 3,000 Soldiers and Airmen are working in Western North Carolina. Joint Task Force- North Carolina, the task force led by the North Carolina National Guard is made up of Soldiers and Airmen from 12 different states, two different XVIII Airborne Corps units from Ft. Liberty, a unit from Ft. Campbell’s 101st Airborne Division, and numerous civilian entities are working side-by-side to get the much-needed help to people in Western North Carolina.

    The U.S. Army Corps of Engineers is helping to assess water and wastewater plants and dams. Residents can track the status of the public water supply in their area through this website.

    FEMA Assistance

    Approximately $133 million in FEMA Individual Assistance funds have been paid so far to Western North Carolina disaster survivors and approximately 210,000 people have registered for Individual Assistance. Over 6,200 people have been helped through FEMA’s Transitional Sheltering Assistance. More than 5,400 registrations for Small Business Administration Loans have been filed.

    Approximately 1,500 FEMA staff are in the state to help with the Western North Carolina relief effort. In addition to search and rescue and providing commodities, they are meeting with disaster survivors in shelters and neighborhoods to provide rapid access to relief resources. They can be identified by their FEMA logo apparel and federal government identification.

    North Carolinians can apply for Individual Assistance by calling 1-800-621-3362 from 7am to 11pm daily or by visiting www.disasterassistance.gov, or by downloading the FEMA app. FEMA may be able to help with serious needs, displacement, temporary lodging, basic home repair costs, personal property loss or other disaster-caused needs.

    Help from Other States

    More than 1,600 responders from 39 state and local agencies have performed 147 missions supporting the response and recovery efforts through the Emergency Management Assistance Compact (EMAC). This includes public health nurses, emergency management teams supporting local governments, veterinarians, teams with search dogs and more.

    Beware of Misinformation

    North Carolina Emergency Management and local officials are cautioning the public about false Helene reports and misinformation being shared on social media. NCEM has launched a fact versus rumor response webpage to provide factual information in the wake of this storm. FEMA also has a rumor response webpage.

    Efforts continue to provide food, water and basic necessities to residents in affected communities, using both ground resources and air drops from the NC National Guard. Food, water and commodity points of distribution are open throughout Western North Carolina. For information on these sites in your community, visit your local emergency management and local government social media and websites or visit ncdps.gov/Helene.

    Storm Damage Cleanup

    If your home has damages and you need assistance with clean up, please call Crisis Cleanup for access to volunteer organizations that can assist you at 844-965-1386.

    Power Outages

    Across Western North Carolina, approximately 5,200 customers remain without power, down from a peak of more than 1 million. Overall power outage numbers will fluctuate up and down as power crews temporarily take circuits or substations offline to make repairs and restore additional customers.

    Road Closures

    Some roads are closed because they are too damaged and dangerous to travel. Other roads still need to be reserved for essential traffic like utility vehicles, construction equipment and supply trucks. However, some parts of the area are open and ready to welcome visitors which is critical for the revival of Western North Carolina’s economy. If you are considering a visit to the area, consult DriveNC.gov for open roads and reach out to the community and businesses you want to visit to see if they are welcoming visitors back yet.

    NCDOT currently has over 2,000 employees and 900 pieces of equipment working on over 7,400 damaged road sites.

    Fatalities

    Ninety-six storm-related deaths have been confirmed in North Carolina by the Office of Chief Medical Examiner. This number is expected to rise over the coming days. The North Carolina Office of the Chief Medical Examiner will continue to confirm numbers twice daily. If you have an emergency or believe that someone is in danger, please call 911.

    Volunteers and Donations

    If you would like to donate to the North Carolina Disaster Relief Fund, visit nc.gov/donate. Donations will help to support local nonprofits working on the ground.

    For information on volunteer opportunities, please visit nc.gov/volunteernc.

    Additional Assistance

    There is no right or wrong way to feel in response to the trauma of a hurricane. If you have been impacted by the storm and need someone to talk to, call or text the Disaster Distress Helpline at 1-800-985-5990. Help is also available to anyone, anytime in English or Spanish through a call, text or chat to 988. Learn more at 988Lifeline.org.

    If you are seeking a representative from the North Carolina Joint Information Center, please email ncempio@ncdps.gov or call 919-825-2599.

    For general information, access to resources, or answers to frequently asked questions, please visit ncdps.gov/helene.

    If you are seeking information on resources for recovery help for a resident impacted from the storm, please email IArecovery@ncdps.gov.

    ###

    Oct 22, 2024

    MIL OSI USA News –

    January 24, 2025
  • MIL-OSI USA: FEMA May Help Wildfire Survivors Whose Temporary Housing Insurance is Running Out

    Source: US Federal Emergency Management Agency

    Headline: FEMA May Help Wildfire Survivors Whose Temporary Housing Insurance is Running Out

    FEMA May Help Wildfire Survivors Whose Temporary Housing Insurance is Running Out

    Kīhei, MAUI – If you are a wildfire survivor and have an insurance policy that covers your temporary housing, it’s important to verify the terms of that coverage, the amount, and how long it will last. If your insurance coverage is running out, contact FEMA to see how you may qualify for additional assistance. Even if your insurance is still in effect, you are encouraged to find out more about FEMA’s available programs. FEMA options include: The Rental Assistance Program, which may offer financial help towards paying your rent once you have exhausted insurance for additional living expenses or loss of use. The Direct Temporary Housing Assistance Program provides interim housing across Maui through the Direct Lease program. These programs – part of FEMA’s Individuals and Households Program — have been extended to Feb. 10, 2026, giving wildfire survivors more time to recover. The programs were set to expire Feb. 10, 2025.During the extended period, Direct Lease temporary housing occupants will be expected to start paying rent based on their financial ability. The amount will be determined on a case-by-case basis but won’t exceed 100 percent of the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development’s (HUD) Fair Market Rent. Homeowners with insurance temporarily covering living expenses may still be able to participate in FEMA’s Rental Assistance program and Direct Temporary Housing Assistance program. Some are currently in Direct Lease housing units. To begin the process for the Rental Assistance Program, applicants must first appeal to FEMA. The appeal must include the insurance policy page detailing additional living expense/loss of use coverage, proof of exhaustion of insurance funds, the current lease or rental agreement, and rental receipts. If approved, the initial Rental Assistance will provide two months of rent at 100 percent of HUD’s Fair Market Rent for Maui County. After the first two months of Rental Assistance, the applicant may apply for Continued Temporary Housing Assistance. If approved, Rental Assistance would be extended for three months at a time as needed. The amount provided would be up to 175 percent of the HUD Fair Market Rent. To find out if you qualify, call the FEMA Helpline at 800-621-3362. Or you may call the FEMA Housing Hotline at 808-784-1600.For in-person support, visit FEMA at:Council for Native Hawaiian Advancement, Kākoʻo Maui Relief & Aid Services Center located at 153 E Kamehameha Ave Ste 101 in Kahului. Hours are 9 a.m. to 5 p.m. HST Monday to Friday. Maui County’s Office of Recovery at the Lahaina Gateway located at 325 Keawe St. in Lahaina, next to the Ace Hardware Store. Hours are 8 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. HST Monday to Friday.For more information about insurance-denial or insurance-settlement matters, call the FEMA Helpline at 800-621-3362. Operators are available from 7 a.m. to 10 p.m. HST, seven days a week, and they speak many languages. Press 2 for Spanish. Press 3 for an interpreter who speaks your language.For the latest information on the Maui wildfire recovery efforts, visit mauicounty.gov, mauirecovers.org, fema.gov/disaster/4724 and Hawaii Wildfires – YouTube. Follow FEMA on social media: @FEMARegion9 and facebook.com/fema. 
    shannon.carley
    Tue, 10/22/2024 – 20:48

    MIL OSI USA News –

    January 24, 2025
  • MIL-OSI USA: Justice Department Announces Murder-For-Hire Charges Against Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps Brigadier General and Former Intelligence Officer and Members of an Iranian Intelligence Network

    Source: US State Government of Utah

    Ruhollah Bazghandi, an OFAC-Sanctioned Brigadier General in the IRGC and Former IRGC Intelligence Organization Counterintelligence Chief, and Members of His Iran-Based Network, Contracted Members of an Eastern European Organized Crime Group to Murder a U.

    Note: View the superseding indictment here. 

    The Justice Department announced today the unsealing of a superseding indictment containing murder-for-hire, money-laundering, and sanctions evasion charges against Ruhollah Bazghandi, also known as Roohollah Azimi; Fnu Lnu, also known as Haj Taher, Haj Taher; Hossein Sedighi; and Seyed Mohammad Forouzan, all of Iran.

    “The Justice Department has now charged eight individuals, including an Iranian military official, for their efforts to silence and kill a U.S. citizen because of her criticism of the Iranian regime,” said Attorney General Merrick B. Garland. “We will not tolerate efforts by an authoritarian regime like Iran to undermine the fundamental rights guaranteed to every American. Three of the defendants charged in this horrific plot are now in U.S. custody, and we will never stop working to identify, find, and bring to justice all those who endanger the safety of the American people.”

    “Today’s indictment exposes the full extent of Iran’s plot to silence an American journalist for criticizing the Iranian regime,” said FBI Director Christopher Wray. “According to the charges, a brigadier general in the Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps and a former Iranian intelligence officer, working with a network of conspirators, planned to kill a dissident living in New York City. The FBI’s investigation led to the disruption of this plot as one of the conspirators was allegedly on their way to murder the victim in New York. As these charges show, the FBI will work with our partners here and abroad to hold accountable those who target Americans.”

    “Today’s indictment makes plain that the Iranian regime for years has been behind a violent campaign to stalk, intimidate, and arrange the killing of an American dissident on U.S. soil for bravely speaking up for the rights of the Iranian people,” said Assistant Attorney General Matthew G. Olsen of the Justice Department’s National Security Division. “The Department is committed to exposing and holding accountable those in Tehran who believe they can hide their hand in carrying out such reprehensible activities.”

    “As alleged, for years, the Government of Iran has attempted to assassinate, on U.S. soil, a U.S. citizen of Iranian origin who is a prominent critic of the Iranian regime,” said U.S. Attorney Damian Williams for the Southern District of New York. “In January 2023, we unsealed charges alleging that members of an Eastern European crime group engaged in a plot to murder this victim. As we allege, that group was not acting alone. Today, we hold their Iranian masters to account, and allege that these Iran-based co-conspirators, including a Brigadier General in the Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps, directed the murder plot. By charging these Iran-based defendants, we seek to strike another public blow at the heart of the Government of Iran’s efforts to execute the victim — as well as its lethal targeting, intimidation, and repression of other Iranian dissidents critical of the regime in the U.S. and abroad.”

    As detailed in the superseding indictment, Bazghandi, Haj Taher, Sedighi, and Forouzan contracted members of an Eastern European criminal organization, including Rafat Amirov, also known as Farkhaddin Mirzoev, Pᴎᴍ,  and Rome; Polad Omarov, also known as Araz Aliyev, Polad Qaqa, and Haci Qaqa; and Zialat Mamedov, also known as Ziko, to murder a U.S. citizen of Iranian origin in New York City who has publicly opposed the Iranian government and who has previously been the target of similar plots by the Iranian government. Amirov, Omarov, and Mamedov previously were arrested on charges contained in underlying indictments. Amirov and Omarov are in custody in the United States, pending trial; Mamedov was extradited from the Czech Republic to the Republic of Georgia to face charges there. Bazghandi, Haj Taher, Sedighi, and Forouzan, all of whom are based in Iran, remain at large. The case is pending before U.S. District Judge Colleen McMahon for the Southern District of New York.

    According to the allegations contained in the superseding indictment, other court filings, and statements made during court proceedings, Bazghandi, who resides in Iran, is an IRGC Brigadier General and has previously served as chief of an IRGC Intelligence Organization (IRGC-IO) counterintelligence office. In April 2023, the U.S. Secretary of State designated IRGC-IO as a Specially Designated Global Terrorist under Executive Order 14078, for hostage-taking and the wrongful detention of U.S. nationals abroad. On the same date, the Treasury Department sanctioned Bazghandi in connection with his involvement with the detention of foreign prisoners held in Iran. Bazghandi was designated by the Treasury Department a second time in June 2023, this time under Executive Order 13224, for his participation in IRGC-IO’s lethal targeting operations. Haj Taher, Sedighi, and Forouzan (collectively with Bazghandi, the Bazghandi Network), each of whom resides in Iran, also have connections to the Government of Iran.   

    The Bazghandi Network contracted Amirov, Omarov, Mamedov, and Khalid Mehdiyev to murder, on U.S. soil, a victim residing in New York City. The victim is a journalist, author, and human rights activist who has publicized the Government of Iran’s human rights abuses and suppression of political expression, including in connection with continuing protests against the regime across Iran. As recently as 2020 and 2021, Iranian intelligence officials and assets plotted to kidnap the victim from within the United States for rendition to Iran in an effort to silence the victim’s criticism of the regime. That plot was disrupted and exposed by the FBI and led to the filing of federal kidnapping conspiracy and other charges in the Southern District of New York against several participants in the plot in United States v. Farahani, et al.

    Since at least July 2022, the Bazghandi Network tasked members of the organization with assassinating the victim. The organization’s participation in the murder-for-hire plot was directed by Amirov, who resided in Iran and who was tasked with targeting the victim by individuals in Iran. On approximately July 13, 2022, Amirov forwarded targeting information — which Amirov had received from individuals in Iran — about the victim and the victim’s residence to Omarov. Omarov, in turn, together with Mamedov, directed and collaborated with Mehdiyev, who was residing in Yonkers, New York, to carry out the plot against the victim. Mehdiyev’s participation in the plot was disrupted when he was arrested near the victim’s home on or about July 28, 2022, while in possession of the assault rifle, along with 66 rounds of ammunition, approximately $1,100 in cash, and a black ski mask.

    In January 2023, Amirov, Omarov, and Mamedov were arrested overseas. On Jan. 27, 2023, they were charged publicly for their roles in the plot to assassinate the victim. Nevertheless, in the months that followed, members of the Bazghandi Network continued to target the victim. For example, in or about March 2023, Haj Taher searched for information about the victim’s family members and Sedighi saved an image of the victim’s residence. As recently as on or about May 1, 2023, Bazghandi conducted an internet search, in Farsi, for, “a person in the house of [the victim] movie,” and, on the same date, watched a video with the title, “A video of the arrested gunman in front of [the victim]’s home in New York received by [the victim’s employer].”

    Bazghandi, Haj Taher, Sedighi, and Forouzan, have been charged with murder-for-hire, which carries a maximum penalty of 10 years in prison; conspiracy to commit murder-for-hire, which carries a maximum penalty of 10 years in prison; conspiracy to commit money laundering, which carries a maximum penalty of 20 years in prison; and conspiring to violate the International Emergency Economic Powers Act and sanctions against the Government of Iran, which carries a maximum penalty of 20 years in prison.

    Amirov, Omarov, and Mamedov  have also been charged with murder-for-hire, conspiracy to commit murder-for-hire, and conspiracy to commit money laundering. In addition, Amirov, Omarov, and Mamedov were charged with attempted murder in aid of racketeering, which carries a maximum penalty of 10 years in prison and possession and use of a firearm in connection with the attempted murder, which carries a maximum penalty of life in prison and a mandatory minimum penalty of five years in prison. If convicted, a federal district court judge will determine any sentence after considering the U.S. Sentencing Guidelines and other statutory factors.

    The FBI investigated the case. The Justice Department’s Office of International Affairs assisted with the extradition of Mamedov.

    Assistant U.S. Attorneys Michael D. Lockard, Jacob H. Gutwillig, and Matthew J.C. Hellman for the Southern District of New York, Trial Attorneys Christopher Rigali and Leslie Esbrook of the National Security Division’s Counterintelligence and Export Control Section, and Trial Attorney Dmitriy Slavin of the National Security Division’s Counterterrorism Section are prosecuting the case.

    An indictment is merely an accusation. All defendants are presumed innocent until proven guilty beyond a reasonable doubt in a court of law.

    MIL OSI USA News –

    January 24, 2025
  • MIL-OSI USA: Florida Woman Sentenced for Filing False Refund Claims

    Source: US State Government of Utah

    A Florida woman was sentenced today to one year and one day in prison, one year of supervised release and ordered to pay $485,290.03 in restitution to the United States for filing false tax returns with the IRS to obtain tax refunds.

    According to court documents and statements made in court, between 2018 and 2020, Yolanda Dewar filed four false tax returns seeking a total of almost $2 million in tax refunds from the IRS on behalf of a trust she created. These returns falsely reported that the trust had earned significant income, made payments to the IRS and had federal income taxes withheld on its behalf. Dewar continued filing false returns even after the IRS notified her that her claims were frivolous and had no basis in law. In total, the IRS issued nearly $500,000 to the trust in response to Dewar’s false claims. Dewar used a portion of the funds to purchase a car for a family member, get plastic surgery and renovate her home.

    Acting Deputy Assistant Attorney General Stuart M. Goldberg of the Justice Department’s Tax Division and U.S. Attorney Markenzy Lapointe for the Southern District of Florida made the announcement.

    IRS Criminal Investigation investigated the case.

    Trial Attorneys Melissa S. Siskind and Kavitha Bondada of the Justice Department’s Tax Division and Assistant U.S. Attorney Deric Zacca for the Southern District of Florida prosecuted the case.

    MIL OSI USA News –

    January 24, 2025
  • MIL-OSI USA: Two South Carolina Men Plead Guilty to Hate Crimes, Conspiracy and Other Charges for Bias-Motivated Armed Robberies Targeting Hispanic Victims

    Source: US State Government of Utah

    Two South Carolina men pleaded guilty in U.S. District Court in Columbia, South Carolina, to federal hate crime and other charges in connection with a string of racially-motivated armed robberies targeting Hispanic victims.

    According to court documents, beginning in January 2021 and continuing through February 2021, Charles Antonio Clippard, 27, and Michael Joseph Knox, 29, both of Columbia, conspired to target people the defendants identified as Mexican or Hispanic at places of public accommodation, including gas stations and grocery stores. After identifying these targets, the defendants would rob their victims at gunpoint. The defendants targeted their victims because of their victims’ race and national origin.

    Both defendants admitted their involvement in a Jan. 22, 2021, armed robbery in which the defendants followed their victims from a grocery store and restaurant to their home and then robbed the victims at gunpoint, stealing cash and a cellphone. They also admitted their involvement in a Jan. 30, 2021, armed robbery and carjacking targeting a Hispanic victim after following him from a gas station to his home. The defendants admitted their involvement in another Jan. 30, 2021, armed robbery in which they targeted a Hispanic victim, followed him from a gas station to his home and then robbed him and others at gunpoint after following him into his home. In total, the defendants pleaded to three hate crime charges, one count of carjacking, one count of conspiracy and two firearms charges. Two other co-conspirators, Gabriel Brunson, 21, and Sierra Fletcher, 34, both of Columbia, previously pleaded guilty to hate crime, conspiracy and firearm offenses.

    “These defendants targeted Hispanic victims for violent acts of armed robbery because of their race, national origin and perceived vulnerability,” said Assistant Attorney General Kristen Clarke of the Justice Department’s Civil Rights Division. “Every person, regardless of their race or national origin, is entitled to the full protection of the law, and no person should have to fear for their lives or property because of their race or ethnicity.  The Justice Department will continue to protect all Americans and will vigorously prosecute those who commit bias-motivated crimes.”

    “While these defendants sparked fear for an entire community by targeting members of our Hispanic community, today’s hearing sends a louder message: we will not tolerate bias-based crimes in South Carolina,” said U.S. Attorney Adair Ford Boroughs for the District of South Carolina. “The Justice Department will continue to relentlessly protect and enforce the civil rights of everyone in South Carolina.”

    “These defendants used violent acts of armed robbery to purposely target Hispanic victims simply because of their race,” said Assistant Director Chad Yarbrough of the FBI Criminal Investigative Division. “We hope the guilty plea by these two defendants serves notice that violence borne from hate will never be tolerated in our communities. The FBI remains steadfast in its mission to uphold the Constitution and protect the civil rights of everyone, fairly and equally.”

    “Clippard and Knox egregiously sought to exploit and intimidate their victims based on their Hispanic ethnicity,” said Special Agent in Charge Steve Jensen of the FBI Columbia Field Office. “Their violent robberies instilled fear in their victims and innocent working people within the Hispanic community. These criminal acts have no place in our society, and we are committed to ensuring the safety of all individuals, regardless of their background.”

    The defendants face a mandatory minimum penalty of 14 years in prison for the firearms offenses, a maximum penalty of 10 years in prison on each hate crime count and a maximum penalty of 15 years in prison on the carjacking count. The plea agreements require both defendants to pay restitution to all victims. A federal district court judge will determine any sentence after considering the U.S. Sentencing Guidelines and other statutory factors.

    The FBI Columbia Field Office investigated the case, with assistance from the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives, Columbia Police Department, Town of Lexington Police Department and Richland County Sheriff’s Department.

    Assistant U.S. Attorneys Ben Garner and E. Elizabeth Major for the District of South Carolina and Trial Attorneys Katherine McCallister and Andrew Manns of the Civil Rights Division’s Criminal Section are prosecuting the case.

    MIL OSI USA News –

    January 24, 2025
  • MIL-OSI USA: California Mobile Phlebotomy Lab and Its Owners to Pay $135,000 to Resolve Allegedly False Claims for Blood Testing Services and Travel Mileage

    Source: US State Government of Utah

    Veni-Express Inc. (Veni-Express), headquartered in California, and its owners Myrna and Sonny Steinbaum have agreed to pay at least $135,000 to resolve False Claims Act allegations that they submitted false claims for mobile phlebotomy services and associated travel mileage and paid kickbacks to a third-party marketer of these services, in violation of the Anti-Kickback Statute (AKS). Veni-Express has agreed to pay $100,000, plus additional amounts based on the sale of company property. Myrna Steinbaum has agreed to pay $25,000, and Sonny Steinbaum has agreed to pay $10,000. These settlements are based on their ability to pay.

    The United States alleged that from 2015 to 2019, Veni-Express and the Steinbaums knowingly caused false or fraudulent claims to federal health care programs for mobile phlebotomy services and associated travel mileage. Specifically, with the Steinbaum’s oversight and approval, Veni-Express submitted false claims for venipuncture (blood draw) procedures that the company did not actually perform during homebound patient visits, and for travel mileage associated with these visits that was not reimbursable by Medicare. The United States further alleged that, from July 2014 to June 2015, Veni-Express paid unlawful kickbacks (in the form of a percentage of company revenue) to a third-party, Altera Laboratories also known as Med2U Healthcare LLC, for the marketing of Veni-Express’ services, in violation of the AKS.

    “Health care providers that bill for services they did not provide or offer illegal incentives to increase profits will be held accountable,” said Principal Deputy Assistant Attorney General Brian M. Boynton, head of the Justice Department’s Civil Division. “We will continue to safeguard federal health care programs against those who seek to abuse them.”

    “Providers must not bill for services they did not perform. Further, the presence of unlawful kickbacks all too often corrupts medical judgment,” said U.S. Attorney Phillip A. Talbert for the Eastern District of California. “Our office is committed to investigating and holding accountable those who violate the False Claims Act and AKS to safeguard the public fisc and protect the integrity of our federal health care system.”

    “Improper incentives and billing Medicare for services never actually provided divert taxpayer funding meant to pay for medically necessary services for Medicare enrollees,” said Special Agent in Charge Steven J. Ryan of the Department of Health and Human Services Office of the Inspector General (HHS-OIG). “HHS-OIG and our law enforcement partners remain committed to identifying and holding accountable those who engage in such unlawful relationships.”

    The civil settlement resolves claims brought under the qui tam or whistleblower provisions of the False Claims Act by Banisha Evans, a former phlebotomist for another California provider, and Richard Drummond, a technical director at a Texas laboratory. Under those provisions, a private party can file an action on behalf of the United States for false claims and receive a portion of any recovery. The qui tam cases are captioned U.S. et al., ex rel. Evans v. PhlebXpress et al., No. 2:18-cv-2038 (EDCA) and U.S. ex rel. Drummond v. Veni-Express Inc., et al., No. 2:21-cv-1199 (EDCA).

    The relators’ share of the settlement has not yet been determined.

    The resolution obtained in this matter was the result of a coordinated effort between the Civil Division’s Commercial Litigation Branch, Fraud Section, the U.S. Attorney’s Office for the Eastern District of California and HHS-OIG.

    The investigation and resolution of this matter illustrates the government’s emphasis on combating health care fraud. One of the most powerful tools in this effort is the False Claims Act. Tips and complaints from all sources about potential fraud, waste, abuse and mismanagement can be reported to HHS at 800-HHS-TIPS (800-447-8477).

    Trial Attorney Gary R. Dyal of the Civil Division’s Commercial Litigation Branch, Fraud Section, and Assistant U.S. Attorney Colleen Kennedy for the Eastern District of California handled the matter.

    The claims resolved by the settlement are allegations only. There has been no determination of liability.

    Settlement

    MIL OSI USA News –

    January 24, 2025
  • MIL-OSI: Altai Mourns the Passing of Chairman and President Niyazi Kacira, and Announces Election of the Board of Directors, Appointment of New Chairman and President, and Stock Option Grants

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    TORONTO, Oct. 22, 2024 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Altai Resources Inc. (ATI, TSX VENTURE; US SEC Rule 12g3-2(b) File # 82-2950) (“Altai” or the “Company”) announces with great sadness the passing of its Chairman and President, Dr. Niyazi Kacira following a short illness. We extend our deepest sympathies to his family.

    The Board and the Altai family will greatly miss his extraordinary passion and devotion to the Company, thoughtful leadership and ability to connect with people. He was a person of great integrity and unparalleled reputation.

    Dr. Kacira took over the helm of the dormant Black Cliff Mines Ltd. (later changed the name to Altai Resources Inc) in 1987, revived it and listed it on the Toronto Stock Exchange. Since 1987, he served as President (except for a short period of time) and Chairman until his passing. He has made an invaluable and immeasurable contribution in nurturing, building and growing Altai with his tremendous geological expertise and foresight and always with the best interest of the Company in mind and in action, and has set the highest standard of integrity for the Company.

    At its annual general meeting of the shareholders held on October 21, 2024 (the “Meeting”) in Toronto, Jeffrey S. Ackert, Maria Au and Eric Yao as described in the Management Information Circular of the Meeting, were elected as Directors of the Company. Due to his passing, Dr. Kacira was not nominated as director in the Meeting. In the Meeting, Kursat Kacira, who has advised that he is willing and able to serve as a Director of Altai if elected, was nominated as permitted in accordance with the Company’s Advance Notice By-laws and was duly elected as a Director of the Company.

    Mr. Kursat Kacira, a resident of Ontario, Canada, is an accomplished finance and investment executive with over 25 years of global experience in investment management, real estate, corporate finance, capital markets, investment banking, and public accounting. He is a Chartered Professional Accountant (Ontario), has a Master of Business Administration (Dean’s Scholarship) from the Stern School of Business at New York University, and a Bachelor of Mathematics (Honours) from the University of Waterloo.

    He is currently the President of Kacira Holdings Ltd., a private family office investment company. Previously, he served as Managing Director, Head of Global Capital Markets in the Private Markets group at Manulife Investment Management, the Global Wealth & Asset Management division of Manulife Financial Corporation. Prior to joining Manulife, he was the CEO and a director of Firm Capital American Realty Partners Corp., a publicly traded real estate company focused on investing in multi-family residential real estate in the United States. He has also previously been the CEO (and Board Trustee) of Maplewood International REIT (a publicly traded REIT focused on investing in commercial real estate in Europe); CFO of NorthWest International Healthcare Properties REIT (a publicly traded REIT focused on investing in healthcare real estate in Europe, South America, and Australasia); CFO of Whiterock REIT, a publicly traded REIT focused on investing in commercial real estate in Canada and the United States, where he was responsible for the ultimate sale of Whiterock to publicly traded Dundee REIT in 2012, for an enterprise value of $1.4 billion (at the time, the 3rd largest Canadian commercial real estate M&A transaction since 2006). Prior to the above, he had been Vice President & Director in the Real Estate Group, Investment Banking at TD Securities Inc. in Toronto, Ontario, in investment banking with Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. in New York, US and in public accounting in Canada and Europe (Price Waterhouse in Toronto and Paris). Through his investment banking career in Canada and the United States, he was responsible for completing over $10 billion of capital raising (equity and debt) and M&A transactions for companies across numerous industries, primarily in the real estate sector.

    Mr. Harold Tan, a director of the Company since 2023, did not stand for renomination as a director in this Meeting, for personal reasons. Altai sincerely thanks him for his contributions to the Company during his directorship and wishes him well in all his future ventures.

    In the Meeting, CAN Partners LLP, Chartered Professional Accountants were appointed as Auditors of the Company.

    On October 21, 2024 and after the Meeting, the Board appointed Kursat Kacira as the Chairman and President of the Company.

    On October 21, 2024, the Company granted to each of the two new directors and a new officer, a stock option of 200,000 shares to purchase common shares of the Company at an exercise price of $0.10 per share and expiring October 19, 2029.

    ABOUT ALTAI
    Altai Resources Inc. is a resource company with a producing oil property in Alberta and an exploration gold property in Quebec.

    For further information, please contact
    Maria Au, Secretary-Treasurer
    Tel: (416) 383-1328 Fax: (416) 383-1686
    Email: info@altairesources.com Internet: http://www.altairesources.com

    Neither TSX Venture Exchange nor its Regulation Services Provider (as that term is defined in the policies of the TSX Venture Exchange) accepts responsibility for the adequacy or accuracy of this release.

    The MIL Network –

    January 24, 2025
  • MIL-OSI Economics: Transcript of Global Financial Stability Report October 2024 Press Briefing

    Source: International Monetary Fund

    October 22, 2024

    Speakers:

     

    Tobias Adrian, Financial Counselor and Director, Monetary and Capital Markets Department, IMF

    Caio Ferreira, Deputy Division Chief, Monetary and Capital Markets Department, IMF

    Jason Wu, Assistant Director, Monetary and Capital Markets Department, IMF

     

    Moderator: Alexander Müller, Communications Analyst, IMF

     

    Mr. MÜLLER: OK. Good morning, good afternoon, and good evening, depending on where you are joining us from. Welcome to this press briefing on our latest Global Financial Stability Report, titled “Steadying the Course: Uncertainty, Artificial Intelligence, and Financial Stability.”

     

    I am Alex Müller with the Communications Department here at the IMF. I am joined today by Tobias Adrian, the IMF’s Financial Counsellor and Director of the Monetary and Capital Markets Department; to Tobias’s left, Jason Wu, assistant director at the Monetary and Capital Markets Department; and to his left, Caio Ferreira, deputy chief of the Global Markets Analysis Division.

     

    Our latest GFSR is out as of right now, so you can download the full text, our executive summary, and the latest blog on our website at IMF.org/GFSR.

     

    This press briefing is on the record. And we’ll start things off with some opening remarks just to set the stage before opening the floor to your questions. As a reminder we do have simultaneous interpretation into Arabic, French, and Spanish, both in the room and online.

     

    With that, I think we can get started.

     

    Tobias, when we released our last GFSR in April, optimism in financial markets was fueling asset valuations, credit spreads had compressed, and valuations in riskier asset markets had ratcheted up. At the time, you warned of some short‑term risks, like persistent inflation, as well as the tension between these narrowing credit spreads and the deteriorating underlying credit quality in some regions; but you also warned of some more medium‑term risks, like heightened vulnerabilities amidst elevated debt levels globally. So where are we now since then, six months later?

     

    Mr. ADRIAN: Thanks so much. And let me welcome all of to you this launch of the Global Financial Stability Report.

     

    So the themes that you highlight, Alex, have broadly continued.

     

    Let me start with inflation. So global inflation has progressed toward target in most countries. So most central banks continue with a tight stance of policy but have started to cut rates. Now, with inflation heading towards target in many countries, the focus of the central banks has shifted from being primarily focused on inflation toward also considering real activity.

     

    So, concerning real activity, we have seen upward surprises relative to expectations. In financial markets, that has been particularly visible in earnings surprises that have been on the positive side. So as a result, the likelihood of a global recession has continued to recede. So the baseline forecast is one of a soft landing globally. And that is the optimism that we had flagged already in April. That has been reinforced in many ways. And that is fueling optimism in financial markets. So financial conditions globally continue to be accommodative. Credit spreads continue to be tight. Implied volatility, particularly in risky asset markets, such as equity markets, continues to be fairly low.

     

    Now, you know, our main theme in Chapter 1, which was released today, is a tension between this financial market assessment of volatility‑‑i.e. the implied volatility in the equity market is perhaps the best indicator here‑‑which is at fairly low levels by historical standards, relative to measures of global geopolitical uncertainty.

     

    So in the report, we’re showing two measures that are computed not at the Fund but by other institutions. One on geopolitical uncertainty. The other one on economic uncertainty. And those continue to be relatively elevated. So there’s a kind of wedge in between the financial market‑implied volatility and the assessment of political or economic uncertainty. So this tension worries us, as it gives rise to the potential for a sharp readjustment of financial conditions. So we saw a little bit of that in August in a sell‑off that was very brief. So it’s a blip, in retrospect; but it does raise the concern, whether there are some vulnerabilities in the financial system that could be triggered if adverse shocks hit.

     

    Mr. MÜLLER: Thank you, Tobias. That sets the stage nicely for us, I think.

     

    We will turn to your questions now. We do have runners in the room with mics, so please do raise your hand. You can raise your hand both online or in the room, and we’ll come to you. Please do remember to state your name and affiliation. And keep it as brief as possible so we can get to as many questions as possible.

     

    Let’s start over here with the first question.

     

    QUESTION: Thank you so much. I am not asking you to comment on the presidential election in the U.S. But we have a presidential election here in 14 days, and President Trump or Vice President Harris may win the election. And that election will have ramifications not just in the U.S. but around the world.

     

    How does the IMF assess the outlook for the U.S. economy in the lead‑up to the presidential election? And what implications could a potential economic shift have for emerging markets in Africa, particularly regarding investment flows and debt sustainability? Thank you.

     

    Mr. ADRIAN: Thank you so much.

     

    Mr. MÜLLER: Do you want to group some questions? Do we have similar questions on the election or the U.S.? Can we take the question over there, please?

     

    QUESTION: How do you explain the recent backup in U.S. yields? And are you concerned about financial stability in the United States, given the rising projections of federal debt, irrespective of the outcome of the election? Thank you.

     

    Mr. MÜLLER: I think we can start with that for now.

     

    Mr. ADRIAN: OK. Sounds good. Yes.

     

    You know, we don’t comment on specific election outcomes. Of course, this year is an unusual year, in that over half of the population globally either has elected already this year or will elect this year new governments. And so that is certainly part of the reason why this policy uncertainty globally is high. There’s some uncertainty as to, you know, what the policy path for economic policies and broader policies is going to be going forward.

     

    When we look at volatility, as I said, that uncertainty in equity markets is relatively contained. But in interest rates, volatility is somewhat more elevated than it was, say, in the decade after the global financial crisis. So we are back to levels that are more similar to pre‑financial crisis. So interest rate volatility is relatively high. And that answers to some degree the second question.

     

    We have seen volatile longer‑term yields throughout the year, but we don’t think that that volatility is excessive, relative to the fact that monetary policy has become more data dependent. You know, after the global financial crisis, there was this challenge of the zero lower bound for monetary policy; so forward guidance was a very important tool. And that had even been phase in prior to the financial crisis with, you know, forward guidance being a compressor of volatility for interest rates. And that is less the case today. So interest rate volatility has increased.

     

    When we look at the longer‑term yields, we do certainly see that term premia have decompressed to some extent. So after the global financial crisis, we had seen negative term premia at a 10‑year level in the U.S. and many other countries, and some of that has decompressed. And that is, as would be expected, as the interest rate wall is coming up, asset purchases are normalizing, and quantitative tightening is being phased in.

     

    Now turning to Africa. Of course, you know, financial markets are global. So the base level of interest rates is moving across the world in a common fashion. So you can think about sort of like the base level of interest rates and then the spreads in countries, relative to that. So what we see in sub‑Saharan Africa is that countries with market access‑‑so those are the frontier economies‑‑they have seen spreads being compressed, so financial conditions have eased. And you know, relative to, say, 12 months ago, interest rates have certainly declined as a base. And many frontier markets have reissued, sort of accessed international capital markets. So, of course, there are countries that do face debt challenges, that do face liquidity challenges; and we’re actively engaged with the membership to address those.

     

    Mr. WU: Just to quickly add to what Tobias said about Africa.

     

    As he pointed out, the backdrop heading into this year was one of improvement, both in terms of growth, as well as financing conditions and spreads. Inflation is still high in the region, but it is coming down and stabilizing. Debt is an issue, but we have seen several cases this year being resolved. So that is good news.

     

    I think to your broader point, you know, we don’t comment on election outcomes; but we do know that financial markets tend to see, you know, more uncertainty around those outcomes. And this may affect financing conditions around the world, including in Africa. Uncertainty can also bring, you know, some slowdown in investments in the near term or the medium term. And so those are all possible outcomes. I think the key thing is for the macroeconomic framework to remain stable to address domestic situations and for countries that may be facing debt issues to engage with their creditors early, including through the Common Framework and other international setups.

     

    Mr. MÜLLER: Thank you. Can we take other questions? I think we have a question here in the middle, at the center.

     

    QUESTION: I was hoping you could talk about quantitative tightening. The Fed is still doing it. What are the risks now going forward? When do you think they might stop it? Thanks.

     

    Mr. ADRIAN: Thanks so much.

     

    As I mentioned earlier, you know, during the global financial crisis and then in the decade after the global financial crisis and then again with the COVID crisis, central banks‑‑advanced economy central banks around the world engaged in a quantitative easing. So these are asset purchases, called large‑scale asset purchases, in the U.S. that led to an increase in the balance sheet size of the central banks. So in the U.S. case, it grew roughly by a factor of 10. And the Fed has started to move towards a normalization of the balance sheet size. So that is generally referred to as quantitative tightening. And that has proceeded in a very orderly fashion. So when we look at market functioning, we see orderly markets in money markets. We see ample liquidity in core funding markets, including Treasury markets. And that is generally the case in other advanced economies that are doing quantitative tightening, as well.

     

    Of course, there is the question of how far the balance sheet normalization is going to go. And policymakers in the U.S. and other advanced economies have indicated how far this normalization would be going. So what is notable here is that the operational framework of the Federal Reserve changed to a floor system, so having a sufficient amount of reserves in the system to operate that floor system is key. So, you know, looking at funding conditions in money markets and market functioning is absolutely key. Back in 2019, there were some dislocations, and that is certainly something that policymakers are watching out for. But I would say that this balance sheet normalization has proceeded in a satisfactory and very orderly manner.

     

    Mr. FERREIRA: Tobias, just a quick complement.

     

    I think that we have seen a quantitative tightening from all of the major central banks. And I think that from the peak in 2022, of about 28 trillion in terms of assets in their balance sheets, it has come down by about one‑quarter already and, as Tobias was saying, in a very orderly fashion.

     

    The main risk that I think is important to monitor going forward is the potential drain on reserves, as Tobias was saying, to avoid the kind of episodes that we have seen in 2019. But there is also a potential risk for a bounce of increasing volatility, in the sense that we are moving from central banks being one of the main buyers of Treasuries to more price‑sensitive buyers. And this might cause volatility coming from data releases.

     

    Mr. MÜLLER: OK. Let’s take it back as well. We have a question in the front here, in the center, that we can take.

     

    QUESTION: Thank you for taking my question. I want to ask about the U.S. Federal Reserve’s policy and its impact, spillover impact. I think recently, it started to cut rates, and it’s going to cut rates further going forward. And it seems to be allowing other governments, other policymakers to have more room, including the People’s Bank of China. I want to ask Tobias whether he could comment on the latest action by China’s central bank and what’s the IMF’s suggestion going forward. Thank you.

     

    Mr. ADRIAN: Yeah. Absolutely.

     

    What we have seen in China is an easing of monetary policy. So the question is referring to the most recent action, which was a cut in interest rates. And, of course, we have seen PBoC engaging in asset purchases, which has supported the easing of financial conditions. So when we look at financial conditions‑‑so, you know, the cost of funding for households and corporations in China, those financial conditions have eased quite markedly. Equity markets have rallied. Longer‑term bond yields have declined. And we generally welcome that easing. We think that is the appropriate policy for monetary policy.

     

    There have been also some announcements on the fiscal side that are indicating support ‑‑ to the real estate sector, in particular. And, of course, authorities in China had already engaged for some time in terms of addressing the exposure of the banking system to the real estate sector. The real estate sector has cooled off in China, and that has created some risks in the banking sector. So authorities are working actively at addressing those by merging banks and using asset management corporations (AMCs) in an active manner. And we welcome that, as well.

     

    You know, we are watching closely how financial stability policies are going to evolve going forward, relative to the real sector but also the broader economy, and how fiscal policy is evolving going forward.

     

     

    Mr. FERREIRA: Maybe on this last point, Tobias, on financial stability.

     

    Of course, there’s some slowdown in economic activity, and the problems that we are seeing in the property sector are exerting some pressure on the financial system. The good news I think is that particularly the large banks seem to have strong capital buffers and liquidity buffers. The authorities also have the capacity to make target interventions, and this somewhat limits the risks of spillovers.

     

    There are some vulnerabilities that need to be monitored. Right? So one, of course, is this potential pressure on asset deterioration coming from this slowdown in the property market. So far, banks have been quite good in terms of being able to deal with this potential deterioration, particularly using asset management companies to dispose of some of the nonperforming assets. The capacity of these asset management companies to keep absorbing these assets needs to be monitored going forward. It’s also important to monitor the stability of the smaller banks that are not as strong as the larger banks.

     

    And the last point I think that’s important to mention is that the financial sector holds a lot of exposure to local government financing vehicles. And if there is‑‑and there are some pressures on these vehicles, and a potential restructuring of these debts might cause some losses to the banking sector, as well.

     

    Mr. MÜLLER: Thank you, Caio. Do we have any other questions on China before we move to anything else?

     

    So we can turn over to the side.

     

    QUESTION: Thank you. My question will be for Tobias and Jason.

     

    Of course, reading your report, you talked about financial fragilities, so I would like to know what financial fragilities you see in developing economies and what policymakers should do to keep financial markets resilient and stable in the face of high interest rates as a result of high inflation in developing economies like Nigeria, too.

     

    The question I have for Jason would be around, what does vigilance really mean for policymakers? Because in your report, you said that the policymakers need to be vigilant. Because vigilance in European economies or advanced economies is also different vigilance for developing economies. Thank you.

     

    Mr. ADRIAN: Thank you so much. Those are very pertinent questions. And thanks so much for taking a close look at the report.

     

    For developing economies broadly, I would say that there are three priorities. In terms of financial stability, we are engaging with many countries in terms of building capacity on regulatory issues, so making sure that banks are well capitalized, that monetary policy frameworks are sound. And Nigeria is a good example, where the central bank has been moving toward an inflation‑targeting regime, has liberalized the exchange rate. And we welcome that direction.

     

    Secondly‑‑and I think you alluded to that‑‑is, of course, the overall indebtedness. That is a challenge for some countries. As I mentioned earlier, frontier markets are developing economies with market access. And we have seen many frontier markets issue this year. The issuance levels are fairly high. And we think market access is there, though, of course, financing conditions have improved but are still more expensive than they were, say, in 2021, before the run‑up in inflation.

     

    So with inflation coming down and interest rates expected to further normalize, we would also expect that frontier market funding conditions will improve. And as I said, interest rate spreads are fairly tight.

     

    Now, of course, there are some countries a that do not have market access, and many of those countries are in programs with the IMF. And we are working actively with authorities on the debt issue. We do feel we have made good progress within the Common Framework, but there is certainly more to be done.

     

    Now, of course, it remains key to also work on structural issues to enhance the growth outlook. And that is really something that the regional economic briefings are going to address in detail.

     

    Mr. WU: Maybe just a quick word, to add to what Tobias said about Nigeria, in particular. We recognize that many citizens do face difficulty. The flood was quite devastating. Inflation is still very high, at some 30 percent. So in that regard, the central bank’s rate hikes so far this year have been appropriate.

     

    You asked a question about vigilance. I think importantly, macroeconomic conditions within the country should stabilize. Right? And that includes inflation that will provide room to guard against external shocks, which is less controllable, right, for the economy of Nigeria. So when appropriate, the various foreign exchange measures that were taken by authorities earlier this year are also appropriate in improving vigilance, as are the banking sector‑related measures that Tobias has mentioned.

     

    Mr. MÜLLER: All right. Do we have any more questions on that side of the room before we turn it back over here?

     

    QUESTION: Thank you very much.

    So Ghana has just completed its debt restructuring. It’s good news for Ghanians. However, it appears the government is looking at the capital market. What advice do you have for the government at this point? And also because we have an election around the corner.

     

    Mr. ADRIAN: Yeah. As I noted earlier, we don’t really comment on elections in the countries of our membership. You know, these are democratic processes. And the people in each country are‑‑it’s their liberty to vote for the government, so we don’t comment on that.

     

    We are, of course, engaged very closely with Ghana. Ghana is in a program. Ghana did restructure its debt. And we are confident that the outlook is going to improve going forward. The regional economic press briefing on Africa is going to go further into detail on those issues.

     

    Mr. MÜLLER: Thank you, Tobias.

     

    As a reminder these regional press briefings will be on Thursday and Friday. So they’re all going to be here, so you will have the opportunity to ask those specific questions then.

     

    Can we turn it over here to the middle for a question, please? Right in the center. Thank you.

     

    QUESTION: Thank you.

     

    A follow‑up question related to the yields going up for the Treasury. In simple words, do you see them going up as a source of a potential sell‑off in the financial markets?

     

    And a separate question, if possible. For the same token, yields are going up because of the fiscal trajectory in the U.S. that is worrisome for some, at least, although the candidates are not talking about it. For the same token, considering that the Italian debt is only going up, according to the latest estimates from the IMF, does that represent a source of financial instability for the euro zone?

     

    Mr. ADRIAN: Yeah. Thanks so much for this question.

     

    We have, indeed, done work on the interconnection or the nexus between fiscal‑‑or, you know, sovereign debt and financial market debt. So in the euro area, of course, we are watching closely the sovereign‑bank nexus, so the exposure of banks to the sovereign. And you know, in general, we have seen an amelioration there. So, you know, debt‑to‑GDP has been increasing. And that’s very broadly the case around the world. It’s really in the pandemic that we see a sharp upward move in debt‑to‑GDP in both advanced economies and emerging and developing economies. And you know, the fiscal outlook in many countries does imply that debt-to-GDP may continue to rise. So that could‑‑you know, that is certainly a backdrop for the financial system.

     

    Now having said that, governments in advanced economies and major emerging markets have ample room to adjust the fiscal situation going forward through spending measures, through revenue measures. So it is not an immediate financial stability concern in those advanced economies or major emerging markets.

     

    You know, in terms of the pricing of sovereign debt‑‑so, you know, Treasury yields and other benchmark yields around the world‑‑as I said earlier, volatility in those longer‑term yields has increased relative to the decade of the post‑crisis environment, where central banks were constrained at the zero lower bound or the effective lower bound, so had very low interest rates; so they deployed forward guidance and these quantitative asset purchases. So that really compressed longer‑term yields. And that has normalized to some degree, but we don’t think that it is an unusual move. So we are quite comfortable with the kind of levels that we are seeing.

     

    Mr. MÜLLER: Thank you. Let’s bring it back over here. I think we have a few questions. Can we take the one in the middle right at the center? Thank you.

     

    QUESTION: A question for Tobias, if I may.

     

    There has been quite a lot of talk about fragmentation and geopolitical risk. Do you think that, as others have said, the momentum for financial regulation and for completing the job on a lot of areas of that is fading? Is there a risk of complacency there? Thank you.

     

    Mr. ADRIAN: Yeah. So let me note that we are working around the membership on the regulation of banks but also non‑banks, including security markets, insurance companies, pension funds, and other non‑bank financial institutions.

     

    Concerning banking regulation, of course, there was a major initiative after the global financial crisis to improve capital and liquidity in the banks and to improve the supervision of the banks, primarily of internationally active banks. So the members of the Basel Committee‑‑this is, you know, a group of countries that roughly maps into the G‑20‑‑have committed to phasing in Basel III as a standard for capital and liquidity requirements in those banks. And our understanding is that the membership is still committed to that phase‑in.

     

    I would note that it has taken longer than was initially anticipated, but we are very confident for now that, you know, the major advanced economies and major emerging markets that have signed onto this Basel III framework are going to phase that in.

     

    In the broader membership of the IMF, there’s also a substantial improvement in the regulation of banks. And I would note that there has also been quite a bit of progress in terms of regulations of non‑banks, including insurance companies but also security markets, though we do think that more needs to be done going forward.

     

    Mr. FERREIRA: We have seen important progress in the post‑crisis. Our baseline is still that all the internationally agreed standards will be implemented. Although, as Tobias was saying, there are some major jurisdictions that are facing some challenges implementing that.

     

    We see this with some concern because when you see a major jurisdiction not implementing any standard or implementing it with substantial deviations from what has been agreed, it kind of jeopardizes the international standard‑setting process. That seems to be working fine, but we still are concerned with the delays in the implementation of these regulations that are important for the banks but also to maintain trust in the international standard setting process.

     

    Mr. MÜLLER: Thank you. We are coming close on time. So let’s take two or three last questions from this side. Then I think we still have one more question online. Can we do the three over here in the front, on the right?

     

    QUESTION: [Through interpreter]

     

    Good day. Jesus Antonio Vargas. Chucho Lo Sabe Newsletter.

     

    This is the ninth time I come to the Annual Meetings of the IMF and the World Bank. Six times in Washington. I come from Medellín, Colombia. I have also been in Lima, in Bali, last year in Marrakech. And it is a pleasure to see Tobias Adrian here. He has been year in, year out heading the endeavors. Congratulations.

     

    First, a surprise positively since there’s measures to come from the effort to the citizens. In Bogota, they’ve been talking about building a Metro system for 60 years, and they’re attempting it yet again now.

     

    Now, leaving that aside, we have spoken about, it is unlikely there will be a global recession, which is a relief.

     

    I was talking about the risk of a recession. You were talking about a positive surprise in terms of the gains. What do you mean exactly by that? Thank you.

     

    Mr. MÜLLER: If we could take two more questions over here.

     

    QUESTION:

     

    You just mentioned there is a disconnect between market volatility and also market economic uncertainties. Could you please just elaborate a little bit more on these risks. And also, more importantly, how will it affect global financial stability if it persists? Thank you.

     

    Mr. MÜLLER: One last question in the back there.

     

    QUESTION:

     

    I’ve got a question on liquidity mismatch, in the world of DC pensions. The report mentions the U.K.’s desire to shift toward unlisted assets as investments. And our current Chancellor has also expressed an interest in this. What are the risks in this? Should the shift toward these assets be limited? And how should we guard against them?

     

    Mr. ADRIAN: Yeah. Let me perhaps start with the question on macro uncertainty, which was the second question.

     

    So yeah, you know, what we’re seeing is that there is leverage and there are maturity mismatches in the financial sector in many different parts. You know, some of those are contained through prudential regulations, but not all institutions are subject to prudential regulations. So when there’s a sudden burst of uncertainty, some institutions may be forced to unwind their positions. So this includes, say, leveraged trades in fixed‑income markets or in equity markets.

     

    We saw some of that in August, when there was a sharp sell‑off in global equity markets but also in some fixed‑income markets, such as the carry trade across countries. And you know, volatility increased very quickly, leading to this forced deleveraging, and that can amplify downward moves in asset markets.

     

    In August, this episode was very short‑lived. So the sell‑off was followed by a buying of longer‑term investors, such as insurance companies and pension funds. But if such a sell‑off persists for more than‑‑or is more sharp, that could lead to financial stability problems or financial sector distress.

     

    Concerning the U.K. situation and the liquidity mismatches, let me just point out that the Bank of England and the FCA are very focused on those issues. And they do have, you know, broad authorities to regulate those mismatches. And I think they’re actively looking at how to model stress and how to make sure that these investments are sort of balancing risks and returns in an appropriate manner. I think Andrew Bailey made some remarks just this morning in that regard, and we’re fully aligned with his views there.

     

    Mr. MÜLLER: I’ll take one last question we have from WebEx, online on the Mexican central bank lowering interest rates. For future adjustments and to maintain financial stability, what should it take into account more, the movements of the Federal Reserve, internal inflation, or the depreciation of the currency?

     

    Mr. ADRIAN: OK. I don’t want to go too specifically into Mexico. Again, there is the Regional Economic Outlook that will speak more closely to specific country issues. So, you know, in general, in the major emerging markets, such as Mexico, that have open capital markets and have inflation targeting regimes, you know, inflation targeting and monetary policy credibility has proven to be very powerful in terms of generating macroeconomic stability, relative to both domestic and external shocks. And you know, in those frameworks, central banks look at both internal and external conditions and are targeting the medium‑term convergence of inflation back to target rates. That has proven very successful. And I would argue that in the major emerging markets, we really see a great deal of improvement in those monetary policy frameworks. So let me stop here.

     

    Mr. WU: Just to quickly complement.

     

    Hence, this is why we have seen major emerging markets come through this rate hike cycle with reasonable resilience across the board. This inflation‑targeting framework has obviously done work, to an extent. Having said that, we are now on the opposite side of the cycle, where interest rates are being cut. That, in theory, should be conducive to emerging markets. Financial conditions could ease. We just want to point out that, as we said in the report, expectations could change. Volatility could be introduced and suddenly surge. So this may have spillovers to emerging market economies, you know, sentiment, financial market sentiment, as well. So policymakers need to remain vigilant on monetary policy and on other aspects of financial sector policies in order to guard against those risks.

     

    Mr. MÜLLER: All right. Great. Thank you.

     

    Unfortunately, that does bring us to a close because we do have to respect the next press briefing in this room.

     

    If you do have any questions that we weren’t able to address, please do send them over to me or someone from our team. We’ll make sure to get back to you as soon as we can.

     

    Meanwhile, the events here at the IMF do continue. We still have a host of press conferences this week, from our Fiscal Monitor tomorrow at 9 a.m. Eastern Time to the Managing Director’s Global Policy Agenda on Thursday to our five regional briefings that we talked about, on Thursday and Friday, not to mention the seminars. We have the Managing Director joining the debate on the global economy. That is on Thursday afternoon, which is always a hit that you won’t want to miss. On Friday, the First Deputy Managing Director Gita Gopinath will participate in a panel discussion on monetary policy in a shock‑prone world on Friday afternoon. And there’s a whole lot more, so do check the full schedule online at IMFConnect or at meetings.imf.org.

     

    With that, Tobias, Jason, Caio, thank you for your insights. And thank you all for joining us for this event. We look forward to seeing you at the next one. Thank you.

    IMF Communications Department
    MEDIA RELATIONS

    PRESS OFFICER: Alexander Muller

    Phone: +1 202 623-7100Email: MEDIA@IMF.org

    @IMFSpokesperson

    MIL OSI Economics –

    January 24, 2025
  • MIL-OSI Economics: Transcript of G24 October 22 Press Briefing

    Source: International Monetary Fund

    October 22, 2024

    Speakers
    Chair: Ralph Recto, Secretary of Finance, Philippines

    First Vice‑Chair: Candelaria Alvarez Moroni, Argentina, representing Ministry of Economy Luis Caputo
    Second Vice‑Chair: Olawale Edun, Minister of Finance and Coordinating Minister of the Economy, Nigeria
    Iyabo Masha, G‑24 Secretariat

    Mr. Recto (Philippines): Thank you, all. We had a productive exchange of views and experiences on some of the most pressing issues, confronting the global economy today. We are hard‑pressed on multiple fronts. The suffering costs by conflicts and humanitarian crisis around the world is vast and the affected region’s recovery, the construction, and long‑term development, cannot wait. They demand immediate forceful multilateral action.    

    While the global economy shows signs of stabilization, the outlook for many vulnerable nations, particularly in the global south, remains bleak. These weak economic prospects continue to haunt those already struggling to recover from the pandemic.      

    Inflation may be easing, but rising geopolitical tensions are keeping the threat of commodity price spikes and elevated interest rates alive. These risks impair capital flows, fiscal stability and the very survival of economies on the brink.          

    One thing is clear. Any slowdown in the global economy due to these new economic realities is bound to hit developing countries the hardest. While current circumstances have made it more difficult for us to achieve a sustainable and inclusive future by 2030, we believe that it remains possible with the right priorities and concerted international cooperation.         

    Thus, we continue to call for a more agile and strong will IMF and World Bank. We need heightened development cooperation, scale‑up support, and innovative solutions as we now begin the headwinds to foster peace, stability, and prosperity for all. And the key issue that underpins our discussions is the 80th Anniversary of the Bretton Woods System.         

    We acknowledge the significant evolution of the system over the decades. Yet, we must recognize that rapid transformations are occurring at an unprecedented base. We must therefore critically assess if the Bretton Woods System is adopting fast enough to the rapidly changing and increasingly volatile global environment.         

    To this end, the G‑24 has identified four key reforms that will enhance the system’s effectiveness and empower both the IMF and the World Bank Group to better serve their members.              

    First, the IMF must create a new mechanism to support countries with sound fundamentals during liquidity crisis.

    Second, the immediate submission of eradicating poverty on a livable planet, the World Bank needs more ambitious goals for its concessional and non‑concessional windows, commensurate with the challenges of achieving inclusive and sustainable development by 2030.    

    Third, the sovereign debt resolution framework must be reformed to deliver comprehensive, predictable, swift, and impactful debt relief, addressing the urgent needs of vulnerable economies.               

    Fourth, we must accelerate governance and institutional reforms of the Bretton Woods Institutions, to increase the voice and representation of developing nations. Without improvements and both actions, decades of individual and global efforts to eradicate poverty and inequality, combat climate change, and invest in growth‑enhancing projects will be put to a halt, if not reversed. Thus, we are counting on our recently concluded meeting to set an unprecedented multilateral cooperation and action. All of these points are comprehensively discussed in the communiqué and press release we have prepared for your perusal. With that, we are now ready to take your questions. Thank you.         

    MODERATOR: Thank you, Mr. Chair. So now moving on to the Q&A section, I would like to remind you that when you raise your hand, please identify yourself, your outlet, and please identify the Chair members that you would like to address the question to. Now moving on to the gentleman in the third row, please.       

    QUESTIONER: Thank you so much. I have a question actually for the three of you. Mr. Recto, you talked about the need for liquidity and buffers. The Philippines serves as a really good example. You are one of the fastest growing economies in the developing Asia region. Business process outsourcing, revenues have passed $35 billion. I wanted to find out, what is the Philippines doing so well? Is it a well‑educated workforce or is it constant electricity; what is the secret; and is AI going to disrupt that going forward?        

    For Candelaria Alvarez, reforms have been taking in Argentina. Javier Milei recently, I think it was in the last month, vetoed a bill that was going to increase financing for public universities, and students have been protesting. How patient do you expect the residents of Argentina to be with the reforms that are taking place?               

    And for Mr. Olawale Edun, the CBN Governor, Olayemi Cardoso, at the last monetary policy meeting in Nigeria mentioned that the FAAC allocations, the Federation Account Allocation Committee, are causing—he noted they are causing the naira to depreciate when those disbursements are made. What do you think need to be done to address that?

    Then, two, you recently, I think it was a month or two, you talked about the need for single‑digit interest rates in Nigeria. Do you think that is ever going to happen with inflation being in double digits and a hawkish monetary policy path in Nigeria? Thank you.              

    MODERATOR: Thank you. Let me remind you that I hope that your question will be under the purview of G‑24 discussions but let ask the Chair to respond to the questions.               

    Mr. Recto (Philippines): Thank you very much for your question. Thank you for noticing the Philippines. The Philippines at the second quarter grew by roughly 6.3 percent. For the first 2 years of this administration, we have grown about 6 percent. We are following our macro fiscal framework of reducing the deficit over time. We expect the good debt‑to‑GDP to be way below 60 percent by 2028. Today are roughly at 60 percent.               

    On the expenditure side, we are spending roughly 5 to 6 percent on infrastructure, maybe a similar amount also for human resource development, particularly in health and education.               

    You are correct that the BPO industry is growing by about—well, we collect roughly 35 billion in revenues a year. We also have a robust remittance of roughly the same amount, about $35 billion a year as well. That helps our consumption. 70 percent of the economy is household consumption. And public investments have also generated most of that growth as well.                 

    AI is a challenge, but in the Philippines the BPO industry is already adapting to AI. So thank you for your question. Thank you.               

    MODERATOR: Mr. Edun, would you like to address the question?              

    Mr. Edun (Nigeria): Thank you very much. Let me answer it within the context of the discussions of the G‑24. Fundamentally, of course, foreign exchange and liquidity generally is very difficult. There are countries that are—they are reforming their economies domestically. They key into the rules‑based world trading system. And they do have debt sustainability in terms of debt‑to‑GDP. However, they have liquidity constraints, particularly foreign exchange with relation to debt servicing of the foreign debt but also their domestic debt. And I think to bring that—that is the context within which the questions of how to help. In fact, the IMF is specifically focusing on how to help is sort of a bridge financing that takes a question that does have its fundamentals right, but it gives it enough time for that adjustment and probably helps it with heightened debt servicing, which is just for a period.

    Clearly with regard to Nigeria, the key about the foreign exchange market really is supply. And, of course, as you know we have the—we are an oil‑producing country. We just need to get our oil production up, and that will deal with that issue of foreign exchange supply, and pressure on foreign exchange every time there are large flows.                  

    In terms of single‑digit inflation, of course, the western world, the rich countries, they have effectively defeated inflation. That is why the interest rates can come down. The Governor of the Central Bank in Nigeria, in the context of high inflation, is continuing with monetary tightening. That is the orthodoxy of the day. And it is one which is following. Thank you.               

    MODERATOR: Ms. Moroni on Argentina.          

    Ms. Moroni (Argentina): Thank you. Going back to the question on Argentina, just as an important framework, G‑24 has been working on the need for emerging market and developing economies to try to put their economies in the right place. The Minister mentioned the need for the international financial organizations to give liquidity or to provide access to liquidity for countries like Argentina and others to be able to get back on our feet. For the government of Argentina, it is really relevant. We do think there is a need for a fiscal anchor on that sense. What happened with the education law had to do with the idea to keep the budget where it has to be, and it has not to do with kind of cutting education. It has to do with evaluating costs and expenditure in the right way. I think that is it.          

    MODERATOR: Thank you so much. Going back to the floor. The gentleman in the fourth row, please.            

    QUESTION: Just turning to the U.S. election, obviously we have seen the U.S. follow suit on trade change to a more protectionist stance. We have seen more industrial policy. Regardless of who wins the election, how do you see the U.S. involvement with multilateral organizations represented here and the WTO; and what is the impact of maybe a lessen gauged, more transactional U.S. on the group of countries, the G‑24?           

    MODERATOR: Mr. Chairman, maybe the Secretariat would like to respond?               

    Mr. Edun (Nigeria): We are concerned that there will be a setback on multilateralism, particularly on trade as well. And we know the driver of global growth is more trade. So that is a concern. In the Philippines, we count on our relationship with the United States to do maybe more out‑shoring to the Philippines, and hopefully that will be done also with other members of the G‑24.            

    Ms. Masha (Secretariat): If I can add, if you look at the communiqué, the last paragraph there actually addresses this issue. It is not just about the U.S. it is also about different countries all over the world implementing protectionist policies. And we have seen the impact of that in sectors that continue to build more to growth and development in many countries. So where do we go from here? What we are calling on is for the WTO to become the center of trade discussions, trade negotiations, and for the World Bank and the IMF to rise up to a much more multilaterally‑engaged organization that will be able to at least influence the kind of policies that countries take one way or the other. Thank you.            

    MODERATOR: Thank you. We are going to go online. The question that was just received from Sri Lanka. Sri Lanka as a member of G‑24 is currently making attempts to emerge out of a crisis. What can you tell us about a G‑24 position to support countries like Sri Lanka and also for the island nations to secure financial facilities at reasonable conditions. Mr. Chair, maybe Iyabo?            

    Ms. Masha (Secretariat): Yes. So I would say that Sri Lanka has come a long way from where it was 2 years ago. The last IMF Article IV Consultation assessment does show that growth is picking up, that fiscal buffers are coming up, and also import duties are rising, so that indicates that the countries are making some recovery.           

    As for the position that the G‑24 takes on this issue, the way it affects Sri Lanka most is on the debt sustainability issue. So what we are calling for is that countries, especially middle‑income countries, should also have a framework, a forum where they can negotiate with their debtors. As it is now, the Common Framework only works for low‑income countries. Only low‑income countries are part of the Common Framework, but middle‑income countries can be part of another forum called the Sovereign Debt Resolution Roundtable, which is not really an association—an organization that delivers any form of debt relief. It just fosters common understanding. So that is what we are calling for. We want very timely, very comprehensive reduction in debt for countries, and also for both middle and low‑income countries to qualify. So that is where I see it working out. If things work out and the discussion in that area picks up quite fastly, then we can see the likes of Sri Lanka and maybe Lebanon and a few other countries benefiting from that. Thank you.          

    MODERATOR: Thank you. Back to the floor. Maybe I will take one question from the side and come back to you. I’ve seen your hand, sir, in the third row. Sorry, the fourth row. Yes.               

    QUESTION: Hi, there. Mr. Recto, you said that developing countries would be hit by the hardest by any slowdown. I am going to ask an uncomfortable question, but the U.S. election has two very different results, one of which will likely be much more inflationary and lead to more trade tensions. Could each of you tell me a little bit about how your economies are preparing or thinking about the possibility of a Trump victory and associated trade tensions and inflationary pressures that could be a headwind to growth?              

    MODERATOR: Yes, please.             

    Mr. Recto (Philippines): Well, in the Philippines, we do have a relationship with the U.S. We have a mutual defense treaty. We are hoping to leverage that relationship so that we do not get much affected. We understand that many U.S. companies are also interested to invest in the Philippines. We do have a partnership also, the U.S.-Japan-and the Philippines, with regards to our security arrangements. We expect more investments to take place also in the Philippines.             

    MODERATOR: Anything to add from Mr. Edun or Ms. Moroni?             

    Mr. Edun (Nigeria): Thank you. I think the issues that we are contending with in Africa, in many ways, we are bystanders to this all‑important election. Yes, we do have African Growth and Opportunity Act, which tries to open up the U.S. market to African‑manufactured products. I do not think that will be affected in any way by the results of this election. Generally, what we are finding is that at this particular time, the economies of trade generally, there is a reversal of globalization, of trade. There is a move to protectionism in these countries. There is on‑boarding of production. All these things tend to work against the developing world’s ability to benefit from expanding trade and thereby use that opportunity for investment, for growth, and for job creation and poverty reduction.            

    Overall, I think that we are not that affected specifically or that in general we continue to ask for an improved global financial architecture that provides us with more concessional funding, add skill, particularly for those countries that, as I said earlier, are undertaking the macroeconomic reforms that everybody agrees are sensible and will lead to better lives for their people. Thank you.             

    MODERATOR: Anything to add from the macro, broad perspective?             

    Ms. Moroni (Argentina): Very briefly. What was mentioned by both Ministers is the right sentimenting in the emerging markets. We do think, at least for Argentina, the U.S. is a strategic partner and whatever the elections go, we do think that we need to keep having that channel open. Trade is quite a relevant issue. Financial issues are quite relevant. Governance issues in institutions also will be something sensitive to work with the new administration. We do think it is going to be something quite interesting to see in the short‑term. Thank you.           

    MODERATOR: You, sir, in the second row right here.            

    Question: My question is meant for Mr. Wale. Like Mr. Recto said in his opening remarks, a lot of G‑24 countries are having challenges implementing structural reforms and adjustment programs. I would like you to speak specifically to the case of Nigeria. What are the key lessons to learn from the structural reforms being implemented in Nigeria today. And looking back, are there better ways these reforms would have been implemented to limit the level of disruptions? Also, you met with the IMF MD and the team yesterday. We would like to know some of the discussions on that meeting and how does that relate to debt sustainability for Nigeria. Thank you.           

    MODERATOR: Mr. Edun, would you like to respond?         

    Mr. Edun (Nigeria): Thank you very much. When we talk about—I will take the last one—debt sustainability, and also reforms generally, the G‑24 I think is better to talk within the framework, to talk beyond Nigeria and more about developing countries as a whole. The requirement really for support from the international community, from the development partners, from the multilateral development banks is that you undertake reforms that lead to sustainability at the macro level.             

    The key lesson that I think I would focus on is that in devising these programs and carrying out the reforms, what is particularly important — because the benefits over the longer term and the costs are frontloaded, it is important that the social safety nets that will help the poor and the vulnerable cope with the up‑front costs with a spike in their cost‑of‑living is adequately planned for and dealt with. So, it should not be an issue of it is an afterthought that you decide now that there need to be certain poverty alleviation initiatives. And linked to that, focus on helping the poor and the most vulnerable, [what can] cope with the cost is communication. I think one of the critical things in carrying out these economy reforms that are so fundamental and clearly they are necessary, otherwise they would not be implemented, is that communicating what is being done, what was to be expected, and also the timing as much as possible, the timing of the various activities, and then communicating what actually has been done so if it is a program to give direct benefits, direct transfers of funds to a group of people, then it should be published. There should be a dashboard that people can follow, thereby engendering and building public trust. I think those are the two important things that I would say you need to have for all of us at the G‑24 and developing countries in general. Thank you.         

    MODERATOR: Thank you, Minister. I have time for two more questions. Let me go back to the far end of the room right there. Thank you.

    QUESTION: Thank you. A question on climate change. Do you think the development banks, MDBs, are doing enough to tackle climate change? And especially our shareholders of MDBs, are they doing enough to tackle this issue? Thank you.            

    MODERATOR: Thank you. Mr. Recto, you would like to comment?        

    Mr. Recto (Philippines): The short comment is, it is never enough.     

    MODERATOR: Minister, do you want to chime in or, Ms. Moroni, or Iyabo on climate change.        

    Ms. Masha (Secretariat): Yes, I will say that the ambition is there. They really want to do a lot. The finance is just not commensurate with the level of ambition, so that is also one area where we have called on them to demonstrate the ambition. Thank you.     

    Mr. Edun (Nigeria): Sorry. If I may, since you asked me.     

    MODERATOR: Please.

    Mr. Edun (Nigeria): The thing I would say on climate change, for a poor country such as Nigeria and others that are actually endowed with fossil fuels in particular, must take a realistic approach to climate change because it is the resources that we have that we must use to industrialize, to modernize our economies while being members of the global fight against climate change. We are signatories to the Paris Accord. We have our target for net zero, and while sticking to those, we must take a realistic view that we need to use our fossil fuels to develop our economies. Thank you.        

    Ms. Moroni (Argentina): The recent issue we had been discussing on G‑24, G‑20, and other forums, the need for development banks to keep in mind their core objective. Then as you mentioned, there is a need to kind of—we do have an ambition, a climate agenda, but we do need to respect the emerging markets’ right to develop first. So, there is a need to—for financing for other development issues that are not directly linked to this, thank you.      

    MODERATOR: Last question to the lady up‑front.       

    QUESTION: Thank you. My question will be to Ms. Director and Mr. Olawale. Earlier on the World Economic Outlook, we were told that inflation is almost won, so I would like to know how the Group of Twenty‑Four is actually interpreting that, especially with the fundamentals in the developed world getting a little bit better; and what are the risks that are posed to the Group of 24. Also, to you, Mr. Recto, you rolled out four key reforms that G‑24 is asking from the World Bank and the IMF. Are you looking at timelines for these reforms? Then over to Nigeria’s Finance Minister and the Second Vice Chair. One of the reforms is heightened development support. That reform, what does it mean for African economies? For example, so I would really like you to take a look at that and perhaps what are the timelines that you are expecting? Is there a Nigerian agenda within these four key reforms?         

    MODERATOR: Thank you so much. Also, I would like to invite Iyabo to address on the reforms of the Bretton Woods institutions as well, but first, the Director or Mr. Edun, would you like to respond on inflation?         

    Mr. Recto (Philippines): On inflation, I think for next year, the global inflation rate will still be relatively high, lower than this year, but something like 5.8 percent, thereabouts. I still think that will be high, and because of that, the interest rate, while it is going down, it remains high. That is why we are also calling for the World Bank to reduce cost of borrowing. This will be very beneficial to the developing economies. On the time frame, maybe Iyabo can elaborate more.              

    Ms. Masha (Secretariat): Yes. Yes, the Bretton Woods initiative itself, the reform, they just started, so now they are in the process of consultations, going around countries, going around regions, so I will say that at a minimum, maybe by next Spring Meeting, they will have an update on where they are in the process and maybe some final decision by the Annual Meetings. In any case, these things have to go through the boards of both the IMF and the World Bank for ratification.        

    MODERATOR: Thank you. Mr. Edun.

    Mr. Recto (Philippines): I think I think around this time last year, we were still dealing with heightened levels of inflation, particularly in the developed countries. That means elevated rates of interest as they put as their number one priority, the fight against inflation and tight monetary policy by the central banks. That has changed. And there is now as we are seeing monetary easing or at least easing of rates of interest by central banks, but that is in the developed world.

    In the developing world, rates are still high and that fight against inflation means that the interest rates also will remain high. But as far as the developed world is concerned, lower interest rates translate to more affordability. Nobody wants to borrow. Nobody likes to borrow. But when it becomes necessary. It is something that must be managed as well as possible. So the first port of call is concessional financing; IDA financing, for instance, from the World Bank. And what the developing world continues to call for is larger sums that can really make a difference, not just to be able to help a country cope with its immediate payment needs, but to have funds to grow the economies. That is what the fight against inflation translates to for the developing countries. Victory therefore or success therefore in the developed world means that they should be able to make more resources available. I must note here that the IMF has reduced their charges. 36 percent reduction in the rates and the excess charges is significant, and it is in the right direction to help developing countries get the resources they need to develop and grow.

    MODERATOR: Thank you so much, Minister and

    Secretariat. Thank you so much for the questions. Unfortunately, we are out of time. Thank you so much again for joining this press conference. The G‑24 communique is being posted on IMF.org and the transcript of this press briefing will be made available later. Have a good rest of your day. Thank you.

    IMF Communications Department
    MEDIA RELATIONS

    PRESS OFFICER: Pavis Devahasadin

    Phone: +1 202 623-7100Email: MEDIA@IMF.org

    @IMFSpokesperson

    MIL OSI Economics –

    January 24, 2025
  • MIL-OSI Germany: How climate risk will complicate central bankers’ jobs | Guest contribution in the Financial Times

    Source: Deutsche Bundesbank in English

    It is clear that the effects of climate change have started to influence the monetary policy considerations of several central banks. Unfortunately, such factors will become even more relevant in the future.
    Severe weather events are intensifying, and so too are their economic impacts. Tropical storm Helene in south-eastern US is just the latest reminder of the damage that can be wrought. The annual damages on properties caused by natural catastrophes have more than doubled in real terms over the past two decades, reaching $280bn globally in 2023, according to Swiss Re. The overall impact is much larger, as acute physical effects ripple through the economy, influencing supply, demand and financial flows – and thus also monetary policy.
    A new Network for Greening the Financial System report compellingly illustrates how natural catastrophes such as floods and hurricanes affect the economy. They destroy homes, local infrastructure and production sites, requiring years and enormous amounts of money to rebuild. Waning confidence could prompt companies and households to cut back on spending, further undermining economic growth prospects.
    Price impacts are not spared, as severe weather events, among other factors, damage agricultural production and drive up food prices across regions. These sectoral effects can lead to an increase in overall inflationary pressures, depending on how much a drop in demand balances them out. For instance, droughts tend to exert upward pressure on headline inflation for several years, with developing economies especially affected, because of their higher dependency on agriculture.
    Against this backdrop, central banks might face the complicated task of taming inflationary pressure in a weak economy. Think of a situation when rising inflationary pressure might warrant policy tightening – particularly for central banks, whose primary mandate is price stability – even though this could contribute to economic strain. The State Bank of Pakistan, for instance, in 2022 opted to continue raising policy rates after the devastating floods caused a sharp increase in food prices.
    Climate change – and its uncertain outcomes – mean that central banks must focus on looking ahead and extend their horizon beyond the usual projection period. Estimates of future impacts illustrate what could be in store for the economy and the financial sector. At a global level, climate change could drive up annual food price inflation by between one and three percentage points by 2035, according to a study of the European Central Bank and the Potsdam Institute for Climate Impact Research.
    However, most studies still fail to consider the risk of crossing climate tipping points, which can significantly accelerate climate change. According to the OECD, ignoring these critical thresholds results in a severe underestimation of the economic costs. Extreme weather events can also bring us closer to these tipping points. The current drought in the Amazon region – the most severe since systematic recording began in 1950 – exemplifies this risk. With one-fifth of the Amazon rainforest already lost, mostly due to deforestation, concerns are mounting that this carbon sponge is on the brink of collapse. That would trigger a cascade of climate events, leading to higher economic costs globally.
    What is more, uncertainties surrounding the magnitude and duration of severe weather events – coupled with governments’ responses – will make the short-term forecasting of key economic indicators particularly challenging. An example is Hurricane Katrina in 2005, and the subsequent landfalls of hurricanes Rita and Wilma. In the highly dynamic weeks and months that followed, staff of the Federal Reserve adjusted their estimates of output and inflation a few times, as new information trickled in. Throughout the process, the Fed remained predictable in its actions, highlighting that good communication is key.
    Central banks have another side to watch, too, namely the green transition. Inflation and output may become more volatile as we undergo a transformation of the energy sector and supply chains. In the short term, carbon pricing and rising climate investments could reinforce inflationary pressures.
    Intensifying climate change adds to the array of challenges that monetary policy needs to adjust to. As extreme weather events become more frequent, central banks must pay even greater attention to longer-term inflation expectations. Though the reaction of each central bank will depend on its mandate, clear communication is essential to guide market expectations and ensure that policy decisions are well understood.

    MIL OSI

    MIL OSI German News –

    January 24, 2025
←Previous Page
1 … 1,295 1,296 1,297 1,298 1,299 … 1,471
Next Page→
NewzIntel.com

NewzIntel.com

MIL Open Source Intelligence

  • Blog
  • About
  • FAQs
  • Authors
  • Events
  • Shop
  • Patterns
  • Themes

Twenty Twenty-Five

Designed with WordPress